This series of articles covers Central Asia.
A version of this article is available in print
Volume V, Fascicle 2, pp. 159
CENTRAL ASIA
CENTRAL ASIA i. Geographical Survey
The central expanse of the Asian continent, the land mass situated approximately between 55° and 115° E and 25° and 50° N, comprises two geographically distinct areas. The western part includes the Transcaspian plains and the low tablelands between the Aral Sea and the Tien Shan (lit. “heavenly mountains”) range; it is generally equivalent to the territory of western Turkistan (the Turkmen, Uzbek, and Tajik Soviet Socialist Republics and the southern and western portions of the Kazakh Soviet Socialist Republic). The eastern part encompasses the high plateaus and mountainous perimeters of the Tarim basin (approximately equivalent to Eastern Turkistan, now Sinkiang [Xin-jiang] Uighur province of the People’s Republic of China) and Tibet, the area north of the Tien Shan mountains as far as the southern Siberian plains and the Altai mountains (the northern and eastern portions of the Kazakh S.S.R.), and the Gobi desert (comprising parts of the Mongolian People’s Republic and Chinese Inner Mongolia), along with the high mountain ridges thrusting east and south into China and Southeast Asia.
Although the imprecise term Central Asia has been used to designate various regions within this vast area, most Western scholars apply it to western Turkistan, designating the area between 70° and 100° E and 25° and 45° N as Inner or Innermost Asia (Haute Asie, Inner-Asien, Tsentral’naya Aziya; See chinese turkistan).
Land forms. The Eurasian continental plate over-thrusts the Indian subcontinent, and Central Asia thus belongs to an earthquake zone that extends through the Caucasus and Anatolia and across the Mediterranean and the Atlantic to the Caribbean islands; particularly along the ridges of the Alai range, the Hindu Kush, and the mountains bordering Persia earthquakes are common, though not accompanied by volcanic activity. The landscape of western Turkistan is characterized by mountain ranges separated by high plateaus, an extreme continental climate, severe aridity, and resulting scarcity of vegetation and animal life.
The crest lines of the great Central Asia mountain systems generally lie on east-west axes, which seem to radiate from the Pamirs. A cluster of parallel ranges curving to the southwest, then to the west, are generally known as the Hindu Kush, the Paropamisos of the Greek geographers (cf. Pauly-Wissowa, XVIII/4, cols. 1778-79). The southernmost of these ranges bends sharply westward, then south, continuing as the Sulaiman mountains, which separate the Iranian plateau from the lowlands of the Indus (Sindh), though, as there are few elevations higher than 2,000 m, they do not constitute a major geographical barrier. The range extends in various chains south and west through Baluchistan, thus linking the Pamirs with the Zagros system along the southern and southwestern margins of the plateau. The main ranges of the Hindu Kush, however, extend directly southwest, gradually declining in elevation to an average of around 4,000 m; they are linked to the volcanic Transcaucasian plateau by the Bīnālūd, Alborz, and Qarā Dāḡ chains, which form the northern boundary of the Iranian plateau, 1,000 m lower on the average than the Zagros. The highest peaks of the Hindu Kush include Tirich Mir at 7,750 m in Pakistan on the Afghan border and a number exceeding 6,000 m in northeastern Afghanistan; those in the western portion of the range and in the Bīnālūd rarely exceed 3,000 m. In Tajikistan the Alai range extends straight west from the Pamirs, with a fairly even crest line; it is paralleled just to the south by the Trans Alai and still farther south by the Darvaz (Qarā Tegīn) range, which, however, traces an arc similar to that of the Hindu Kush, trailing off to the southwest in several minor subranges. The highest peaks in this region are Pik Kommunizma (Communism, formerly Garmo, peak, 7,495 m) in the Darvaz chain and Pik Lenina (Lenin peak, 7,127 m) in the Trans Alai. In the western Alai, 110 km southeast of Samarkand, Pik Chimtarga rises to 5,490 m, west of which the range trails off in a southwestern branch and a shorter western one.
The steppes on the northern and western flanks of the great mountain ranges extending east from the Caspian Sea, respectively the Kopet-Dag/Bīnālūd mountains, the Alai, the Hindu Kush, and the Tien Shan, are at elevations of 100-500 m. South of these ranges the Iranian plateau, which extends into Afghanistan, lies between 1,000 and 1,500 m. The uplands of the Pamirs are at elevations of 3,000-4,500 m. In all three zones the land generally tilts from south to north. The soil from central northern China to the Atlantic Ocean at every altitude, even beneath the sand of the deserts, is mostly yellow loess and very fertile when there is enough water.
Water. Because of increased precipitation at higher elevations, which may reach a maximum of 1,000 mm a year, the snow cover and particularly mountain glaciers are the main sources of water for Central Asia. In the Pamirs the snow line lies as high as 5,500 m. In the latitudinal ranges it is often 500-700 m lower on the northern slopes than on the sunny southern slopes. The glaciers, most of them valley glaciers, are associated with the highest peaks. In Soviet Central Asia alone 1,700 glaciers total 11,000 km2, five times the surface of the Caucasian glaciers; they also melt at a much more rapid rate than those in the Caucasus or in Switzerland. The largest is the Fedchenko glacier, discovered in the early 20th century near Communism peak north of the Yazgulem pass; it is 77 km long, 2-5 km wide, and 550 m thick, with a volume exceeding 200 km3. From an altitude of 5,330 m it extends down to 2,904 m and is fed by thirty-seven tributary glaciers, some of them more than 10 km long. The Fedchenko glacier melts at a rate of 27 cm a day, 100 m a year; in 1924-35 it lost a total of 282 m. Also in the northwestern Pamirs are the Garmo (29 km long), Fortambek (25 km), and Finsterwalder (16 km) glaciers. In the Alai range the Zeravshan glacier, 25 km long and 200 m thick, is located in the valley between the Turkistan and Zeravshan chains. It melts at a rate of 27 cm a day and is the source of the Zeravshan river. Glacial melting at high altitudes is responsible for the summer flow maximum of Central Asia rivers. A spring maximal flow occurs when these rivers are fed by the melting snow on the lower slopes of the mountains bordering the fertile loessial piedmont plains on which most of the irrigated agriculture of Central Asia is concentrated.
The major rivers in western Central Asia are the Syr Darya (Jaxartes) and Amu Darya (Oxus; see āmū daryā) rivers. The Syr Darya, almost 1,400 km long begins as a small stream in the Farḡāna mountains and is fed by the Naryn, which rises farther east on the southern slopes of the Terskey Ala Tau, south of Lake Issyk Kul, and flows west through the Farḡāna valley. At Leninabad, the western gateway to the Farḡāna valley, it turns sharply northward, bypasses the oasis of Tashkent, and flows northwest, emptying into the northeastern tip of the Aral Sea (in 1987 40 m above sea level). Important towns in the Syr Darya basin include Chimkent and Turkistan in southern Kazakhstan and Kazalinsk in the delta. Farther south the much longer Amu Darya (ca. 2,500 km) drains the Pamirs and the northern Hindu Kush. Its upper course, which defines the border between Afghanistan and Tajikistan, is called Pyandzh as far as the confluence with the Vaḵš west of Kirovabad; the Vaḵš rises in the Alai as the Kyzyl Su (Pers. Sorḵāb, lit. “red water”) and follows the Darvaz range south. Dushanbe, the capital of Tajikistan is situated 1,220 m above sea level on the Kafirnigan river, which joins the Amu Darya west of the confluence with the Vaḵš. From there the Amu Darya flows generally northwest and empties into the Aral Sea from the south; along its lower course, in ancient Choresmia (q.v.), the important towns of Khiva (Ḵīva) and Urgench (Ūrganj) are located. Both the Syr Darya and Amu Darya have fed the irrigation systems of the fertile Central Asian plains since antiquity; furthermore, as they flow through these unforested expanses they lose a considerable volume of water through evaporation. These natural loesses, however, are modest compared to the diversion of nearly all the water of these rivers to irrigated agriculture in the Soviet era. One result of this is that virtually no water from either the Syr Darya or Amu Darya flows into the Aral Sea, which is shrinking at a rapid rate. From 1960 to 1987 it lost two-fifths of its area and two-thirds of its water volume.
Between the two great rivers the Zeravshan (Zarafšān) rises at the western end of the Alai range and flows west, watering the entire cultivated zone between Samarkand and Bukhara, before disappearing in the desert sands. The main population centers in Uzbekistan, aside from Tashkent, lie along its course, including Ziyauddin (Żīāʾ-al-Dīn), Meymana, Karmina, and Bukhara. South of the Amu Darya two former tributaries, the Morḡāb and Harīrūd (Tedzhen) rivers, drain the western Hindu Kush but also dry up in the sands of the Kara Kum (“black sand”) desert in Turkistan. The impressive ruins of ancient Marv are situated not far from where the Morḡāb disappears. Still farther south the Atrak rises between two ranges of the Bīnālūd mountains northwest of the town of Qūčān and flows west across the barren steppes east of the Caspian, forming part of the border between Persia and the Turkman S.S.R.; it empties into Gasan-Kuli bay near Chikishlyar. Stormy Lake Karakul (elev. 3,780 m) in the northeastern Pamirs, southeast of Lenin Peak, is the source for a number of streams that water the high plateaus in that region, a land of rural valley settlements of essentially uniform size.
Climate. An extreme continental climate, with hot summers, cold winters, and sharp differences in temperature between day and night, characterizes the whole of Central Asia. At Kazalinsk near the mouth of the Syr Darya the mean temperatures in July and January are respectively 26° C and - 11.8° C (slightly higher than the - 15.1° C in Arkhangelsk, at 64.5° N); almost directly south, at Turtkul on the lower Amu Darya 28° C and - 5.1° C; and at Termez on the Soviet-Afghan border 31.5° C and 1.7° C. The winter lows preclude growth of most temperate-zone vegetation. Temperatures also rise and fall with extreme rapidity.
Because of the distance from the oceans, there are few clouds and little atmospheric moisture or precipitation, and solar irradiation is correspondingly strong. Much of the land surface is thus arid; the lowlands are preponderantly steppes, interspersed with stretches of sandy desert, particularly the Kara Kum on the Transcaspian plains (Turkmen SSR) and the Kyzyl Kum east of the Amu Darya. Wherever the natural water supply and precipitation are sufficient, the steppes and the fertile plateaus of the lowest zone are covered with grass. South of 45° N, the steppes begin to dry out by early July and have usually remained barren until late October or November, when some rain-bearing cloud formations move in from the Atlantic zone in the northwest. Over the last fifty years, however, there have been noticeable climatic changes, and it is now not unusual for compact cloud formations or overcast skies to appear in midsummer in some areas of western Turkestan as far south as the central course of the Syr Darya and the oasis of Tashkent. This change represents an extension of the influence of the northwestern maritime climate that formerly never penetrated beyond Moscow and central Russia in summer. Only rarely do monsoon clouds diverted from the regular southwest-northeastern path of the South Asian monsoons reach Central Asia. In Soviet Turkmenistan and western Uzbekistan the severe aridity of the Central Asian climate has also been mitigated to some extent by large-scale irrigation and the construction of dams (e.g., the Kara Kum canal). Evaporation from these projects contributes a certain amount of atmospheric moisture and has led to a more humid climate throughout the westernmost portions of Central Asia. Historical climatology shows that current arid conditions result from a recent period of desiccation lasting 1,500-2,000 years, which particularly affected northern Africa and Arabia but also to a lesser degree the Asiatic continent.
Bibliography
- B. P. Alisov, Klimat SSSR, Moscow, 1969.
- V. Chupakin, Fizicheskaya geografia Tyan’ Shanya, Alma-Ata, 1964.
- Fizikogeograficheskiĭ atlas mira, Moscow, 1964.
- N. Gvozdetskiĭ, Fizicheskaya geografiya SSSR. Aziatskaya chast’, Moscow, 1970.
- P. Lydolph, Climates of the Soviet Union, Amsterdam, 1976.
- P. Micklin, “Desiccation of the Aral Sea: A Water Management Disaster in the USSR,” Science 241/4870, September, 1988, pp. 1170-76.
- E. Murzaev, ed., Srednyaya Aziya, Moscow, 1968.
- M. P. Petrov, Pustyni Tsentral’noĭ Azii, 2 vols., Moscow, 1966.
- A. A. Rafikov, “Ratsional’noe izpol’zovanie i okhrana vodnykh resursov Uzbekistana,” Geografia i prirodnye resursy 4, 1986, pp. 44-47.
- S. P. Suslov, Fizicheskaya geografia SSSR. Zapadnaya Sibir’, Vostochnaya Sibir’, Dal’niĭ Vostok, Srednyaya Aziya, 2nd ed., Moscow, 1956.
CENTRAL ASIA ii. Demography
The combined population of the Uzbek, Kirgiz, Tajik, and Turkmen Soviet Socialist Republics totals more than 30 million people, one tenth of the population of the Soviet Union. Owing to a relatively high birth rate and a low death rate, it is also the most rapidly growing segment, at an average annual rate of approximately 3 percent a year, comparable to those of the most rapidly growing nations of the underdeveloped world. In general the Central Asian population is characterized by a low level of urbanization, very uneven geographical distribution of the oasis type, a high density among the rural population, and a large Muslim majority, including a number of Iranian-speaking peoples. The chief Russian-language sources on the demography of Central Asia are the Russian and Soviet censuses of 1897, 1926, 1939, 1959, 1970, 1979, and 1989, as well as annual population estimates (Tsentral’nyĭ Statisticheskiĭ Komitet, 1899-1905; Tsentral’noe Statisticheskoe Upravlenie SSSR, 1929, 1962-63, 1972-74, 1984-87; Pravda, 1989; 1939 data were published in the 1959 census and elsewhere; additional 1979 data have also been published in Goskomstat SSSR, 1988). Although there was no official population census before 1897, there have been estimates of the population of Central Asia for this period. For example, Karakhanov (pp. 226-28) provides annual total population estimates for the four republics for 1865-1982, and official estimates were made for political units of Central Asia in 1885 (Tsentral’nyĭ Statisticheskiĭ Komitet, 1887). The republic of Kazakhstan is sometimes included in “Central Asia,” but it will not be considered here, as it is considered today by the Soviets as a separate economic region from that of Central Asia, which consists of the four republics listed above, and has an insignificant Iranian-speaking population (in 1979 there were only 19,293 Tajiks and 17,692 Kurds; no other Iranian-speaking peoples were listed for Kazakhstan in 1979).
General demography of Central Asia. Since the turn of the century the population of Central Asia has increased fivefold, from approximately 6 million to 14 million in 1959 and 33 million in 1989. In recent years the number of births per 1,000 peoples has hovered at around 30-40, while females in the reproductive years have continued to bear an average of four to seven children. Conversely the number of deaths has dropped to fewer than 10 per 1,000. Migration has played only a small role in this rapid growth.
Unlike most other regions of the Soviet Union, the majority (ca. 60 percent) of the population in Central Asia still lives in rural areas. There are some fairly large cities in the region, however, the most important of which is Tashkent, the fourth largest city of the USSR, with more than 2 million people. Settlement is concentrated in river valleys and along canals, especially the Amu Darya, Syr Darya, and Zeravshan (Zarafšān) river valleys and the Kara Kum canal zone. The majority of the population is located in the relatively small area extending eastward from Bukhara through Samarkand to the Zeravshan and Fergana (Farḡāna) valleys and along the upper Syr Darya and, on a branch of the Syr Darya, in Tashkent and its surrounding countryside. Rural population densities in these areas often exceed 200 people per km2, the highest in the USSR. Other notable areas of concentration are the lower Amu Darya valley just south of the Aral sea, in the Kara Kum canal zone between the Amu Darya and the Caspian, and in the Vakhsh valley of the Tadzhik SSR. On the other hand, great stretches of territory are uninhabited or very sparsely populated, especially the Kara Kum desert in the southwest between the Amu Darya and the Caspian Sea and the Kyzyl Kum desert between the Syr Darya and the Amu Darya, and the mountainous zones of the extreme south and east, including the Gorno-Badakhshan area of the Tadzhik SSR (Glavnoe Upravlenie Geodezii i Kartografii, pp. 130-31; Akademiya Nauk Tadzhikskoĭ SSR, pp. 118-19). Approximately 60 percent of the population is in the Uzbek SSR and 10-16 percent in each of the other three republics.
In 1979 81 percent of the population of Central Asia was Muslim; 15 percent, or nearly 4 million, consisted of ethnic Russians, concentrated chiefly in cities (1989 nationality data are not yet available). Of the Muslim nationalities the Uzbeks were clearly the largest; with more than 12 million people in 1979, they had become the third largest national group in the USSR after the Russians and the Ukrainians. There were nearly 3 million Tajiks, and the Kirghiz and Turkmen populations totaled about 2 million each. Other notable Muslim nationalities included Kazakhs (740,000), Tatars (730,000), and Karakalpaks (300,000).
The overwhelming majority of the Muslim populations speaks Turkic languages, especially the Uzbeks, Turkmen, Kirghiz, Kazakhs, Tatars, and Karakalpaks. In 1979 this language group accounted for 86 percent of the Muslim population of the four republics and 69 percent of the total population of Central Asia.
Iranian-speaking populations. Virtually all the remaining Muslim population (11 percent of the total population of Central Asia in 1979) speaks Iranian languages. This group is composed almost entirely of Tajiks (2.9 million, or 98 percent), 77 percent of them living in the Tajik SSR and 21 percent in the Uzbek SSR. Ethnic Tajiks constituted 59 percent of the population of the Tajik SSR, the remainder being mostly Uzbeks (23 percent) and ethnic Russians (10 percent). The Tajiks are among the least urbanized and most rapidly growing nationalities in the USSR. In 1979 only 28 percent lived in urban centers, and the population growth rate, 3.4 percent a year between 1970 and 1979, was the highest among the fifteen nationalities that enjoy SSR status. The native language of 98 percent of them is Tajik, the Central Asian variant of Persian, which includes many archaisms in phonology (e.g., preservation of majhūl vowels) but is strongly influenced, especially in local dialects, by the morphology and syntax (particularly the verbal system) of the surrounding Turkic languages (see xv, below).
It is difficult to trace historical population trends among individual nationalities in the USSR because of changing ethnic classifications and governmental decisions on whether or not to include a particular national population in published census reports (Lewis, Rowland, and Clem, pp. 42-48, 388-92). It is especially difficult to assess long-term population trends among the Tajiks because the nationality was defined differently in the 1897 Russian census and in the Soviet censuses of 1926 and later. One major source of confusion is the language category “Sarts,” which was included among the Turkic languages in the 1897 census. Some sources agree with this classification, but according to others the Sarts, who were regarded as the settled peoples of Central Asia as opposed to the nomadic peoples, spoke either a Turkic language or an Iranian language (Tajik); the name has even been used practically synonymously with Tajik (Akiner, p. 304; Bennigsen and Wimbush, p. 92; Krader, pp. 55-56; Wixman, p. 174). In the 1897 census more than 900,000 Sarts were counted in the Russian empire, and there were also 350,000 Tajiks listed separately. Virtually all of the “Sarts” and the “Tajiks” were in Central Asia. The last figure represents a serious underestimate of the Tajik population at that time, however. Not only may a number of Tajiks have been included in the “Sart” category, but also a large part of what is now the Tajik SSR was then part of the khanate of Bukhara (q.v.), a vassal state that was not officially part of the Russian empire and thus not included in the 1897 census. It has been estimated elsewhere that perhaps 30 percent of the population of Bukhara at that time was Tajik (Becker, p. 7; Lorimer, p. 36). As the total estimated population of Bukhara was 2-2.5 million, the Tajik population must have been 600,000-750,000, approximately twice the official census figure for the Russian contingent. It thus appears that the total Tajik population of Central Asia approached 1 million or perhaps even exceeded it. In 1926, however, it was slightly less than 1 million (978, 680, or 980, 509 if the Yaḡnōbī are included; see below). The figure increased to 1,229,300 in 1939 (Kozlov, p. 285), 1,396,939 in 1959, 2,135,883 in 1970, and 2,897,697 in 1979, when Tajiks were the eleventh largest nationality in the USSR. In that year they accounted for 1.1 percent of the total population of the country, whereas in 1959 they had been only the sixteenth largest nationality, accounting for 0.7 percent of the total population.
In the 1979 census, only three other Iranian-speaking nationalities were recognized in Central Asia: “Persians” (Persy), who have been in Central Asia for centuries, Baluch, who have arrived only since the late 13th/19th century, and Kurds, who reside primarily in Transcaucasus when in the USSR. In 1979 there were 31,313 Persians (Persy) and 18,997 Baluch (Beludzhi). The totals for Persians were not broken down by republic in 1979, but in 1970, when the total of Persians (Irantsy or Persy) in the USSR was 27,501, three-fourths (20,525) lived in the Uzbek SSR and one-fourth in the Turkmen SSR. Virtually all of the Baluch live in the Mary (Marv oasis) area of the Turkmen SSR. Soviet censuses provided figures for these groups in 1926 (43,971 Persians, also called Farsi; 9,188 Iranians, or Irani; and 9,974 Baluch) and 1959 (20,766 Persians or Irantsy and 7,842 Baluch). The listed numbers of Kurds in Central Asia in 1926, 1959, 1970, and 1979 were 2,308, 7,046, 10,907, and 9,544, respectively (the 1959 and 1970 data are for both the Kirgiz and Turkmen SSRs, while the 1979 data are for the Kirgiz SSR only).
Other Iranian-speaking peoples of Central Asia are apparently counted with the Tajiks. Most notable among them are the speakers of East Iranian Pamir languages (Mountain Tajiks; the languages were formerly also called Ḡalča/Ghalchah, see, e.g., Grierson, pp. 3-4) in the Gorno-Badakhshan Autonomous Oblast, eastern Tajik SSR. Eight specific nationalities are recognized there, and the populations of seven of them have been estimated for 1960 (Akiner, pp. 374-79): Šuḡnī (20,000); Rōšānī (7,000-8,000); Wāḵī (6,000-7,000); Bartangī (q.v.; 3,000-4,000); Yazḡulāmī (1,500-2,000); Ḵūfī (1,000-1,500); and Eškāšmī (500). No estimate was provided for the Bajūī. Also now included with the Tajiks are the Yaḡnōbī, who were listed separately in 1926 (population 1,829). In addition, Afghans were listed in the 1926, 1959, and 1970 censuses (populations of 5,348, 1,855, and 4,184, respectively) but not in the 1979 census.
See also AFGHANISTAN iv. ethnography; v. languages.
Bibliography
- Akademiya Nauk Tadzhikskoĭ SSR, Atlas Tadzhikskoĭ Sovetskoĭ Sotsialististicheskoĭ Respubliki, Dushanbe, 1968 (detailed population maps of the Tajik Republic).
- S. Akiner, Islamic Peoples of the Soviet Union, London, 1983.
- S. Becker, Russia’s Protectorate in Central Asia, Cambridge, Mass., 1968.
- A. Benningsen and S. E. Wimbush, Muslims of the Soviet Empire, Bloomington, Ind., 1986.
- A. J. Coale, B. Anderson, and E. Harm, Human Fertility in Russia since the Nineteenth Century, Princeton, 1979.
- Glavnoe Upravlenie Geodezii i Kartografii pri Sovete Ministrov SSSR, Atlas SSSR, 1986 (maps of population distribution in Central Asia).
- Goskomstat SSSR, Naselenie SSSR, 1987, Moscow, 1988.
- G. A. Grierson, Linguistic Survey of India X: Specimens of the Eranian Family, Delhi, etc., 1921; repr. 1968.
- S. I. Islomov, Demografiya Tadzhikistana, Dushanbe, 1985.
- M. K. Karakhanov, Nekapitalisticheskiĭ put’ razvitiya i problemy narodonaseleniya, Tashkent, 1983. V. I. Kozlov, National’nosti SSSR, Moscow, 1986.
- L. Krader, Peoples of Central Asia, Bloomington, Ind., 1963.
- R. A. Lewis and R. H. Rowland, Population Redistribution in the USSR, New York, 1979.
- Idem and R. S. Clem, Nationality and Population Change in Russia and the USSR, New York, 1976.
- F. Lorimer, The Population of the Soviet Union, Geneva, 1946.
- I. R. Mullyadzhanov, Demograficheskoe razvitie Uzbekskoĭ SSR, Tashkent, 1983.
- Naselenie Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1985. Pravda, 29 April 1989, p. 2.
- Razvitie narodonaseleniya i problemy trudovykh resursov respublik Sredneĭ Azii, Tashkent, 1988.
- Tsentral’noe Statisticheskoe Upravlenie SSSR, Vsesoyuznaya perepis’ naseleniya 1926 goda, Moscow, 1929 (1926 Soviet census).
- Idem, Itogi vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1959 goda, Moscow, 1962-63 (1959 Soviet census).
- Idem, Chislennost’ i sostav naseleniya po dannym vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1979 goda, Moscow, 1984 (1979 Soviet census).
- Tsentral’nyĭ Statisticheskiĭ Komitet, Sbornik svedeniĭ po Rossii za 1884-1885 gg., St. Petersburg, 1887.
- Idem, Pervaya vseobshchaya perepis’ naseleniya Rossiĭskoĭ Imperii, 1897 g., St. Petersburg, 1899-1905 (Russian census of 1897).
- R. Wixman, The Peoples of the USSR, Armonk, N.Y., 1984.
- Annual population totals and data on fertility and mortality can be found in the annual statistical series for the USSR, Tsentral’noe Statisticheskoe Upravlenie SSSR, Narodnoe khozyaĭstvo v SSSR (through 1987), as well as those for the individual Central Asian republics. Population data can also occasionally be found in the journal Vestnik statistiki.
CENTRAL ASIA iii. In Pre-Islamic Times
The sources. The main evidence for the history of Central Asia before the coming of Islam comes from archeological excavations, while written sources contain little information. Historical texts include the Old Persian inscriptions by Darius I and Xerxes I (6th-5th cents. b.c.e.), the Chinese dynastic histories (covering events from the 2nd cent. b.c.e. onward; for a summary see Samolin) and accounts of Chinese Buddhist pilgrims (the earliest was Fa-xian/Fa-hsien ca. 400 c.e.; see buddhism i), fragmentary Greek writings of travelers or geographies (such as Ptolemy and Strabo), early Arabic histories and geographies, plus indigenous inscriptions and documents such as the early Sogdian Ancient Letters from the Dunhuang times and the later Sogdian letters from Mt. Mug east of Samarkand. Scattered Sogdian, Bactrian, Choresmian, Parthian, and Middle Persian, as well as Indian inscriptions on wall paintings, ostraca, or on boulders or coin legends give some assistance in reconstructing history (for a Sogdian inscription on a wall painting from Afrāsīāb, old Samarkand, see Frye, 1967, p. 35; for the Parthian inscriptions from Nisa see Dyakonov and Livshits; for Bactrian, Middle Persian, and Prakrit in Kharoṣṭhī script see Staviskiĭ; numerous inscriptions in Sogdian, Bactrian, Middle Persian, Chinese, and Indian Prakrits in both Brahmi and Kharoṣṭhī scripts were found on boulders in the upper Indus valley, Sims-Williams, 1989). Most of the inscriptions contain almost exclusively names of merchants, however, although coin legends in Choresmian and Sogdian also provide names of rulers and towns (Vamberg and Smirnova). The literary texts, that is, the Avesta and the Pahlavi texts, contain only little information. For the Avesta see avestan geography (with further refs.), and for the Pahlavi texts see in particular the geographical chapters of the Bundahišn (chaps. 9 on the mountains, 10 on the seas, 11 on the rivers, 12 on the lakes) and the Pahlavi version of Vidēvdād, chap. 1, with Christensen’s commentary.
The earliest times. From excavations much information has been obtained about the daily life of both rulers and ruled. The discovery of Neanderthal remains in a cave at Teshik-Tash, Uzbekistan, indicates an early human settlement in Central Asia (cf. Okladnikov). Although subsequent finds are few, one may suppose a continuous occupation through the migration of the Indo-Iranian peoples into the area from the northwest at the beginning of the second millennium. Several questions about these migrations are difficult, if at all possible, to answer. First of them is the question about the identity of the aboriginal population in Central Asia at the time of the migrations, and second is the time of the split between Iranians and Indians and the duration of Indian occupation of the area. A generally accepted belief is that the Indians split from the Iranians sometime during the first half of the second millennium b.c.e. and preceded the Iranians, who moved onto the Iranian plateau at the beginning of the first millennium b.c.e. (for references to this theory see Ghirshman). Differing opinions have been expressed by M. Mayrhofer and I. M. Dyakonov. It is uncertain whether ancestors of the Dravidians, such as the Brahui in present Baluchistan, or of the Burusho (see burushaski) in Hunza, inhabited large parts of Central Asia in early times before the expansion of the Indo-Iranians. As we have no records of identifiable pre-Aryan peoples in Central Asia or in Northwest India the suggestion above is nothing more than a plausible guess.
The coming of the Iranian tribes. In any case, neither the aborigines nor the Indians remained in Central Asia; either they were absorbed or were pushed out by the Iranians, who settled in the area by tribes. Archeology is our only source for this pre-literate period of the history of Central Asia. For a survey of early sites in Soviet Central Asia see Kohl, ed., and, for a more comprehensive survey of sites in Central Asia after the early Bronze Age, Koshelenko (1985). Masson, 1966 (1981) contains useful bibliographical surveys of the main archeological sites (pp. 225-30). A. Koshelenko makes the following divisions for this early period: 1. Early Iron Age in the areas of the Marv oasis, northern Parthia, the Sarakhs oasis, northern Bactria, Fergana, the Tashkent oasis, Ustrushana; 2. the Ancient era, in which Choresmia, Fergana, and Sogdiana are added to the Iron Age areas. The Bactrians settle in present northern Afghanistan and Tajikistan, while the Sogdians occupy the Zarafshan river and Fergana valleys.
In Bactria sites along the rivers have provided information about the material culture of the early Iranians who settled there. Along the Surkhan Dar’ya numerous larger and smaller sites have been explored; such as old Termez, Dal’verzin Tepe, Zar Tepe, Aĭrtam (q.v.), and Khalchayan. Numerous sites are also located in the Hissar valley, on the lower Kafirnigan valley, on the right (west) bank of the Vakhsh river, on the lower left bank of the Vakhsh (Lagman, Kafyr Kala, etc.), on the valley between the Tair Su and Kyzyl Su (for references and complete lists of these sites see Koshelenko, pp. 250-72). Among the sites in Sogdiana the following may be mentioned: Kashka Dar’ya with centers Karshi and Shakhrisiyab Kitab (Kalyandar Tepe) and Kurgan Tepe; other sites are located in the vicinity of Samarkand (other than Afrāsīāb) and in the Bukharan oasis (see Koshelenko, pp. 273-92). Numerous sites have been explored in the Fergana valley (Koshelenko, pp. 304-316) and in the Tashkent oasis sites (e.g., Dal’verzin Tepe; Koshelenko, pp. 297-303). The Choresmians settled throughout the region to the south of the Aral Sea around the Oxus River, although they originally may also have roamed south of that region. Among the principal sites of Choresmia are Gyaur Kala, Toprak Kala, Kzyl Kala, and Koĭ-Krylgan Kala. It is noteworthy that the pattern of settlement in Choresmia, unlike in other areas, was the fortified castle or kala. The archeological work in this area was led for many years by S. P. Tolstov and has been described in the reports on the excavations of the Choresmian expeditions, as well as in other publications (e.g., Tolstov), in which a detailed picture of the material culture of that region is drawn. To the north of the oases in the steppes were the nomads called Scythians by the Greeks and Sakas in the Old Persian inscriptions (Herodotus, bk. 1; Pyankov; Kent, Old Persian; see also, e.g., Bongard-Levin and Grantoskij; Litvinskiĭ; Akishev, 1984).
Central Asia in the Avesta. Names of countries in northeastern Iran are listed in several passages in the Avesta. Among the oldest is the one in Mihr yašt (Yt. 10. 14), where “Parutian Iškata, Haraivian Margu, Sogdian Gava, and Choresmia” are mentioned (Gershevitch, 1967, p. 81) as parts of the Aryan lands that MiΘra surveys when he approaches over Mount Harā in front of the rising sun. In the Vidēvdād (Vd. 1.4-7) we are told that among the best places created by Ahura Mazdā were Gava, inhabited by Sogdians, Mouru (Margiana), the strong and truthful, Bāxδī (Bactria), the beautiful with upraised banners, and Nisāya, which lies between Mouru and Baxδī. Not much can be concluded from these brief mentions, however, other than that the Iranians knew and inhabited these areas in pre-Achaemenid times.
Achaemenid times. History really begins in this area with echoes of the conquests in Central Asia by Cyrus founder of the Achaemenid empire. Herodotus (1.205-14) tells us that Cyrus lost his life fighting against the Massagetai, presumably a group of the Sakas, in 530 b.c.e., and the existence of a town in the Fergana valley called Cyropolis or Cyreschata in Arrian (4.3.1) and in Curtius’ (7.6.16) Latin history of Alexander (medieval Kurkath) suggests that the conquests of Cyrus extended at least that far into Central Asia (Benveniste).
In his inscriptions Darius, and after him Xerxes, mentions the following northeastern parts of his empire (the order varies in the inscriptions): ParΘava (Parthia), Zra(n)ka (Drangiana), Haraiva (Herāt), Margu (Marv), Uvārazmiy (Choresmia), Bāxtriš (Bactria), Suguda (Sogdia), and two Saka peoples, the haumavarga and the tigraxauda; on the trilingual golden plates from Persepolis and Hamadān (DPh and DH, Kent, Old Persian, pp. 136-37, 147) he boasts that his empire reaches from the Sakas who are beyond Sogdia to Ethiopia and from Sind to Sardis. In the Bīsotūn inscription (DB 5.20-30, Kent, Old Persian, pp. 133-34) Darius says: “Afterwards with an army I went to the land of the Sakas after the Sakas who wear a pointed hat. These Sakas went from me. When I arrived at the sea, then I crossed beyond it with all my army. Afterwards I defeated the Sakas exceedingly. Another I took captive who was led bound to me and I slew him.” We may presume that the Central Asian provinces of the empire were not uniformly quiet down to the invasion of Alexander the Great, but we have no information about revolts or any events here during the rest of Achaemenid rule, so whether Darius actually fought against the Sakas in Central Asia as well as in south Russia, as suggested by the Bīsotūn inscription, is uncertain. According to the Greek sources (Herodotus, 3.92; Arrian, 3.8.3) Central Asian contingents and officers served in the Achaemenid armies.
It is uncertain how far Iranian tribes, presumably mostly the Sakas, extended into the steppes to the north of the oases of Central Asia, but archeological finds at such sites as Issyk Kurgan near modern Alma Ata (Akishev, 1978) and Pazyryk in Siberia (Rudenko) suggest that Iranians dominated the steppes as well as the settled regions to the south. From Pazyryk comes the oldest relatively well preserved carpet in the world (late 4th-early 3rd centuries b.c.e.) with Achaemenid motifs but probably manufactured locally (see carpets vi). In the Issyk kurgan (burial tomb) was a prince with a tall hat and armor of gold, presumably a Saka prince. The movement of various tribes or peoples on the steppes, however, can only be guessed, as we have no written sources. The time of the movement of the “Tokharians,” an Indo-European people speaking a language of the European, rather than Asian, type (Centum language) into Chinese Turkistan is much disputed; estimates range from the third millennium to the second century b.c.e. If the movement took place in the 8th century b.c.e., as has been suggested, then the “Tokharians” would have moved from west to east before the expansion of the Sakas into the steppes from the south as Herodotus tells us (for historical questions connected with the “Tocharians” see Ivanov and Winter).
With the invasion of Alexander and his campaigns in Central Asia in 329-27 b.c.e. the Alexander historians increase our knowledge of the area; some of the meager information in Ptolemy and Strabo comes from the reports of Alexander’s conquests in this part of the world. The resistance of Central Asian peoples to the conqueror was strong and stubborn, necessitating the establishment of garrisons in the conquered areas after heavy fighting. The center of Alexander’s control, and that of his successors, was Bactria, a rich and strategic region for trade routes from all directions (Tarn, pp. 118-121; Narain, pp. 12-13).
Excavations at the Bactrian site of Aĭ Khanom (Āy Ḵānom) on the Kokcha river in northern Afghanistan, as well as other Bactrian sites on the Oxus, have revealed the purely Greek character of the culture of these sites under the Seleucid successors of Alexander (Francfort, Bernard, et al., eds.; the publications of the Délégation archéologique française en Afghanistan; also Litvinskiy and Pichikan). Inscriptions of Greek poetry, as well as styles of architecture and town planning, were just as characteristic of Central Asia as of mainland Greece (Bernard, 1975, p. 457; idem, 1978, p. 453). Hellenic art influences, such as Corinthian columns and volutes in architecture, had a great influence on Central Asian art (Bernard in Francfort and Bernard, eds., I, 1973, pp. 211-13) just as the beautiful coinage of the Greco-Bactrian rulers influenced all later coinage in Central Asia, both by the use of the Attic weight system and by style of obverses and reverses of the money (Mitchener, I, pp. 10-18). Trade with China probably developed more under the Greco-Bactrians in the 3rd-2nd centuries b.c.e. than earlier, as suggested by the presence of Greek words in several languages of Chinese Turkistan (see china and iran i).
Central Asia and its eastern neighbors. It is probable that the Silk Route to China first came into prominence in the time of Greek rule in Bactria, and the three main routes from China to the west continued to be used. The first was the northern route from the present steppes of Kazakhstan through the Ili valley and Jungaria to Dunhuang and the Gansu corridor into central China. The second went from the Fergana valley to Kashgar and along the northern oasis route through Aqsu, Kucha, Turfan, and Komul (Hami) to Dunhuang. The third went from the Indus valley over the Karakorum range to Kashgar or Yarkand, then through Khotan, Cherchen, and Lop Nor to Dunhuang (Klimkeit, 1988, pp. 68-69; Haussig, pp. 6-7).
In the second half of the 2nd century b.c.e. Central Asia was the scene of nomadic invasions from the north and east (see, e.g., Bivar, 1966, pp. 51-52). The Sakas moved south into the land which bears their name, Sīstān (from Proto-Iranian *Sakastāna), and into India where small Saka (Śaka) kingdoms were created. Probably at this time they also established a kingdom in (see also aśoka iv). The Greco-Bactrian state collapsed under this invasion but other rulers maintained power in the Hindu Kush mountains and in India (cf. Narain, pp. 145-47). After a period of confusion one of the invading peoples, called Yue-zhi (Yueh-chih) in Chinese sources, established a state north of the Oxus River and then in the first century c.e. spread to the south under one of the tribes, which gave its name to the new Kushan empire (Gafurov, ed., esp., I, pp. 182-98, and II, pp. 42-46; Samolin, see index). North of Sogdiana it seems a confederation of settlements and nomadic tribes came into existence called Kang-qu (K’ang-chü) in Chinese sources (Litvinskij, 1972, 1976; Samolin, see index). It is uncertain how much control the Kushans exerted on the settled folk of Central Asia, but because of the scarcity of Kushan coins in Choresmia, as well as the striking of their own coins, we may infer that the Choresmians were independent or in a loose vassal relationship with the Kushans (see Vaĭnberg for a history of the land as well as a catalogue of coins). The Sogdians too probably were in a vassal relationship with the Kushans, who directed most of their efforts of expansion in the Indian subcontinent (Gafurov, ed., II, pp. 9-15).
Sasanian times. In the third century c.e. the Kushan empire seems to have split into two or more parts, and Central Asia was invaded from the Sasanian empire. The data and the extent of Sasanian expansion in the east, however, is uncertain, but probably both Bactrians and Sogdians acknowledged some sort of submission to the western power. The history of Ṭabarī tells us that under the first Sasanian ruler Ardašīr, the Kushans submitted to him (Nöldeke, Geschichte der Perser, pp. 4-6), and in the inscription of Šāpūr on the Kaʿba-ye Zardošt at Naqš-e Rostam it is said that the empire of Iran included the Kushan domains (Kušānšahr) as far as Kāš (Kashgar ?) and Sogdiana (ed. Back, pp. 288-89). In the inscriptions of Šāpūr I and his successors the following northeastern provinces of the Sasanian empire are listed: Marw, Harēw, Abaršahr, Kušān, Kāš, Sugd, Čāč, Xwārazm (inscriptions of Šāpūr on the Kaʿba-ye Zardošt at Naqš-e Rostam and of Narseh I at Paikuli, see, e.g., Maricq, pp. 336-37 [78-79], Humbach and Skjærvø, III/2, pp. 122-24). Later conquests by the Sasanians north of the Oxus are unknown, but trade and cultural influences were strong (for trade relations cf. Pigulevskaya, pp. 1-12). The Choresmians maintained their own dynasty, and relations with the Sasanians are unclear for early periods, but after the fourth century their land was independent, if not in some vassal relationship with the Hephthalites or later the Turks (Vaĭnberg, pp. 89-93; Muninova, pp. 40-50). To the north of the oasis states we have no information, but with the continuing expansion of nomads to the south we may presume the end of any confederation and rather the rule of local dynasts. This is confirmed by coins, the main source of information for the period before the Arab conquests (cf. Zeimal, pp. 233-51).
The end of the fourth century saw a change on the steppes of Central Asia with the expansion from the east of the Altaic-speaking peoples, under the pressure of which the Iranian nomads moved south and west, although it seems some were ruled by Altaic nomads or were absorbed by the newcomers (McGovern, pp. 399-419). Sogdiana and Bactria were invaded by Chionites, probably a nomadic group with Altaic rulers but Iranian common folk. It seems that the name Chionite, which appears in Byzantine sources, is related to the word Hun, and the name of the Huṇas, who invaded India in the middle of the fifth century (Moravscik, s.vv. Chionites, Huns). The Chionites were succeeded by the Hephthalites, again probably a mixed horde (Enoki, 1959, 1969). According to Enoki Chinese accounts of the Hephthalites indicate that they were primarily mountaineers from the lands to the west of the Pamirs, but others argue for their steppe origin (Bivar, 1983, pp. 213-15). In spite of these invasions and foreign rulers the local people of Central Asia developed their trading activities, with the Choresmians establishing extensive relations with the Volga river and eastern European areas, bringing furs, amber, beeswax, and other commodities back, while the Sogdians were the traders of the east, extending their activities and their trading colonies into China and Mongolia (Frye, 1972, pp. 266-68). The trade of the Sogdians was in cloth, precious stones, and spices from India in exchange for silk and various craft objects from China. The Bactrians, of course, were more concerned with trade to the south, but it seems that all of the Central Asians were primarily middlemen in trade in all directions, and the trade was primarily in luxury objects, as the risks of long distance trade in those times required large returns.
Trade, religion, culture. The extensive trading activities of the Central Asians coincided with the expansion of the universalist, missionary religions and the Central Asian were instrumental in spreading those religions. The earliest was Buddhism, which reached Central Asia under the Greco-Bactrians; later Bactria became a center of Buddhism under the Kushans (Klimkeit, 1986, pp. 8-10). Archeology has revealed numerous Buddhist remains in present northern Afghanistan and Tajikistan, and even though we may not have any Buddhist writings in the Bactrian (q.v.) language (the contents of the so-called Hephthalite fragments have not yet been identified for certain, see bactrian, p. 346b bottom), we may presume that they existed but have not survived. One fragment from Turfan in Manichean script but in the Bactrian language contains a Manichean text (Gershevitch, 1984; bactrian). Buddhism continued to flourish in Bactria into the Islamic period and only in the ninth century of our era did Balḵ, the largest city of Bactria, become Muslim in religion (Litvinsky, 1968, p. 121). Buddhism apparently made little progress in Sogdiana and Choresmia, and the greatest success was to the north and east of Central Asia (cf. Rapoport, pp. 119-21). The accounts of Chinese Buddhist travelers to the west such as Xuanzang (Hsüan Tsang) give us welcome details about the presence of Buddhism in various oases of Central Asia.
In Sogdiana a local form of Mazdeism was the dominant religion (cf. Henning), although Manicheism and Nestorian Christianity both had adherents, and we may suppose that it was primarily Sogdians who spread both religions to the east by missionaries in the caravans of merchants (cf. Barthold, 1901, pp. 20-26; Hage, p. 518). In Chinese Turkestan Sogdian became a lingua franca, and even the Turkish states in Mongolia and the Altai mountains used Sogdian as their written language, although later they were to develop their own system of writing of their languages using modified Sogdian script. The Sogdian city states of Bukhara, Samarkand, and Čāč (Tashkent) flourished in the period of Hephthalite domination, and this did not change with the Turkish conquest of the Hephthalites in the 560s of our era (Smirnova, 1970, esp. pp. 122-55). The ease with which the Sogdians replaced Hephthalite overlordship with Turkish reveals the attitude of the merchant society which sought stability so trade could flourish (for the expansion of the Turks see Barthold, 1945; for the Sogdian culture see Azarpay).
Archeological excavations of Sogdian sites have revealed the richness of local culture and far-flung relations of the Sogdian merchants, who probably introduced the system of training of slaves to protect their land and property while merchants were away, which later in the Islamic world came to be known as the Mamluk system of slave soldiers and administrators, also famous in the Ottoman and Mughal empires (cf. Pipes; Crone; also barda and bardadārǰ v).
The Choresmians also followed a local form of Mazdaism, although here, as with the Sogdians, universalist religions were active (Rapoport; Livshits). Archeology has revealed the same kind of culture and civilization as in Sogdiana but not as rich or ostentatious. Also the Choresmians were unified under one dynasty unlike the Sogdian city states (Tolstov and the many publications of the Southern Choresmian expedition). Their language (see choresmian) was originally written in a modified Aramaic alphabet, but later, perhaps in the 10th and 11th centuries, the Choresmians began to write their language in Arabic characters, which apparently was not the case with the Sogdians. Missionaries in Choresmian caravans spread Islam to the Volga region beginning in the 9th century, and the Volga Tatars maintained relations with Choresmia in later times (Togan, pp. 217-18, 253-56). One of the articles of trade with the north was silver, especially in the form of bowls, rhytons, and plates (Frye, 1971, pp. 255-62; idem, 1972, p. 266). The Choresmians played the same role in the west as the Sogdians did in the east in the spread of ideas and culture (Yagodin, pp. 128-68).
Although the Sasanians controlled Bactria and some areas to the north of the Oxus River in the late 3rd and 4th centuries through their Kushano-Sasanian governors, who at times were independent rulers, the nomadic invasions eliminated Sasanian rule in Central Asia, and only raids and temporary incursions were made by the Persians in later times (Carter). The raids by Bahrām IV (r. 388-99) left a mark on Bukhara, where the coinage of the Sasanian ruler was adopted as a prototype for the local coinage of Bukhara (Frye, 1949). Later the Sasanian general Bahrām Čōbīn defeated the Turks and obtained booty from his campaigns in 589 (Kolesnikov, pp. 51-53). Sasanian cultural influences, however, grew such that Central Asia in the period before the Islamic conquest was considered by Arnold to be a provincial Sasanian outpost in cultural matters (Arnold, pp. 10-11). Thanks to archeology this view has changed, and we know that the Sogdian city states and Choresmia were centers of their own cultures (cf. Belenitzki/Belenitskiĭ for Sogdiana, Tolstov for Choresmia).
For the rulers of Bukhara, Samarkand, and Choresmia, as primarily revealed by coins, see individual articles. As the coins of Bukhara, known as “Bukhar Khudat” coins, were copied from those of the Sasanian ruler Bahrām IV, we may suppose that he made conquests in Central Asia that did not survive him. Some of the coins of Samarkand, on the other hand, have square holes in the middle, like Chinese coins of the Tang dynasty (Smirnova, 1981).
The coming of Islam. Marv became an Arab center in the east, just as it had been for the Sasanians, and raids across the Oxus began in 673 and continued almost yearly after that (Gibb). The Muslim conquest of Central Asia began with Qoṭayba b. Moslem, who became Umayyad governor of Khorasan in 705, and he established Arab rule firmly in lands to the north of the Oxus. Several times the local rulers rebelled against Arab hegemony, and from one of them, called Dīvāstīč, lord of Panjikent, we have twenty letters in Sogdian telling, among other matters, of his attempts to organize resistance against the invaders, although to no avail, as he lost his life by Arab orders in 722 (Livshits, 1962, pp. 90-91). It is true that the Sogdian city states turned to their nominal rulers the western Turks for aid, but also to no avail. Neither their successors, the eastern Turks, nor the Turgesh later were able to dislodge the Muslims. Conversions to Islam turned Central Asia into a great Islamic cultural center, and gradually other religions died out. Central Asia and its cultures, however, played an important role in the development of an Islamic civilization including art, architecture, literature, and thought. By the 4th/10th century under the Samanids Central Asia was fully Islamicized (Negmatov, pp. 23-66). The Samanids were the last Iranian dynasty to rule in Central Asia with their center in Bukhara through the tenth century. Afterwards only Turkic dynasties ruled this part of the world.
See also art in iran vi; china and iran i.
Bibliography
- A. K. Akishev, Kurgan Issyk, Moscow, 1978.
- Idem, Iskusstvo i mifologiya Sakov, Alma-Ata, 1984.
- T. W. Arnold, Survivals of Sasanian and Manichaean Art in Persian Painting, Oxford, 1924.
- G. Azarpay, Sogdian Painting, Berkeley, 1981.
- M. Back, Die sassanidischen Staatsinschriften, Acta Iranica 18, Tehran and Liège, 1978.
- W. Barthold, Zur Geschichte des Christentums in Mittel-Asien, Tübingen, 1901.
- Idem, Histoire des Turcs d’Asie Centrale, Paris, 1945.
- A. M. Belenitskiĭ (Belenitzki), Zhivopis’ drevnego Pendzhikenta, Moscow, 1954.
- Idem, Mittelasien. Kunst der Sogden, Leipzig, 1980.
- E. Benveniste, “La ville de Cyreschata,” JA, 1947, pp. 163-66.
- P. Bernard in Comptes rendus de l’Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres, April-June, 1975, pp. 167-97 and April-June 1978, pp. 421-63.
- A. D. H. Bivar, “The History of Eastern Iran,” in Camb. Hist. Iran III, 1983, pp. 181-231.
- Idem, Zentralasien, in G. Hambly, ed., Fischer Weltgeschichte, vol. 16, Frankfurt am Main, 1966.
- G. M. Bongard-Levin and E. A. Grantoskij, De la Scythie à l’Inde, Paris, 1981.
- M. L. Carter, “A Numismatic Reconstruction of Kushano-Sasanian History,” American Numismatic Society, Museum Notes 30, 1985, pp. 215-81.
- A. Christensen, Le premier chapitre du Vendidad et l’histoire primitive des tribus iraniennes, Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, hist.-filol. medd. 29/4, Copenhagen, 1943.
- P. Crone, Slaves on Horseback, Cambridge, 1981.
- I. M. Dyakonov, “Die Arier im Vorderen Orient: Ende eines Mythos,” Orientalia 41, 1972, pp. 91-120.
- I. M. Dyakonov and V. A. Livshits, Parthian Economic Documents from Nisa, Corpus Inscr. Iran. III/2, Moscow, 1976.
- K. Enoki, “On the date of the Kidarites,” Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 27, 1969, pp. 1-26.
- Idem, “On the Nationality of the Ephthalites,” ibid., 18, 1959, pp. 1-58.
- H. P. Francfort, P. Bernard, et al., eds., Fouilles d’Aï Khanoum, vols. 1-7, Paris, 1973-87.
- R. N. Frye, Notes on the Early Coinage of Transoxiana, American Numismatic Society, New York, 1949.
- Idem, “The Significance of Greek and Kushan Archaeology in the History of Central Asia,” Journal of Asian History 1, 1967, p. 35.
- Idem, “Sasanian Silver and History,” in E. Bosworth, ed., Iran and Islam in Memoriam V. Minorsky, Edinburgh, 1971, pp. 255-62.
- Idem, “Byzantine and Sasanian Trade Relations with Northeastern Russia,” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 26, 1972, pp. 265-69.
- Idem, The History of Ancient Iran, chaps. 3, 7, 9 and 12. A. von Gabain, “Irano-Turkish Relations in the Late Sasanian Period,” in Camb. Hist. Iran III, 1983, pp. 613-24.
- B. G. Gafurov, ed., Tsentral’naya Aziya v kushanskuyu èpokhu, 2 vols., Moscow, 1974-75.
- I. Gershevitch, The Avestan Hymn to Mithra, Cambridge, 1967.
- Idem, “The Bactrian Fragment in Manichean Script,” in Harmatta, ed., 1984, pp. 273-80.
- R. Ghirshman, L’Iran et la migration des Indo-Aryens et des Iraniens, Leiden, 1977.
- b H. A. R. Gibb, The Arab Conquests in Central Asia, London, 1923.
- W. Hage, “Das Nebeneinander christlicher Konfessionen im mittelalterlichen Zentralasien,” in ZDMG, Supp. 2, Wiesbaden, 1969, pp. 517-25.
- J. Harmatta, ed., Prolegomena to the Sources on the History of Pre-Islamic Central Asia, Budapest, 1979.
- Idem, ed., Studies in the Sources on the History of Pre-Islamic Central Asia, Budapest, 1979.
- Idem, ed., From Hecataeus to al-Huwarizmi, Budapest, 1984.
- H. W. Haussig, Die Geschichte Zentralasiens and der Seidenstrasse in vorislamischer Zeit, Grundzüge 49, Darmstadt, 1983.
- W. B. Hennig, “A Sogdian God,” BSOAS 28, 1965, pp. 242-54.
- H. Humbach and P. O. Skjærvø, The Sassanian Inscription of Paikuli, 3 vols. in 4, Wiesbaden, 1978-83.
- V. V. Ivanov, “Yazykovye dannye o proiskhozhdenii kushanskoĭ dinastii i tokharskaya problema,” Narody Azii i Afriki 3, 1967, pp. 106-19.
- H.-J. Klimkeit, Die Begegnung von Christentum, Gnosis and Buddhismus an der Seidenstrasse, Opladen, 1986. Idem, Die Seidenstrasse, Cologne, 1988.
- P. L. Kohl, ed., The Bronze Age Civilization of Central Asia, Armonk, N.Y., 1981.
- A. I. Kolesnikov, “Iran v nachale VII veka,” Palestinskiĭ sbornik 22, 1970, pp. 1-110.
- A. Koshelenko, ed., Drevneĭshie gosudarstva Kavkaza i Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1985.
- B. A. Litvinsky, Outline History of Buddhism in Central Asia, Moscow, 1968.
- B. A. Litvinskiĭ, Drevnie kochevniki “Kryshi mira,” Moscow, 1972.
- B. A. Litvinskij, “Das K’ang-chu-Sarmatische Farn,” Central Asian Journal 16, 1972, pp. 242-89, 20, 1976, pp. 47-74.
- B. A. Litvinskiy and I. R. Pichikan, “Monuments of Art from the Sanctuary of Oxus,” in Harmatta, ed., 1984, pp. 25-84.
- V. A. Livshits, Sogdiĭskie dokumenty s gory Mug, Moscow, 1962.
- Idem, “The Khwarezmian Calendar and the Eras of Ancient Chorasmia,” Acta Antiqua Hungaricae 16, 1968, pp. 433-46.
- A. Maricq, “Res Gestae Divi Saporis,” Syria 35, 1958, pp. 295-360; repr. in Classica et Orientalia, Paris, 1965, pp. 37-101.
- V. M. Masson, Das Land der tausend Städte. Baktrien, Choresmien, Margiane, Parthien, Sogdien. Ausgrabungen in der südlichen Sowjetunion, Wiesbaden and Berlin, 1987 (tr. by M. T. E. Seitz of Strana tysyachi gorodov, Moscow, 1966, repr. 1981).
- M. Mayrhofer, Die Arier im Vorderen Orient—Ein Mythos?, Vienna, 1974.
- W. M. McGovern, The Early Empires of Central Asia, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, 1939.
- M. Mitchener, Indo-Greek and Indo-Scythian Coinage, 9 vols., London, 1975-76.
- G. Moravscik, Byzantino-Turcica, Berlin, 1958.
- I. M. Muninova, Istoriya Khoresma, Tashkent, 1976.
- A. K. Narain, The Indo-Greeks, Oxford, 1957.
- N. N. Negmatov, Gosudarstvo Samanidov, Dushanbe, 1977.
- A. P. Okladnikov, “Neandertal’skiĭ chelovek i sledy ego kul’tury v Sredneĭ Azii,” Sovetskaya arkheologiya 6, 1940, pp. 5-19.
- D. Pipes, Slave Soldiers and Islam, New Haven, 1981.
- N. V. Pigulevskaya, Vizantiya i Iran na rubezhe VI-VII vekov, Moscow, 1946.
- B. B. Petrovskiĭ and G. M. Bongard-Levin, eds., Tsentral’naya Aziya. Novye pamyatniki pis’mennosti i iskusstva, Moscow, 1987 (numerous contributions on art, archeology, and texts; note E. V. Zeĭmal’, “K periodizatsii drevneĭ istorii Sredneĭ Azii”).
- I. V. Pyankov, Srednyaya Aziya v izvestiyakh antichnogo istorika Ktesiya, Dushanbe, 1975.
- Yu. A. Rapoport, Iz istorii religii drevnego Khorezma, Moscow, 1971.
- I. Ronca, Ptolemaios. Geographie 6, 9-21. Ostiran and Zentralasien, Rome, 1971.
- S. I. Rudenko, Kul’tura naseleniya tsentral’nogo Altaya v skifskoe vremya, Moscow, 1960.
- W. Samolin, East Turkistan to the Twelfth Century. A Brief Political Survey, Central Asiatic Studies 9, London, etc., 1964.
- N. Sims-Williams, Inscriptions in Sogdian and Other Iranian Languages from the Upper Indus, Corpus Inscr. Iran. III/2, London, 1989.
- O. I. Smirnova, Ocherki iz istorii Sogda, Moscow, 1970. Idem, Katalog monet s gorodishcha Pendzhikent, Moscow, 1973.
- Idem, Svodnyĭ katalog sogdiĭskikh monet. Bronza, Moscow, 1981.
- V. Y. Staviskiĭ, Kara Tepe, 4 vols. 1-4, Moscow, 1964-75.
- W. W. Tarn, The Greeks in Bactria and India, Cambridge, 1951.
- A. Z. V. Togan, Ibn Fadlan’s Reisebericht, Leipzig, 1939.
- S. P. Tolstov, Drevniĭ Khorezm, Moscow, 1948.
- Idem, Po sledam drevne-khorezmiĭskoĭ tsivilizatsii, Moscow and Leningrad, 1948; Germ. tr. O. Mehlitz, Auf den Spuren der altchoresmischen Kultur, Berlin, 1953.
- B. I. Vaĭnberg, Monety drevnego Khorezma, Moscow, 1977.
- W. Winter, “Tocharians and Turks,” in D. Sinor, ed., Aspects of Altaic Civilization, Indiana University Publications, Ural and Altaic Series 23, pp. 239-51.
- V. N. Yagodin, Nekropol’ drevnego Mizdakhkana, Tashkent, 1970.
- E. V. Zeimal, “The Political History of Transoxiana,” in Camb. Hist. Iran III, 1983, pp. 232-62.
CENTRAL ASIA iv. In the Islamic Period up to the Mongols
In early Islamic times Persians tended to identify all the lands to the northeast of Khorasan and lying beyond the Oxus with the region of Turan, which in the Šāh-nāma of Ferdowsī is regarded as the land allotted to Ferēdūn’s son Tūr. The denizens of Tūrān were held to include the Turks, in the first four centuries of Islam essentially those nomadizing beyond the Jaxartes, and behind them the Chinese (see Kowalski; Minorsky, “Tūrān”). Tūrān thus became both an ethnic and a geographical term, but always containing ambiguities and contradictions, arising from the fact that all through Islamic times the lands immediately beyond the Oxus and along its lower reaches were the homes not of Turks but of Iranian peoples, such as the Sogdians and Khwarezmians. Equally imprecise was the Arabic designation Mā Warāʾ al-Nahr “the land beyond the river” (i.e., Amu Darya, the Oxus), which passed also into Persian literary usage and was used until post-Mongol times, e.g., by Ḥāfeẓ-e Abrū and by Bābor. At the outset, however, those nearby parts of Central Asia with which the Arabs were familiar were often subsumed into the vast and ill-defined province of Khorasan, embracing all lands to the east of Ray, Jebāl, and Fārs.
On the eve of the first Arab incursions across the Oxus in the second half of the 1st/7th century, the ethnically, linguistically, and culturally Iranian lands of Ḵᵛārazm and Transoxania were still thriving entities linked with the Eurasian steppes, which ran from eastern Europe to the borders of China, by a nexus of commercial routes, benefiting from the religious and intellectual stimuli of both the Iranian and Indian worlds (see also buddhism; choresmia; sogdia). Arab raiders penetrated north of the Oxus in the caliphate of ʿOṯmān and in the governorship over Khorasan of ʿAbd-Allāh b. ʿĀmer b. Korayz (q.v.), but Yazīd b. Moʿāwīa’s governor Salm b. Zīād (61-64/681-83) was the first Arab commander actually to winter across the Oxus. Disturbances in the heartland of the caliphate meant that it was not till the time of Qotayba b. Moslem Bāhelī (86-96/705-15; q.v.) that a firm hold was secured over Transoxania and the upper Oxus provinces, together with the first Arab attack on Ḵᵛārazm in 93/712 (Gibb, pp. 42-43; also choresmia). But only after 133/751 was Arab rule in Transoxania finally free from challenge. In that year, at the battle of Talas (Ṭarāz), the ʿAbbasid forces under Zīād b. Ṣāleḥ defeated the Chinese general Kao-hsien-chih, for the Ṭʿang emperors claimed suzerainty over Central Asia and had responded to appeals made to Peking by the threatened Sogdian princes (Ebn al-Aṯīr, IV, p. 449; Barthold, Turkestan, pp. 195-96). The Chinese threat was thus averted, as had been, shortly before this, the threat of the Western Turks of Türgeš, who as a steppe confederation had been liable to press on the frontiers of Transoxania at times of political weakness and instability there and who had been called in, like the Chinese, by local rulers (Barthold, Turkestan, pp. 186-87; Gibb, pp. 59-87; Grousset, pp. 165-72). Yet whereas the Chinese retreated permanently back behind the Ṭʿien-Shan Mountains, Turkish pressure was only momentarily dispelled and was later to be exerted by the individual tribes who succeeded to the heritage of the Western Turkish empire in the steppes; certain of these tribes such as the Qarluq (Ḵarloq), the probable progenitors of the Islamic Qarakhanids and the Oghuz, from whom the Saljuqs sprang, were later to have decisive and lasting effects on the historical and demographic evolution of Transoxania.
The ʿAbbasids integrated Transoxania in their empire as a province, at first appointing over it a series of ephemeral governors, who had to cope with several movements of social and religious protest, some Islamic in nature, such as those of the , others distinctly heterodox, such as the uprising of Moqannaʿ and his “Wearers of white,” the Mobayyeża or Sapīdjāmagān (q.v.). The integration persisted, helped by the gradual rallying of the landowning or dehqān classes in the eastern Iranian lands to Islam and the Islamic ruling order: The members of the abnāʾ al-dawla, supporters of the ʿAbbasid revolution, came from Transoxania, and in the 3rd/9th century Transoxanian Iranian elements in the caliphal armies were perpetuated through local princes like the Afšīn Ḵayḏār of Osrūšana and contingents from specific areas like the “men of Farḡāna” and the men of Osrūšana” (Faraḡena and Osrūšanīya in the sources); these were undoubtedly free Iranians rather than Turkish slave guards (ḡelmān, mamālīk; see Ayalon, pp. 29-32).
The Taherid governors of Khorasan in the 3rd/9th century deputed their authority over Transoxania to an Iranian dehqān family from Ṭoḵārestān in the upper Oxus valley, the Samanids, who after the capture of the Taherid capital Nīšāpūr by the Saffarids in 261/875, were recognized by the ʿAbbasids as their official representatives in Transoxania and Khorasan (R. N. Frye, in Camb. Hist. Iran IV, pp. 137-38). The increasing enfeeblement of the caliphs in Sāmarrā and Baghdad meant that the Samanids, while always proclaiming their allegiance to the caliphate and to Sunni Islam, could behave as virtually independent rulers. The Arab historians and geographers praise the beneficence of Samanid rule during the later 3rd/9th and 4th/10th centuries: low taxation, helped by the fact that Samanid amirs could raise money from import and transit dues levied on traffic in the products of inner Asia, above all, on Turkish military slaves (see barda and bardadārī v. military slavery); cheap and plentiful provisions from the rich irrigated lands and oases of the Oxus, Zarafšān, and Jaxartes (Syr Darya) valleys; and the generally enlightened rule of the Samanids themselves, which involved respect for scholars and litterateurs and, at least in the years until the decay of the amirate, regularly paid salaries for officials and the troops (see Barthold, Turkestan, pp. 234-40). Socio-religious protest, while not disappearing completely (Ismaʿili propagandists dispatched by the Fatimids seem to have secured a foothold in Transoxania during the reign of Naṣr b. Aḥmad, 301-31/914-43; see ibid., pp. 242-44), was much diminished. The frontiers of Transoxania and Ḵᵛārazm were maintained by strong defense lines of rebāṭs or frontier fortresses, from which punitive raids could be launched into the steppes when the nomads proved recalcitrant; alliances were made with some Turkish tribes on the frontiers whereby they received subsidies in exchange for acting as frontier guards; and, although little is known about this, a certain amount of evangelism in the pagan steppes may have been undertaken by individual Sufi shaikhs and similar enthusiasts for the faith, such as the Shaikh from Nīšāpūr Abu’l-Ḥasan Moḥammad Kalemātī (d. some time before 350/961), who worked among the Qarluq and may have played a part in the conversion of the Qarakhanid prince Satuq Boḡra Khan (see ibid., pp. 254-56; and Grenard). Thus the northeastern bastions of Islamic faith and civilization, maintenance of which had always been a prime concern of governors and rulers in the East, held firm during these early centuries, and from the second half of the 4th/10th century onward Islamic religion began to influence, even if only superficially, the animistic and shamanistic beliefs of Turkish and other peoples of the steppes like the Oghuz and Qarluq and, further west, the Khazars and Bulghars. Although the complete Islamization of Central Asia was hardly achieved even by the Timurid period, Central Asian Islam began to evolve its own special nature and emphases, seen, e.g., in the Sufi order founded in Transoxania in the later 6th/12th century by the followers of the Turkish holy man Shaikh Aḥmad Yasavī (d. at Yasī, the later town in Turkestan, in the middle Jaxartes valley in 562/1166; see F. İz, “Aḥmad Yasawī,” in EI 2, pp. 298-99).
However, the collapse of the Samanid amirate as a result of internal tensions and financial crisis at the end of the 4th/10th century meant a distinct weakening of the defenses against pressure from the outer steppes. The Qarakhanids or Ilek-khans, only recent converts to Islam, appeared in the Jaxartes valley, temporarily occupying the Samanid capital Bukhara as early as 382/992, and in the early decades of the next century took over Transoxania. The Samanid lands south of the Oxus fell to the Ghaznavids, a Turkish dynasty of military slave origin. Iranian rule in Transoxania came to an end with the fall of the Samanids and in the neighboring kingdom of Ḵᵛārazm in 408/1017, when the Ghaznavids destroyed the Iranian line of
Maʾmunid Ḵᵛārazmšāhs (see āl-e maʾmūn). In the middle decades of the 5th/11th century Turkish power in these regions was strengthened through the establishment of the Great Saljuq empire in Iran and the central Arab lands from Iraq to Syria (see Bosworth, in Camb. Hist. Iran V, chap. 1). For varying periods, under such rulers as Alp Arslān, Malekšāh, and Sanjar, the Great Saljuqs exercised suzerainty over the Qarakhanids in Transoxania, and in Ḵᵛārazm a line of Turkish Ḵᵛārazmšāhs came to power under Qoṭb-al-Dīn Moḥammad, son of Anūštigīn, a slave of the Saljuq Malek Shah.
These political events had profound consequences for Transoxania and Ḵᵛārazm. The incoming of steppe nomads with their herds, first of Turkish tribesmen and then, in the 7th/13th century, of the Mongols, was bound to have long-term economic and demographic effects. A certain degree of pastoralization may have begun under the Qarakhanids, as there is mention of the setting-up of royal hunting grounds (ḡūroqs) by Šams-al-Molk Naṣr b. Ebrāhīm Ṭamḡāč (Ṭamḡāj) Khan (460-72/1068-80; see Naršaḵī, p. 35, tr. Frye, p. 29, cf. p. 125). Since the Qarakhanids were a tribal confederation and never formed a centralized state they had several centers of power, from Khotan to Samarqand, but these were only semipermanent (see Pritsak, pp. 23, 37). A continuator of Naršaḵī (p. 39, tr. p. 33) states that taxes were everywhere lightened when the Qarakhanids replaced the Samanids, and it is possible that the indigenous Iranian landed classes, the dehqāns, enjoyed a temporary resurgence of power. Nevertheless, the long-term trends of the 5th/11th and 6th/12th centuries militated against the preservation of the Iranian character of Transoxania and Ḵᵛārazm. Turkish elements continued to be attracted into these lands from the steppes, with the ultimate effect of the disappearance of the Sogdian and Choresmian languages and the confining of Iranian speech to the mountainous refuge-areas of the upper Oxus, what is now the Tajikistan SSR and the Pamir region (cf. xiii, below).
On the other hand, the strength of Islamic culture and religion exerted a pull in the reverse direction. Once converted to Islam, dynasties like the Qarakhanids and Saljuqs came to share fully in the Islamic heritage, which had always been strong in Khorasan and Transoxania. Persian poets flourished at the courts of the Ilek-khans, and Neẓāmī ʿArūżī cites thirteen poets who glorified the Āl-e Ḵāqān, as he calls it, among whom ʿAmʿaq of Bukhara was the eulogist of Šams-al-Molk Naṣr and his successor Ḵeżr Khan b. Ebrāhīm (472-73/1080-81; Čahār maqāla (ed. Qazvīnī, text, pp. 44-45; cf. Browne, Lit. Hist. of Persia II, pp. 335-36); but it was also among the Qarakhanids that the first Islamic Turkish imaginative literature appears, with Yūsof Ḵāṣṣ Ḥājeb’s Qutadḡu bilig, completed at the local court of Kashghar in 462/1069-70 (see Bombaci, pp. 83-96). In the sphere of toponymy, increased Turcisization in Central Asia is reflected in the appearance—at a point which cannot be precisely documented—of the term Turkestan for the Turkish lands of Central Asia comprising the former Transoxania and Ḵᵛārazm, while after the Mongol invasions that of Moḡolestān appears, more specifically for the steppes to the north of the Oxus-Jaxartes basins and Turkestan proper (Mīrzā Ḥaydar Doḡlāt, introd. pp. 51ff., tr. pp. 36-37; and Bosworth, “Mogholistān,” in EI 2).
The Mongol invasions of Transoxania were not a cataclysm, in that this appearance of non-Turkish, non-Islamic peoples from remote Inner Asia in Transoxania had been prefigured by the arrival there, some eighty years before Čengīz Khan’s time, of the Qara Khitay (Ḵeṭāy), probably also of Mongol but conceivably of Tungusic stock. In 536/1141 the Qarakhanid Maḥmūd Khan b. Arslan of Samarqand and his suzerain, the Saljuq Sultan Sanjar, were defeated by these incomers at one of the great battles of Central Asia, that of the Qaṭvān Steppe in Ošrūsana to the south of the middle Jaxartes (Rāvandī, pp. 171ff.; Ebn al-Aṯīr, XI, pp. 81-86; Barthold, Turkestan, pp. 326-27). (The news of this event filtered through dimly to the Christian West and gave an impetus to the legend of Prester John, the powerful anti-Islamic monarch who supposedly ruled in Inner Asia). Since the Qara Khitay stemmed from the people of northern China called in Chinese annals the Liao (Wittvogel and Fêng), they were partly sinicized, and the decentralized rule which they established in the eastern parts of Transoxania during the later decades of the 6th/12th century had a distinct Chinese imprint (e.g. in regard to the copper coinage of the Qara Khitay Gür Khans; ibid., pp. 661-62, 664, 672-73), bringing yet another element into what was becoming the ethnic, religious and cultural melting pot in Central Asia.
For specific details of the course of events of Central Asian history, insofar as it impinges on Iran and Iranian culture, see also individual place names and dynasties; cf. ARAB ii; BUKHARA.
Bibliography
- D. Ayalon, The Military Reforms of Caliph al-Muʿtaṣim. Their Background and Consequences, commun. to the International Congress of Orientalists, New Delhi, 1964; offset Jerusalem, 1963.
- A. Bombaci, Storia della letteratura turca dall’antico impero di Mongolia all’odierna Turchia, Milan, n.d. [1956].
- Barthold, Turkestan 3.
- Idem, Zwölf Vorlesungen über die Geschichte der Turken Mittelasiens, Berlin, 1935; French tr. Histoire des Turcs d’Asie Centrale, Paris, 1945.
- Idem, Four Studies on the History of Central Asia, Leiden, 1962.
- C. E. Bosworth, “Mā warāʾ al-nahr,” in EI 2. Camb. Hist. Iran IV, chaps, 1-5; V, chap. 1. Mīrzā Ḥaydar Doḡlāt, Tārīḵ-e rašīdī, tr. N. Elias and E. D. Ross, A History of the Moghuls of Central Asia, London, 1895.
- H. A. R. Gibb, The Arab Conquests in Central Asia, London, 1923.
- F. Grenard, “La légende de Satok Boghra Khân et l’histoire,” JA, sér. 8, no. 15, 1900, pp. 5-79.
- R. Grousset, L’empire des steppes, 4th ed., Paris, 1952.
- G. Hambly, ed., Zentralasien, Fischer Weltgeschichte, Frankfurt, 1966, Eng. tr. Central Asia, London, 1969, chap. 4.
- T. Kowalski, “Les Turcs dans le Šāh-nāme,” Rocznik orientalistyczny 15, 1939-49, pp. 84-99.
- Le Strange, Lands, pp. 433-89. Markwart, Ērānšahr, pp. 47-93, 199-304.
- V. Minorsky, “Tūrān,” in EI 1. O. Pritsak, “Die Karachaniden,” Der Islam 31, 1953-54, pp. 17-68.
- Moḥammad b. ʿAlī Rāvandī, Rāḥat al-ṣodūr wa āyat al-sorūr, ed. M. Eqbāl (Iqbal), London, 1921.
- F. H. Skrine and E. D. Ross, The Heart of Asia. A History of Russian Turkestan and the Central Asian Khanates from the Earliest Times, London, 1899, pp. 34-148.
- K. A. Wittvogel and Fêng Chia-Shêng, History of Chinese Society. Liao (907-1125), Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, N.S. 36, Philadelphia, 1946.
CENTRAL ASIA v. In the Mongol and Timurid Periods
At the death of Čengīz (Chinggis) Khan in 624/1227 the territory he had conquered was divided between his sons. To Čaḡatai (d. 642/1244-45) was allotted the region of Transoxania, from Bukhara and Samarkand in the west north to the Chu river and Lake Balkhash and as far east as the land of the Yellow Uighurs (approximately equivalent to present-day Sinkiang/Xinjiang), and Čaḡatai’s successors ruled in the eastern part of Central Asia almost without interruption until 1089/1678 (see chaghatayid dynasty).
Period of the Great Khans. In the middle of the 7th/13th century Čaḡatai’s territorial holdings (ulus) included the area around Lake Issyk-Kul (Īseq-Kūl) and the region of Yetisu (“seven rivers,” approximately coterminous with the modern Alma-Ata district in southeastern Kazakhstan) and, to the east and northeast of Lake Balkhash, adjoined the land belonging to his brother Ögedei (Ögödei; Ūkadāy, Ūkatāy), who was Great Khan from 626/1229 to 639/1241. Ögedei’s ulus included the Tarbagatay mountains and extended north to the valley of the Kara Irtysh river and the Altai mountains. The two domains were not sharply delineated; they were economically interdependent and inhabited by Turks who spoke the same language. The brothers’ residences were located in close proximity: in winter on the lower Ili south of Lake Balkhash, in summer farther upriver near Kuldja (I-ning) or east of the lake in Īmīl (Emel; Chuguchak, T’a-ch’eng/Pin-yin: Ta-cheng) on the upper course of the river of the same name. Each brother received allowances from the tax revenues and had at his disposal an army of 4,000 men, and both permitted various lesser dynasties to rule as vassals; the Il-khanids (654-736/1256-1336) did the same in their own territory.
Čaḡatai was recognized throughout the Mongol empire as the guardian of the old customs and the code of law (yasa, yāsā), formulated by Čengīz Khan, and gained a reputation for active hostility toward Islam. The governor appointed by Ögödei over the urban settlements in Transoxania and the Turfan oasis, the Ḵᵛārazmian Maḥmūd Yalavač (Yalavāj, d. 652/1254 in China), thus became the defender of his fellow Muslims against the hostility of the nomadic Mongols; he was supported by the Uighur Čenqei (Jīnqāy; executed in 649/1251). Maḥmūd’s son Masʿūd took over this role from about 637/1240 until his death in 688/1289, when he was succeeded by three of his sons. During this period nothing was done to prevent Muslims, Nestorian Christians, and Buddhists from practicing their religions, as the Mongols, who were mostly nomadic shamanists, must have found it advantageous to watch over their economic interests. Gradually the region recovered from the particularly severe devastation that it had suffered during the Mongol conquests in 615-18/1219-21, as well as during subsequent internecine conflicts, yet it never regained its former position as a center of Islamic learning and economic prosperity. It was linked to the great khan’s newly established capital at Karakorum (Qarāqūrom), near the headwaters of the Orhon river, by means of the Mongol postal system (yam/yām).
Most of the princes of the branches of Čaḡatai and Ögedei did not take part in the election in 649/1251 of the great khan Möngke (Mūngkā; Mengü/Mangū; 649-57/1251-59), a grandson of Čengīz Khan by his youngest son, Tolui (Tūlī), and suffered death or exile for their opposition. Much of their territory was confiscated and passed into the hands of Möngke or of his supporters from the branch of Čengīz’s eldest son, Joči (Jūjī), who reigned over the so-called Golden Horde in western Asia. The accession to the great khanate in 658/1260 of Möngke’s brother Qubilai (Qūbīlāy; d. 693/1294), who ruled from Ta-to (Daidu) near modern Peking/Beijing, unleashed prolonged disputes, first between Qubilai and his brother Arïḡ Böke (Arīq Būkā) and later between Qubilai and his successor Temür (Teymūr), on one hand, and Ögedei’s grandson Qaidu (Qāydū; d. 702/1303), on the other.
The Chaghatayids entered into an alliance with Qaidu, who was recognized as the rightful great khan in Central Asia in or soon after 667/1269, and took part in his campaigns against Qubilai and his clients in the east. These included the Uighur rulers, who were forced to abandon their territories of Beshbalyk (Bīšbālīḡ; north of the Tien Shan mountains near present-day Urumchi), Turfan, and Kucha (Kūčā, Kūjā), which had passed into the hands of the Chaghatayid khan Du’a (Dūʾā) by about 689/1290. Čaḡatai’s descendants also engaged in lengthy conflict along the northern border of their territory with the White Horde, the eastern branch of the Golden Horde, ruled by the line of Joči’s son Orda (Ūrda). In conjunction with Qaidu they crossed the Oxus and established a foothold in northern Afghanistan, where they fought against the Il-khans and from where they further launched repeated incursions into northern India. Following Qaidu’s death in 702/1303 the descendants of Čaḡatai and Tolui reached an agreement, which was then briefly extended to become the Pax Mongolica announced to western European monarchs by the II-khan in 704/1305 (Mostaert and Cleaves, cited in Camb. Hist. Iran V, p. 399).
In comparison with Persia and the Near East, the Chaghatayid khanate remained quite backward, both commercially and agriculturally. Sunnite Islam gradually spread into this territory from the west, progressing as far as the Tarim basin. Christianity declined, Buddhism retreated toward the east, although at the same time it was enjoying some success in Persia under the Il-khans (see buddhism ii. in islamic times).
The advance of Islam in the Chaghatayid khanate. The struggle between the lines of Qubilai and Ögedei came to an end with the defeat of Qaidu’s son Čapar (Čāpār) in 708/1309; the ulus of Ögedei then passed to the descendants of Čaḡatai. At that time the Mongol empire in Central Asia consisted of two distinct regions, which continued to evolve along different lines. In the west, in the original ulus of Čaḡatai, Sunnite Islam gradually prevailed. In 726/1326 the Chaghatayid khan ʿAlāʾ-al-Dīn Tarmaširin (Tarmaširīn) converted, though he was overthrown only eight years later (cf. Haidar) by opponents in the east. The Mongols’ acceptance of Islam helped to further their integration with the Muslim Turkish peoples, who were predominant among the population. Doubtless the remnants of the Iranian languages in the area disappeared at about the same time. Under the influence of Islam the rulers were encouraged to give greater consideration to the interests of the cities; for much of this period their capital was in Transoxania, at Naḵšab (Qaršī/Karshi, southeast of Bukhara), where they created a new administrative organization, based on small individual units, and minted a new type of coinage. Nevertheless, there was continuing opposition between settled inhabitants and nomads (which persisted into the 14th/20th century), and religious leaders, officials, and the army also sought to further their own interests. At the same time the power of certain Turkish clans, the Barlās, Arlat, and Süldüs (Sūldūs), increased substantially, and they were even able to extend their influence over large portions of Afghanistan, to the detriment of the Kartid rulers there (see āl-e kart).
In the eastern part of the Chaghatayid khanate, around Lake Issyk-Kul, in the former ulus of Ögedei, Islam met with bitter opposition and remained a minority religion in the early decades of the 8th/14th century. The struggle to establish it continued for some time longer and led to conflict and considerable destruction in the Chu and Talas (Ṭarāz) valleys, which became visibly depopulated. Nevertheless, in 739-40/1339 the increasing power of the Muslim faith led to the dissolution of the Roman Catholic missionary center at Almalyk (Almalïḡ, Almālīḡ). The Nestorian Christians, who had been represented in Central Asia for hundreds of years, died out completely in the 8th/14th century. Buddhism, which had also played an important role in the region, declined as well. The yasa was gradually replaced in importance by the Šarīʿa (Islamic law). In 747-48/1347 a (so-called) prince gained recognition as khan and converted to Islam, along with a large portion of the population of this region. A powerful eastern monarchy now confronted the ruling clans in the west. The contrast was so marked that the eastern area was given the name Moḡolestān, which remained in use for some time. There, too, the spread of Islam was followed by a Turkicization of the general population, so that the Turkish-language area continued to extend its eastern limits. The Turfan oasis was converted to Islam, and even in western China Muslim groups appeared (e.g., the Dungans), which still survive today. Only the definitive conversion of the Mongols in Mongolia to Buddhism toward the end of the 10th/16th century brought the eastward expansion of Islam to a halt.
Tīmūr and his successors. In 1360 the new khan of Moḡolestān, the Muslim Tuḡluq Temür (Tūḡlūq Tīmūr; 760-71/1359-70), succeeded in taking Transoxania, thus reuniting the previously divided Chaghatayid khanate under his rule, though the structural differences between the two regions persisted for some time. He made his son Elyās Ḵᵛāja governor in Transoxania and appointed Tīmūr, a young amir of the Barlās tribe, as the young man’s aide, without suspecting that this action marked the beginning of a new era in the region.
Tīmūr (b. 736/1336 near Kaš, now Shakhrisabz/Šahr-e Sabz south of Samarkand) extended his power as far as Čāč (modern Tashkent) and Balḵ, at first in alliance with Amīr Ḥosayn, one of the powerful Turkish princes, but he allowed the latter to be assassinated at Balḵ in 771/1370. Between 773/1372 and 790/1388 Tīmūr then conquered Ḵᵛārazm, which was divided into two realms at that time. He was thus in control of all Transoxania; throughout his life a large proportion of his troops came from Chaghatayid territory and from the Barlās tribe. Although Tīmūr reinstated the yasa, the influence of Islam nonetheless continued to increase, and he himself was a lifelong adherent of the Sunni branch. Tīmūr appointed to the nominal position of Chaghatayid khan princes of the line of Ögedei, whereas he himself bore only the title beg, or amīr, and after 790/1388 solṭān.
From this territorial base the great conqueror extended his power far to the west in the early 9th/15th century, up to the borders of Egypt and into Asia Minor and eastern Europe. On the other hand, despite all his efforts and repeated advances into the Tarim basin (especially in 801-2/1399-1400) and as far as Lake Issyk-Kul, he was unable to conquer Moḡolestān (cf. Manz). The political and to some extent the cultural and structural differences between eastern and western Central Asia thus persisted. In the west Tīmūr crowned his empire with a splendid capital, the reconstructed city of Samarkand, which continued to play an important role in history until quite recent times.
Tīmūr’s successors, who were, unlike him, essentially peace-loving, devoted themselves to the support of culture, the arts, and religion and to the preservation of his territorial legacy. His fourth son, Šāhroḵ (807-50/1407-47), succeeded him as ruler of Transoxania, though he lived in Herat, and earned a great reputation as a friend of scholars and poets and as a patron of architecture. He installed his son Oloḡ (Ulūg) Beg as governor at Samarkand, where, following in the footsteps of his grandfather, he enlarged his palace and took steps to prevent the deterioration of many of his ancestor’s monuments. His personal interest was astronomy, to which he made significant contributions (cf. Barthold, 1935). Like his father, Oloḡ Beg was entirely integrated into Persian Islamic cultural circles, and during his reign Persian predominated as the language of high culture, a status that it retained in the region of Samarkand until the Russian revolution of 1917. Many works of poetry, history, and other learned subjects were composed there in Persian (as later in the empire of the Great Mughals in India). By contrast, Persian was disappearing in Anatolia at the same period, increasingly supplanted by Ottoman Turkish.
Despite occasional forays (particularly an expedition to Lake Issyk-Kul in 828/1425), the Timurids generally tried to effect a reconciliation with Moḡolestān and to strengthen trade relations with it, as well as with China. In 822-25/1419-22 Šāhroḵ dispatched an embassy to the capital of the newly installed Ming dynasty (1368-1644) to dispel fears of an imminent Mongol attack and to prevent the rulers of Moḡolestān from enlisting Chinese assistance against the Timurids. Šāhroḵ experienced considerable difficulties with the Sufis in Transoxania, who had succeeded in gaining considerable economic influence, particularly the order of the Naqšbandīya and their spiritual leader Ḵᵛāja Aḥrār. This situation changed radically after his death in 850/1447 and the murder of his son Oloḡ Beg in 853/1449. After 855/1451 a great-grandson of Tīmūr, Abū Saʿīd, ruled in Samarkand, though only with the help of the Uzbeks. This Turkish tribe had settled in the winter of 808/1405-6 on the northern bank of the Syr Darya (Jaxartes) and had conquered Ḵᵛārazm in 834/1430-31; by about 859/1445 it had taken the whole northern bank of the Syr Darya, freed itself from the domination of the White Horde (see above) in the north, and ravaged parts of Transoxania. It was impossible for Abū Saʿīd to punish these incursions; in fact, the Uzbeks had obtained a substantial voice in his affairs. Under the leadership of Ḵᵛāja Aḥrār the influence of the Sufi orders, which had been strong enemies of the khan’s predecessors, increased considerably, and tolerance in religious matters came to an end (cf. Gross; Chekhovich; Paul).
In contrast to western Turkestan, Moḡolestān continued to maintain itself as an independent power in the region of the Ili and its tributaries, Lake Issyk-Kul, the Tarim basin, and the Turfan oasis as far west as the Ala Tau mountains and the upper Yenisei (Naryn) rivers. An internal reorganization of the country occurred in connection with the establishment of Islam and the Turkish language under the khan Esen Buqa (Īsen Būqā) II (833-67/1429-62),though these changes led to a long struggle with the “pagan” Oïrats (Ūyrāts, Qalmaqs) on the Ili and, after 855-57/1451-53, to incursions into Transoxania, which caused serious devastation there. Beginning in 860-61/1456-57, the khan had the support of the Uzbek ruler of Ḵᵛārazm, Abu’l-Ḵayr Khan, who eventually, in 873/1468, fell in battle against the rebels, or Kazakhs, as they have been known since that time. In the meantime Abū Saʿīd had managed to establish Esen Buqa’s brother Yūnos as a counterclaimant to the throne of Moḡolestān. Between Yūnos and the Oïrats, who had advanced into the region of the Amu Darya (Oxus), Esen Buqa’s power was increasingly curtailed. The Turkish amirs and clans joined forces with Yūnos, who, after his brother’s death and ten years of warfare, became ruler of Moḡolestān in 876-77/1472. During these battles the power of the tribes in Moḡolestān had increased significantly; the khan was forced to allow the Doḡlāt clan to form a kind of vassal state in the southwestern Tarim basin, which was, however, weakened by internal conflict.
The death of Yūnos in 891/1486 or 892/1487 in Tashkent, where he had resided during his last years, was followed by a civil war between his two sons, who were also forced to fend off attacks from the Timurids and the Chinese in turn. They also fought an indecisive war with the Doḡlāt clan (until about 904/1499). During these conflicts political order in Moḡolestān deteriorated, and the situation in Transoxania became increasingly unstable as well. The fading of Central Asia from the main arena of world history was at hand.
Western Central Asia still enjoyed a period of flourishing cultural life under the Timurids, despite many external difficulties. But after Abū Saʿīd was killed fighting the Qara Qoyunlū in 873/1469, his two sons engaged in fratricidal conflict; after frequent clashes with Yūnos as well, they were conquered by the Uzbeks, under the leadership of Moḥammad Šaybānī (Šïbanī) Khan, at the beginning of the 10th/16th century. He took Transoxania in 906/1500 and western Moḡolestān in 914/1508. Only the area east of the Ili and south of the Tien Shan mountains remained in the possession of the house of Čaḡatai.
During this period of struggle the last important Timurid ruler, Ḥosayn Bāyqarā (875-912/1470-1506), controlled large portions of eastern Persia and Central Asia from his capital at Herat. He encouraged the development of Persian literature and literary talent in every way possible; among the outstanding literary figures who benefited from his patronage were the poet ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Jāmī (817-98/1414-92) and the historian Mīrḵᵛānd (836-903/1433-98). At the same time Sultan Ḥosayn also allowed his famous vizier, the noted poet ʿAlī-Šīr Navāʾī, to further the cause of his mother tongue, the Turkish spoken by the Chaghatay people (See chaghatay language and literature) and to champion its importance as a language of high culture. In fact, Navāʾī’s own works and the memoirs of the first Mughal emperor, Bābor (932-37/1526-30), guaranteed the establishment of this branch of Turkish, now known as Chaghatay, as a literary language (cf. Barthold, 1938; ʿAlī-Šīr Navāʾī; Bertel’s). This development was certainly related, at least in part, to the fact that in the early 10th/16th century Persia was converted by the Safavid dynasty to the Shiʿite branch of Islamic teaching, whereas Central Asia remained strictly Sunnite. Chaghatay became to some extent the language of this religious community, and Persian literary works from the Safavid realm had an aura of heresy. The influence of Persian was thus substantially undermined in Transoxania, though inhabitants of the region continued to look to the Persian of the earlier period, culminating in the poetry of Jāmī, and to accept it as the standard against the later “innovations.”
The end of the khanate. After vain attempts by Bābor, a grandson of the Timurid Abū Saʿīd who later founded the Mughal dynasty in India, to seize power in Transoxania in 917-18/1510-12, the Shaibanid (Shibanid) princes were in undisputed control of both this province and Ḵᵛārazm. ʿAbd-Allāh Khan b. Eskandar (991-1006/1583-98) in particular proved a very energetic ruler, first as regent for his father, then as his successor; it was he who took Balḵ, Samarkand, and the Farḡāna valley. After his death in 1006/1598, however, the power of the dynasty in Transoxania swiftly collapsed, and the territory was divided into several smaller individual states.
In the 10th/16th century only Moḡolestān remained in the hands of Čaḡatai’s descendents: The Tarim basin was allotted to Saʿīd Khan in 908-9/1503, when the patrimony was divided; the Yetisu, the Yulduz, and the Turfan oasis, to which Komul (modern Hami) was annexed in 919/1513, were ruled by his brother Manṣūr. As the two brothers worked together in harmony, the country enjoyed several decades of peace. During this period the culture of Transoxania, strongly influenced by that of Persia, spread through the region, whereas Chinese influence was imperceptible.
Saʿīd embarked on an invasion of Ladakh; his successor (ʿAbd-al-)Rašīd had to deal with a branch of the Doḡlāt clan in Kashmir and lost the Ili valley to the Kazakhs, retaining control only of Kāšḡar. He and his descendants gradually lost ground to clans claiming descent from the Prophet (sayyeds) and the first four caliphs (ḵᵛājas), the latter divided into two groups, the Aqtaḡlïk (White Mountain) ḵᵛājas and the Qarataḡlïk (Black Mountain) ḵᵛājas. With various members of the Chaghatayid house as figureheads, these groups were able to take control of different regions of the country, creating a number of small city-states, especially in the Tarim basin. In general the Aqtaḡlïk were allied with the Kazakhs and the Qarataḡlïk with the (Qara-)Kirghiz tribe. The history of the country during the several decades dominated by conflicts between these groups is obscure. Only in the 11th/17th century is it reported that the Aqtaḡlïk called the Dzungars to their aid and forced the last Chaghatayid khan, Esmāʿīl, to relinquish his throne, in 1089/1678. The head of the Aqtaḡlïk then declared himself khan, initiating the “holy state” of the ḵᵛājas (cf. Hartmann; Schwarz; McChesney).
The line of Čengīz Khan and his son Čaḡatai thus came to an inglorious end in eastern Central Asia. During the centuries of its rule, sometimes only nominal, the whole of Central Asia was converted to Sunnite Islam, which made possible its cultural development and the unification of its population within the framework of the Chaghatay language.
Bibliography
- ʿAlī-Šīr Navāʾī, Izvestiya Nauk SSSR, Otdelenie literatury i yazyka 6/6, 1947.
- V. V. Barthold, Istoriya Turkestana, Tashkent, 1923.
- Idem, Istoriya kul’turnoĭ zhizni Turkestana, Leningrad, 1927.
- Idem, Ulug Beg and seine Zeit, tr. W. Hinz, Leipzig, 1935a.
- Idem, Zwölf Vorlesungen über die Geschichte der Turken Mittelasiens, tr. T. Menzel, Berlin, 1935b.
- Idem, Herāt unter Ḥusain Baiqara, dem Timuriden, tr. W. Hinz, Leipzig, 1938.
- Idem, Four Studies in the History of Central Asia, ed. V. Minorsky, Leiden, 1956-62.
- Idem, Turkestan 4, London, 1977, chap. 5. E. E. Bertel’s, Navoi, Moscow and Leningrad, 1948.
- B. Brentjes, Mittelasien. Eine Kulturgeschichte der Völker zwischen Kaspischem Meer and Tien-Schan, Vienna, 1977.
- M. Bussagli, Cultura e civiltà dell’Asia Centrale, Turin, 1970.
- O. D. Chekhovich, ed., Samarkandskie dokumenty XV-XVI vv. o vladeniyakh Khodzhi Akhrara v Sredneĭ Azii Afganistane (Documents from Samarkand of the 15th and 16th centuries on the possessions of Ḵᵛāja Aḥrār in Central Asia and Afghanistan), Pamyatniki pis’mennosti Vostoka 31, Moscow, 1970.
- B. A. Gafurov, ed., Istoriya i kul’tura narodov Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1976.
- J. Gross, Khodja Ahrar. A Study of the Perceptions of Religious Power and Prestige in the Late Timurid Period [Central Asia], Ph.D. diss., New York University, 1982.
- Grosser historischer Weltatlas II: Mittelalter, ed. J. Engel, Munich, 1970; III: Neuzeit, Munich, 1957.
- M. Haidar, “The Mongol Traditions and Their Survival in Central Asia, XIVth/XVth Centuries,” Central Asiatic Journal 28/1-2, 1984, pp. 57-79.
- M. Hartmann, Ein Heiligenstaat im Islam. Das Ende der Čaghataiden and die Herrschaft der Choğas in Kašgarien, Der islamische Orient 6-10, Berlin, 1905.
- K. Herrmann, Historical and Commercial Atlas of China, Cambridge, Mass., 1935.
- P. P. Ivanov, Ocherki po istorii Sredneĭ Azii (XVI-seredina XIX v.), Moscow, 1958.
- L. Kwanten, Imperial Nomads. A History of Central Asia 500-1500, Leicester, 1979.
- R. D. McChesney, “The Amirs of Muslim Central Asia in the XVIIth Century,” Central Asiatic Journal 26, 1983, pp. 33-70.
- F. Machatschek, Landeskunde von Russisch-Turkestan, Stuttgart, 1921.
- B. F. Manz, “The Ulus Chaghatay before and after Temür’s Rise to Power. The Transformation from Tribal Confederation to Army of Conquest,” Central Asiatic Journal 27/1-2, 1983, pp. 79-100.
- A. Mostaert and F. W. Cleaves, Les lettres de 1289 et 1305 des ilkhans Aṛγun et Öljeitü, Cambridge, Mass., 1962.
- J. Paul, Die politische and soziale Bedeutung der Naqšbandiyya in Zentralasien im 15. Jh., Ph.D. diss., University of Hamburg, 1989.
- P. Pelliot, Haute Asie, Paris, 1931. A. Schultz, Die natürlichen Landschaften von Russisch-Zentralasien, Hamburg, 1920.
- G. Schwarz, “The Khwājas of Eastern Turkestan,” Central Asiatic Journal 20/4, 1976, pp. 266-96.
- D. Sinor, Inner Asia. A Syllabus. History—Civilization—Languages, Bloomington, Ind., 1969.
- B. Spuler, “Geschichte Mittelasiens seit dem Auftreten der Turken,” in HO 1/5: Geschichte Mittelasiens, pp. 123-310; tr. by F. R. C. Bagley in The Muslim World. A Historical Survey, ed. Bagley, III: The Last Great Muslim Empires, Leiden, 1969, pp. 219-59; IV/1: Modern Times, Leiden, 1981, chap. IV.
- Westermanns Atlas zur Weltgeschichte, Brunswick, 1956.
CENTRAL ASIA vi. In the 16th-18th Centuries
I. The appanage state system. An overview (Table 28a; Table 28b).
With the beginning of the 10th/16th century a significant political transformation occurred in Central Asia. After governing for more than a century the Timurids were expelled from Transoxania, Balḵ, and Khorasan and founded the Mughal state in northwest India. The Chaghatay khans, the legitimizers of Timurid rule in Central Asia, were dislodged from eastern Transoxania and established a new state centered in Kashgar and Yarkand. Khorasan, which had been oriented for over a century toward Central Asia, was annexed to the new Safavid/Qezelbāš state. In the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries Central Asia, including Transoxania, Greater Balḵ, and Ḵᵛārazm, witnessed a neo-Chingizid (Jochid) political revival, spearheaded by the ʿArabshahid/Shibanid (Shaibanid) lineage in Ḵᵛārazm (see ʿARABŠĀHĪ) and the Abulkhairid/Shibanid and Toqay-Timurid lines in Transoxania and Greater Balḵ. Though marked by the restoration of Chingizid khanates, by the competition between the khanates and the Safavid/Qezelbāš state for control of Khorasan, and by rivalry between the khanates and the Mughal state in India for influence in Badaḵšān, in the main political life was shaped by the neo-Chingizid appanage system of state and its internal dynamic.
Sovereignty and succession. In the neo-Chingizid state installed by Moḥammad Šïbānī (Šaybānī) Khan at the beginning of the 16th century, sovereignty was corporate, embodied in the ruling or royal clan and shared among its eligible members. Its focus was the khanate (ḵānīyat), an ancient institution, whose archetypal representative was the mythologized figure of Čengīz Khan. Ideally, the khan (or khaqan) was a first among equals who presided over the assemblies (qoreltāy, kangāš) of the royal clan members and their supporters, at which matters of mutual interest were settled. The precepts of neo-Chingizid sovereignty were contained in an unwritten body of ordinances referred to in the sources by such terms as the yāsā(q) and yūsūn, tūra, and āʾīn-e čengīzī or “Chingizid constitution,” which political behavior was measured by and conformed to.
In a system in which sovereignty was corporate, membership in the royal clan was of obvious importance. In the 16th and 17th centuries, the first requirement was lineage through agnates to Jočī, the eldest son of Čengīz Khan. At the beginning of the 16th century circumstances further limited eligibility to the agnates of Šïbān, son of Jočī. The Transoxanian Jochids of the 16th century and the Khwarezmian Jochids of the 16th and 17th centuries legitimized their khanates on the basis of Shibanid descent. The Jochids of 17th-century Transoxania traced their legitimacy to another son of Jočī, Toqāy Tīmūr. The process of formalizing eligibility was complex and fluid. Factors such as the resources controlled by the clan, the outcome of contests for those resources, and the size of the royal cohort determined eligibility.
One of the principal institutions prescribed by the Chingizid constitution and adhered to throughout the 16th and 17th centuries was succession by seniority, which meant that succession could not be predicted. This made it difficult for power to accrue to the khanate and raised the level of conflict among the eligibles. The institution of heir apparency (qaʿalḵān, qaʿalḡa, qonalḡah) evolved in response to this problem. On two of the three occasions in the 16th century when an heir apparent was designated, the heir apparent predeceased the khan (during the reign of Kūčkonjī Khan). On the third occasion (under ʿAbd-Allāh Khan b. Eskandar Khan) the attempt was to circumvent, not facilitate succession by seniority. This indeterminacy of the seniority principle combined with corporate sovereignty and clan eligibility gave the system its special characteristics.
Membership in the ruling/royal clan and succession to the khanate came to be characterized as much by contest between competing “cousin clans” within the royal clan as by strict adherence to the seniority rule. Although the theoretical group of eligibles might be large, the political prestige arising from the outcome of contests and the control of economic and military resources foreordained a much smaller cohort—what M. Dickson (1960) has labeled the “neoeponymous clan,” that is, the periodic rise of new royal clans out of the old.
The appanages. The neo-Chingizids adopted an appanage system of state compatible with their notions of corporate sovereignty and succession, and the territories of the region subordinate to the royal clan were distributed among its male members. The four major appanages of the Abulkhairid/Shibanids and the Toqay-Timurids were the regions of Bukhara, Samarqand, Tashkent, and Balḵ. Lesser appanages included the Mīānkalāt between Samarqand and Bukhara, with the towns of Nūr, Karmīna, Dīzaq (Jīzaq), and Kūfīn; Sogd, with its center Āfarīnkent; Andejān, Aḵsīkat, Khojand, and Šāhroḵīya (formerly Fanākat) in the Farḡāna valley; Orā Tīpa; Ḥeṣār-e Šādmān (near present-day Dushanbe) and the Vaḵš river valley; Šahr-e Sabz (Kaš); and Badaḵšān. These tended to fall under the influence, if not jurisdiction, of the major appanages. Thus the Farḡāna region was contested between the appanage holders of Tashkent and Samarqand for much of the 16th century while Šahr-e Sabz was alternately subordinate to Bukhara and Samarqand.
Within the Arabshahid/Shibanid state of Ḵᵛārazm the major appanages were cities and their surrounding oases. Abu’l-Ḡāzī (pp. 213, 222, 243 [text]; Dickson, 1958, appendix I, p. xi) divides the two major appanage regions into the “mountainside” (oases along the northern flanks of the Kopet-Dag) and the “riverside” (Amu Darya delta towns). The two major “riverside” appanages were Ūrganj and Ḵīva (Ḵīvaq), lesser appanages were Wazīr and Kāt. The appanages were further divided into subappanages, whose distribution was supervised by the head of the branch of the royal clan assigned to the appanage, and, as time passed, the heads of appanages began to be styled “khan,” although it was always clear that there was a distinction between an appanage khan and the khan of the entire Jochid state (who headed his own family’s appanage as well).
The system was fundamentally decentralized. The appanage holder generally had the power to appoint, as well as to assess and collect revenues and to muster the military forces of the appanage. Throughout the period component parts of a combined campaign army are often named after the appanages they come from: laškar-e Balḵ, sepāh-e Tāškent, and so on. The reigning khan’s power of jurisdiction, as well as his ability to initiate and direct military campaigns, derived in large part from his persuasive powers and individual prestige, however, not from any prescriptive right. Nonetheless, a powerful reigning khan could exert direct control over the fiscal and military affairs of the individual appanages through the power to conduct military and fiscal audits, which in turn meant some inherent subordination of the appanages to central control. Control of the ataliqate was another indicator of central control. Every appanage holder had an atālīq/atalïq, an amir, a non-Chingizid, who supervised the administration and the military. During the reigns of powerful khans the atālīqs were appointed by and reportedto the khan. An indicator of appanage autonomy, therefore, is the source of the atālīq’s appointment. When the reigning khan exercised the power of appointment, it shows a greater degree of central authority. This standard also applied at the appanage level when the holder appointed atālīqs to the subappanages. But when the appanage or subappanage holder chose his own atālīq greater local autonomy may be assumed.
Appanage holders mutually consolidated and expanded their power through internal and external alliances, direct contests, and conquests of other appanages. The sources give the impression of autonomous appanages, self-reliant in military and diplomatic affairs, and yet bound into a loose confederation through adherence to the Chingizid constitution and acceptance of the legitimacy of a particular royal clan and its right to the khanate. The appanage system was neither static nor rigid. Although the boundaries of the individual territories retained a certain consistency over the two centuries in which the system held sway and devotion to the Chingizid way remained constant, the actual form in which the appanage state appeared at any given moment was a product of the political circumstances of the time.
Amirs, sultans, khans, ʿālems, and shaikhs. The appanage framework contained two formal, prescribed classes of participants, the Uzbek amirs and the Chingizid khans and sultans, and one group of informal participants: the ʿālems and shaikhs. Probably the most influential class were the amirs, leaders or highly placed members of Mongol and Turkic tribal groupings (ayl, ūlūs, ūymāq, tūmān, qošūn, ṭāʾefa, qabīla, qawm, etc.) with no claim to the Chingizid khanate. Though many of them were descendants of Čengīz’s ascendants or descendants of cognates, this conveyed no legitimacy within the political context of 16th- and 17th-century Central Asia. The tribal attributives of amirs frequently given in the sources: Kerāyt, Mangḡīt, Mīng, Ūyḡūr, Qalmāq, Qerḡez, Dūrmān, Qonḡrāt, Merkīt, Qaṭaḡan, Jalāyer, Qārlūq, Ūḡlān, Qūšjī, Bahrīn, Būyrāk, Qānqlī, Ālčīn, and others, reveal them as the Uzbeks par excellence, or more precisely the “Mongols and Uzbeks” as distinct from the Chingizids. But the sources often mention amirs of non-Uzbek (i.e., Tajik) lineage, as well, including religious figures and members of the main brotherhood organizations, such as Sayyed Atāʾī, Pārsāʾī, ʿAzīzān, Naqšbandī, Jūybārī, Dahpīdī, Ṣāleḥī, and so on, and others with no discernible intellectual orientation but who held either a military or bureaucratic office.
By and large the term amir seems to have been generally limited to those who performed some military function, but the line between military and civil administration is not at all sharp. On one hand we encounter men like Qol Bābā Kūkaltāš, probably the greatest military genius of the 16th century, who was also prominent as a bureaucrat at the khanate level, conducting fiscal audits (taḥqīqāt) in his capacity as mošarref-e dīvān, and held the post of ṣadr-e ḵānī, which supervised the judiciary. On the other hand, men like Ḥasan Ḵᵛāja Naqšbandī, a Tajik and the naqīb of Bukhara in the second half of the 16th century, played a preeminently military role. The differences between familiar concepts like amir and aʿyān or Turk and Tajik become less clear in individual cases. One might say that the distinguishing aspects of amirhood were military rank or participation in military campaigns and administrative rank other than clerical.
There is little evidence that members of the Turko-Mongol tribal groups acted in concert in a way comparable to the contemporary Qezelbāš ūymāqs. On numerous occasions amirs are assigned to military duties “with their ūlūsāt” or “at the head of their qošūn,” but whether military units such as the čohragān or īčakīān were organized along tribal lines is difficult to say. It is clear, however, that within a large tribal grouping like the Naymān, Dūrmān, or Qūšjī, for example, there was little if any solidarity vis-à-vis other tribal organizations or the royal clan. At the height of the civil war between the Janibegid, Soyunjokid, and Kuchkonjid subclans of the Abulkhairid/Shibanid lineage, one finds Naymān amirs fighting alongside each of the contenders. In addition, if we look at the main amirid supporters of any one of the contenders, the Soyunjokid, Bābā b. Nowrūz-Aḥmad, ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar, the Janibegid, or Javānmard-ʿAlī, the Kuchkonjid, no one Uzbek group predominates. Amirid loyalties appear to have been to individuals and families, and sons of amirs often worked for the same subclan as their fathers. The commitment of the amirs as a group to the legitimacy of the Jochids tended to mute expressions of tribal solidarity. This is not to say that tribal solidarity did not exist. The initial campaign of ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar against his Janibegid cousin at Balḵ was precipitated by complaints from Naymān amirs there that they were being collectively persecuted by the Balḵ appanage holder. At the beginning of the 17th century, the Toqay-Timurid leader Bāqī-Moḥammad b. Dīn-Moḥammad established a foothold at Bukhara because of the disaffection of the Dūrmān amirs there from the Janibegid appanage holder. But in both cases, the people involved were few, and neither the Naymān nor Dūrmān as a whole played any role. More of a sense of tribal solidarity is displayed much later, in the late 17th and early 18th century, with the emergence of the Mangḡīt as the preeminent tribal group of Bukhara and the Qaṭagān in Balḵ.
The second formal class of participants in the appanage system is that of the Chingizid eligibles, the khans and sultans. In Shibanid and Toqay-Timurid usage the terms have a very precise meaning. In theory there is but one khan or khaqan, the head of the khanate. As the appanage system evolved, the title khan also came to be applied to the head of a major appanage, especially if that individual was also the senior member of one of the subdivisions of the royal clan. Khan was also a nontechnical term used to indicate Chingizids of exceptional military achievement who were, as junior members of the royal clan, the puissant khan as distinct from the regnant khan. Contemporary sources use phrases like “apparent khan” and “real khan” (ḵān-e ṣūrī, ḵān-e maʿnawī) and “greater” and “lesser” khan (ḵān-e kalān/aʿẓam and ḵān-e ḵord/aṣḡar). There are thus three contexts within which the term is used: 1. to designate the nominal, titular head of state, 2. to designate the head of an appanage, and 3. to single out the most vigorous and military active Chingizid figure, often himself the head of an appanage.
The title sultan was appended to the name of every member of the royal clan as well as other descendants of Čengīz Khan, (e.g., Maḥmūd-Solṭān, Dīn-Moḥammad-Solṭān) and only those members. Thus it was not limited to members of the royal clan but was used by all Chingizids. Within the Abulkhairid/Shibanid state there were at least two prominent groups of sultans who did not belong to the Abulkhairid clan. These were the so-called “Ḥeṣārī sultans,” more properly the Bakhtiyarid/Shibanids and the Toqay-Timurids. As Chingizids their right to the title sultan is always acknowledged, even in the Abulkhairid sources.
There was a third class of participants in the political process, who might be called “the learned,” those whose charisma and influence arose from their identification with sacred lore, whether scriptural or spiritual. These included the ʿālems, or scholars of the disciplines derived from Muslim scripture, logic, rhetoric, exegesis, jurisprudence, and grammar, as well as the sheikhs of the mystic brotherhoods, the leaders of the Kobrawīya and Naqšbandīya suborders in Central Asia, the ḵᵛājagān, members of those orders, and darvīšān, individuals of recognized spiritual merit who avoided denominational affiliation (eremites, qalandars, and the like). In general, the most influential figures on the 16th-century political scene, men like Sheikh ʿAbd-al-Walī Pārsā (Ḵᵛāja Jān-Ḵᵛāja) in Balḵ, Ḵᵛāja Saʿd Jūybārī (Ḵᵛāja Kalān-Ḵᵛāja) in Bukhara, and Ḵᵛāja Hāšem Aḥrār in Samarqand were centrists, with credentials covering a broad part of the spectrum.
The learned class had no formal role in the Chingizid scheme, but the function it served of intercession and mediation was indispensable to the operation of the appanage system. It mediated both between individuals in the other two groups and between the disenfranchised (all those who did not belong to either of these three categories) and the ruling caste. In addition, most nonmilitary offices (šayḵ al-Eslām, qāżī, moftī, raʾīs, modarres, wazīr, dīvān) and the military office of naqīb were filled by members of this class.
II. The Abulkhairid khanate (Table 26).
The empire of Šïbānī (Šībānī) Khan, r. 907-16/1501-10. In the late 9th/15th century only Tashkent and Moḡūlestān (eastern Turkestan) were subject to the revived Chaghatay khanate. The rest of Central Asia was still under the Timurids: ʿOmar Sheikh Mīrzā (d. 899/1494) governed the Farḡāna valley from Andejān; Sultan Aḥmad Mīrzā (d. 899/1494) governed the rest of Transoxania from Samarqand; and Sultan Ḥosayn Mīrzā ruled the lands south of the Oxus, Balḵ, and eastern Khorasan. The death of ʿOmar Sheikh Mīrzā set off a bitter universal struggle for control of Transoxania and Khorasan. Although Mīrzā Bāysonḡor (d. 905/1499), the son of Sultan Maḥmūd Mīrzā (d. 900/1495), and after him ʿOmar Sheikh Mīrzā’s son, Ẓahīr-al-Dīn Bābor (d. 937/1530), would press Timurid claims to the region for almost two decades, neither was an effective strategist and battlefield tactician.
Moḥammad Šībānī (aka Šāhī Beg, Šaybāq, Šaybak, and Šāhbaḵt), grandson of Abu’l-Ḵayr, had been a mercenary horseman in the service of a Timurid prince before becoming governor of Tashkent on behalf of the Chaghatay/Chingizid khan Sultan Maḥmūd at the beginning of 899/1494, and in 907/1501 he took control of Samarqand, at first on behalf of Sultan Maḥmūd. He launched a series of campaigns that brought him control over the Farḡāna region, Turkestan, and Tashkent (907-8/1502), the Amu Darya delta (Ūrganj and Kiva; 910-11/1504-5), Balḵ (911/1505), and Herat (913/1507), and by mid-913/end of 1507, he held the largest area of any political figure since the time of Šāhroḵ Mīrzā (d. 850/1447).
Moḥammad Šībānī’s achievements were based on military genius and personal charisma, and the loyalties generated by his successes were to his person rather than to his clan. When he was killed at Marv in Ramażān 916/December 1510, the “empire” he had created fell into the hands of competing powers, such as the Safavid shah Esmāʿīl I (eastern Khorasan and Herat) and the Timurid Ẓahīr-al-Dīn Bābor partly backed by Esmāʿīl (Balḵ, Bukhara, Samarqand). In eastern Transoxania amirs loyal to the Chaghatay khans ousted the Abulkhairids from the Farḡāna valley and Tashkent. In Ḵᵛārazm a rival Shibanid clan, the Arabshahid, seized control of the lower Amu Darya region. By the end of 917/1511, the Abulkhairids had lost every major city taken by Moḥammad Šībānī.
The corporate khanate of the Abulkhairids, 918-59/1511-50. In late winter 917/1512, encouraged by popular dissatisfaction with the rulers, Moḥammad Šībānī’s uncle Soyūnjok b. Abi’l-Ḵayr marched against Tashkent and his nephew ʿObayd-Allāh against Bukhara, defeating Bābor at Kūl Malek in spring 918/1512. Bābor fled south to Ḥeṣār-e Šādmān, where his Chaghatay allies also turned on him. In the following winter a large Qezelbāš army was routed by the Abulkhairid forces at Ḡejdovān, just north of Bukhara.
After Šībānī Khan’s death the leaders of the Soyunjokid, Kuchkonjid, Shahbudaqid, and Janibegid clans, as well as some of the non-Abulkhairid clans (e.g., the Bakhtiyarid), resorted to a system incorporating consultation and consensus between the major clans and their amirid backers, an acceptance of the idea of appanage autonomy, and a weak form of overall leadership based on seniority within the Abulkhairid house. The apparent inability of the clans to operate under a strong central leadership and their political success as individual appanages set the pattern for the politics of the 16th century. This pattern was formalized in two qoreltāys of the clan leaders, one probably held in the spring of 916/1511 after Šībānī’s death, in which the senior Abulkhairid, Kūčkonjī Moḥammad (or Kūčūm), was elected khan.
The second qoreltāy was held after the reestablishment of Abulkhairid control over Tashkent, Samarqand, and Bukhara and fixed the shape of the political order for the next two hundred years. It confronted two main issues: succession to the Chingizid khanate and the distribution of territory. According to Ḥāfeẓ Tanīš (Šaraf-nāma, 1983, fol. 33b/p. 87), the election of the khan was based on established principle. “According to ancient [Chingizid] law, the sultans consulted together on the issue of the khanate. Since Kūčkonjī-Solṭān was the eldest they gave him the title khan. The (title) qaʿalḡah which means “heir apparent” they conferred on Soyūnjok-Solṭān (Šaraf-nāma, 1983, fol. 33b). In the distribution of territory, Bukhara went to the Shahbudaqid clan led by ʿObayd-Allāh; Mīānkal and Soḡd-e Samarqand were given to the line of Ḵᵛāja Moḥammad headed by Jānī Beg. Tashkent was allotted to Soyūnjok, and Samarqand was awarded jointly to Kūčkonjī and Moḥammad-Tīmūr, the son of Moḥammad Šībānī. This last arrangement reflected the ancient status of Samarqand as “capital” and therefore the appropriate seat for a head of state, as well as the fact that Samarqand had been Moḥammad Šībān’s center and thus properly belonged to his lineage.
Certain regions consequently became associated with particular Abulkhairid subclans, and the principle of seniority succession was accorded historical roots. In the 930s-40s/1520s-30s the four main Abulkhairid clans consolidated and expanded their appanage holdings. The Janibegids, allotted the least valuable appanage, improved their fortunes considerably when one of the clan members, Kīstan-Qarā-Solṭān, succeeded in wresting control of Balḵ from the Timurids in 932-33/1526. In Samarqand, where appanage control was at first jointly shared by Kuchkonjids and Shahbudaqids, the death of Moḥammad-Tīmūr in 920/1514 left Kuchkonjids in complete control. Kūčkonjī and his successors directed their expansionist ambitions to the south in the direction of Badaḵšān and to the Farḡāna valley, where their interests conflicted with the Soyunjokids in Tashkent. In Tashkent the Soyunjokids, under the leadership of Soyūnjok and then his son, Nowrūz-Aḥmad, first fended off the Chaghatay khans in the east, later they joined forces with them against the “Qazaq” Shibanid khans of the Talas-Chu basin. In Bukhara the Shahbudaqid clan placed its expansionist hopes in Khorasan.
ʿObayd-Allāh’s succession on the basis of seniority as regnant khan in 940/1533, after nearly a decade as puissant khan, signaled a temporary end of the struggle for Khorasan; by the end of his reign the Abulkhairid khanate had solidified into a quadripartite state centered on Balḵ, Bukhara, Samarqand, and Tashkent with the capital moving to the appanage center of each succeeding khan. The khanate maintained its integrity, with succession by seniority within the royal clan, but the regnant khanate was now formal, titular, and for the most part nominal, and real power rested in the hands of the heads of the appanages, now microcosms of the khanate. Nominal leadership was conferred on the senior Janibegid, Soyunjokid, Kuchkonjid, or Shahbudaqid; energetic younger sultans solicited amirid support and exercised authority from their subappanage centers.
After ʿObayd-Allāh two sons of Kūčkonjī succeeded to the nominal ḵānīyat, ʿAbd-Allāh and ʿAbd-al-Laṭīf. Nowrūz-Aḥmad, appanage khan at Tashkent in 930-31/1524, became puissant khan of Transoxania. Few of Nowrūz-Aḥmad’s early efforts are known, but sometime between 959 and 963 (1552-56), he joined ʿAbd-al-Rašīd Khan, Chaghatay khan of Kashgar, in a major successful campaign against the “Qazaq Shibanids.” Of the other appanage khans and sultans during the period 946-57/1540-50, Pīr-Moḥammad, the Janibegid appanage khan at Balḵ, was drawn into the internecine Timurid struggle over Badaḵšān, when, in early 955/1549, Homāyūn, the Mughal leader, led a force from Kabul through Aybak and Ḵolm toward Balḵ, which was routed by a combined Shahbudaqid/Janibegid army.
By 957/1550 the individual appanages in general enjoyed internal autonomy and set their own foreign policies. Succession to the nominal khanate was based on seniority within the royal, Abulkhairid/Shibanid, clan. The appanage structure appeared stable at this point, capable of defending its component parts against external enemies, and able to meet the expectations of its amirid and sultanic elements. After 957/1550 this all changed.
Most of what we know of the appanages in the 940s-50s/1530s-40s pertains to the development of the cities. ʿObayd-Allāh’s son ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz rebuilt the city walls of Bukhara, developed the shrine of Bahāʾ-al-Dīn Naqšband with a ḥaẓīra and ḵānaqāh (both of which still stand) and built a congregational mosque inside the Outer City, a madrasa (951/1544), and several mosques; the madrasa of Mīr ʿArab was completed in 942/1535. In Balḵ, in the 940s/1530s-40s, Kīstan-Qarā completed work on a congregational mosque, whose foundations were laid by Sultan Ḥosayn Mīrzā Bāyqarā (d. 911/1506), and rebuilt the city’s fortifications.
Civil War in Transoxania and Balḵ, 957-90/1550-82.
1. Elimination of the Shahbudaqids, 957-64/1550-56. In the first four decades of clan rule (918-57/1512-50) four major appanages had formed, loosely federated under the moral authority of the regnant khan but by and large autonomous in internal and international affairs: the Soyunjokids in Tashkent, Turkestan, and the Farḡāna valley; the Kuchkonjids at Samarqand, Šahr-e Sabz, and as far west as Qaršī/Nasaf; the Janibegids represented in 957/1550 by two main subclans, the Eskandarid at Mīānkāl and Sogd-e Samarqand in Transoxania and the Pirmohammadid at Balḵ; and the Shahbudaqids at Bukhara, with two subclans, the descendants of Moḥammad Šībānī and those of his brother Maḥmūd and ʿObayd-Allāh b. Maḥmūd. Of the four clans, the Shahbudaqid was the weakest. Allied with the Kuchkonjids was a fifth Shibanid, but non-Abulkhairid, clan, the “Ḥeṣārī sultans,” at Ḥeṣār.
Succession had been fairly uneventful. Since both great and appanage khans were barely primi inter pares, little seems to have been at stake in the way of resource redistribution at the time of succession. But in 957/1550 the situation changed with the death of ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz. The senior surviving Mahmudid was his brother Moḥammad-Raḥīm, himself a political nonentity, but important as the stalking horse for his son Borhān’s political ambitions. In 957/1550 leadership of the Bukharan appanage passed to Moḥammad-Yār, grandson of Moḥammad Šībānī and the head of the other Shahbudaqid subclan. The adjustments made would probably not have had any wider significance had not another appanage involved itself in the succession and ignited a civil war involving all four appanages.
War began when Pīr-Moḥammad, the senior Janibegid and the appanage holder of Balḵ, attempted to seize control of Bukhara. It is the first of many recorded instances of one Abulkhairid trying to annex the territory of another. Responding to Moḥammad-Yār’s plea for help, Nowrūz-Aḥmad and ʿAbd-al-Laṭīf led a joint army against Mīānkāl and expelled all the Janibegid sultans. Pīr-Moḥammad returned Bukhara to Moḥammad-Yār and withdrew to Balḵ, where he now had to find appanage room for his brother, Eskandar, and his brother’s sons and amirs. But Moḥammad-Yār’s status was diminished by this episode, and Borhān, the most powerful of the Bukharan sultans, forced him to accept his father as co-ruler.
By the end of 958/1551, the balance of the previous forty years had been destroyed: the Eskandarid/Janibegid appanage had been conquered and divided between the Soyunjokids and Kuchkonjids, and the Shahbudaqids were at war with themselves. Over the next six years, the Janibegids at Balḵ, in particular the displaced Eskandarids, tried to exploit the weaknesses of the Shahbudaqids as well as any opportunities offered them by their Soyunjokid and Kuchkonjid cousins to recoup the position they had lost, and in Rajab 964/May 1557 the subclan led by Jānī Beg’s grandson, ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar, finally established itself at Bukhara. The Shahbudaqid clan was ousted and vanished from the political scene.
2. Elimination of the Soyunjokid and Kuchkonjid clans, 964-90/1557-82. For the next quarter century, appanage politics were factional with the fragmentation of politics in every appanage. Bukhara was soon polarized between the two most powerful Janibegids, ʿAbd-Allāh and Yār-Moḥammad’s son Ḵosrow. At Balḵ Pīr-Moḥammad and his son Dīn-Moḥammad opposed both ʿAbd-Allāh and Ḵosrow. In Samarqand the brothers Javānmard-ʿAlī and Solṭān-Saʿīd and later the sons of Javānmard-ʿAlī emerged as competitors. In Tashkent, Nowrūz-Aḥmad’s sons, Darvīš and Bābā, similarly became the focus of rival factions. Sometimes (as in the case of Samarqand) an internal faction would bring in its allies from other appanages. After the death of ʿAbd-al-Laṭīf, two of his sons and three of his nephews sought appanage leadership. Although the senior member was Solṭān-Saʿīd, Javānmard-ʿAlī soon challenged him. Solṭān-Saʿīd won the backing of Nowrūz-Aḥmad and later even secured, briefly, the backing of the Chaghatay khan at Kashgar, ʿAbd-al-Rašīd. Javānmard-ʿAlī found his allies among both the Janibegids and his Kuchkonjid cousins, but after Solṭān-Saʿīd had been eliminated both cousins and sons challenged Javānmard-ʿAlī. The same pattern of events was repeated all over Transoxania and Balḵ. As soon as one faction was ousted and its territories and amirs redistributed, new factions appeared to challenge the new order. Clan solidarity both between and within the appanages broke down as generational change and the increase in the number of sultans in each appanage put intolerable pressure on available resources.
This continual warfare resulted in the creation of two appanage superpowers: One was the Eskandarid branch of the Janibegids, whose main figures after the death of Ḵosrow were Eskandar’s son ʿAbd-Allāh and his brothers, ʿAbd-al-Qoddūs (Dūstom-Solṭān) and ʿEbād-Allāh, and a cousin, Ūzbak b. Rostam. Throughout a period noted for the lack of cooperation between clansmen these four men maintained an extraordinary degree of unity. The other appanage power was the Soyunjokid family at Tashkent led by Bābā, son of Nowrūz-Aḥmad.
During the latter part of Nowrūz-Aḥmad’s life, a pattern was established in which inter-Kuchkonjid factionalism became the arena for contests between Soyunjokids and Eskandarids. After Nowrūz-Aḥmad’s death the pattern persisted but increasingly seems to have been polarized around the personalities of Bābā and ʿAbd-Allāh. The Kuchkonjid pretenders were eliminated through their own disunity and reliance on Eskandarid or Soyunjokid support. The case of Javānmard-ʿAlī (khan at Samarqand 980-84/1572-76) is illustrative: In 961/1554 he assisted Bābā in a battle against the Janibegids for control of Nasaf. Two years later, while appanaged at Aḵsīkat and Andejān in the Farḡāna valley, he backed his cousin Gadāy b. ʿAbd-al-Laṭīf against his brother, Sultan Saʿīd, who had the support of Bābā, for the khanate of Samarqand, thereby alienating the powerful Soyunjokid leader. He then tried to form ties with the Janibegid ʿAbd-Allāh, sending him troops during the siege of Termeḏ in the spring of 979/1572. Soon after, he and his son Abu’l-Ḵayr were with ʿAbd-Allāh in the army center at the battle of Kūk Gombad against Bābā (Ṣafar 980/July 1572). At the end of that year he brought troops to aid ʿAbd-Allāh against his first cousin Dīn-Moḥammad at Balḵ. But towards the end of 985/early 1578, as he faced pressure from his own son, he again renewed his alliance with Bābā. This alliance and Abu’l-Ḵayr’s request for aid from the Eskandarids led to a month-long siege of Samarqand (Ṣafar 986/April-May 1578), at the end of which Javānmard-ʿAlī surrendered, was imprisoned, and finally put to death at ʿAbd-Allāh’s orders.
The fall of Samarqand and its annexation to the Eskandarid appanage, now including Balḵ and Šahr-e Sabz as well as Bukhara, isolated the Soyunjokids and their Kuchkonjid allies. For the next four years the Janibegids mounted campaigns against Tashkent, at first in defense of the claims of Darvīš b. Nowrūz-Aḥmad to control of the khanate against his brother Bābā, and later in order to annex it to the Janibegid lands of Bukhara, Balḵ, and Samarqand. As Soyunjokid power waned in Tashkent, the “Qazaq” Shibanids, especially Ḥaqq-Naẓar Khan and his son and grandson, Šīḡāy and Tawakkol (Tevkel) reemerged as a potent new force in eastern Transoxania.
By 990/1582 the Eskandarid clan under the military leadership of ʿAbd-Allāh and the nominal khanate of his father Eskandar had consolidated the appanages of Tashkent, Samarqand, Bukhara, and Balḵ into one unified state. But adherence to the appanage principles remained as strong as ever.
The new age of empire, 992-1006/1584-98. Badaḵšān and Khorasan. Badaḵšān the nearest outpost of Mughal influence, had long been viewed by Mughal policy-makers as the staging ground for recapturing the ancestral lands of Balḵ and Transoxania. But it also served equally well, as Bābor, Homāyūn, and Akbar were to discover, as a hotbed for ambitious Timurids to nurture their hopes for Kabul and northwest India. From the Transoxanian perspective, Badaḵšān was an attractive object because of its proximity to Balḵ and to the southern reaches of the Samarqand appanage. In 956/1549 Homāyūn led an army against Balḵ but was defeated in no small part because of the refusal of his half brother, Kāmrān, who resided in Badaḵšān, to send him reinforcements. Later that same year there was a struggle between Kāmrān on one side and his half brother Hendal and two other Timurids, Solaymān Mīrzā (or Solaymān Shah), whom Bābor had first sent to Badaḵšān in 935/1528-29, and his son Ebrāhīm. In 967/1560, apparently trying to capitalize on the inter-appanage problems of the Janibegids, Solaymān marched against Balḵ but was defeated by Pīr-Moḥammad and ʿAbd-Allāh at Čašma-ye Jarzovān (Garzovān), where his son Ebrāhīm Mīrzā was killed.
From then on Badaḵšān’s politics and the policies of Solaymān Shah were generally directed toward Kabul. But in 982/1574, when ʿAbd-Allāh conquered Ḥeṣār-e Šādmān and installed an Eskandarid as appanage holder, Solaymān intervened on the side of the Ḥeṣārī sultans. But his candidate lost, and in a struggle between two parties at his own capital, Qalʿa-ye Ẓafar, he was ousted, and his seven-year-old grandson, Šāhroḵ Mīrzā, was installed in his place. In 986-87/1577-78, returning from a penitential ḥajj by way of Qazvīn, Solaymān obtained a commitment of military support from Shah Esmāʿīl II, but a few months later the shah was murdered. Nevertheless, with the backing of the Mughal sovereign, Jalāl-al-Dīn Akbar, Solaymān regained control of part of Badaḵšān. But his rivalry with the supporters of his grandson continued, which encouraged ʿAbd-Allāh to intervene. The campaign opened at Bukhara on 6 Moḥarram 992/19 January 1584 and concluded ten months later. In the course of the campaign, Qondūz, Ṭālaqān, Kāhmard, Ḡūrī, and Kūlāb were all wrested from Timurid control. Solaymān and Šāhroḵ attempted to restore their rule in Badaḵšān towards the end of Rabīʿ II 994/April 1586 but were dispersed by the army of ʿAbd-Allāh’s son, ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen, the appanage holder of Balḵ.
The expansion into Khorasan involved a greater commitment of resources and produced greater rewards. In the struggle to control the Safavid monarch, ʿAlīqoli Khan Šāmlū, the Qezelbāš governor of Herat, after losing the battle for control of the prince, ʿAbbās b. Moḥammad Ḵodābanda, who was soon to be shah, attempted to form an alliance with ʿAbd-Allāh at Bukhara in 994/1586. But faced with the reality of a Shibanid/Uzbek army come to occupy Herat at his request, ʿAlīqoli Khan in early Rajab 995/June 1587 locked the gates of the city. Nine months later, on 1 Rabīʿ II 996/29 February 1588 Herat was stormed and the garrison killed. From there the Shibanid/Uzbek armies extended their control over all the major cities of Khorasan, Qohestān, and Sīstān. Mašhad fell in the middle of Ḏu’l-ḥejja 997/November 1589, then Nīšāpūr, Sabzavār, and Esfarāʾen. Janibegid allies exploited Qezelbāš factionalism in Qohestān to extend Bukharan control there as well. The maleks of Sīstān acknowledged Transoxanian hegemony, while the Safavids of Qandahār also reached an accommodation with the new lords of Khorasan. From 996/1588 until the Safavid/Qezelbāš reconquest of 1006-7/1598, Transoxania had jurisdiction over most of northeastern and eastern Persia.
The Khorasan period had a pronounced influence on the development of appanage politics. In the siege and conquest of Herat and at Mašhad, Nīšāpūr, Sabzavār, and Esfarāʾen ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen played the leading role. In fact after the fall of Herat, over which ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen himself presided, ʿAbd-Allāh, though regnant khan, played no further part in the conquest of Khorasan but appears to have been satisfied with conferring Herat on his most trusted amir, Qol Bābā Kūkaltāš, turning Qohestān over to the Toqay-Timurid sultans, and then giving his son a free hand in the rest of Khorasan. In the confrontations between Safavid/Qezelbāš and Shibanid/Uzbek forces during the decade ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen represented the Shibanid house. From Iranian sources and letters exchanged by Shah ʿAbbās and ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen it is clear that ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen felt he was not properly rewarded for his services in Khorasan and was especially unhappy at not having been granted Herat, which was adjacent to his own appanage. But at the end of Ṣafar 999/late 1590 ʿAbd-Allāh convened a qoreltāy in Bukhara and named ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen heir apparent.
Another consequence of the Khorasan period was the rise of the Toqay-Timurid house to military prominence. The leading figures in the family (see below and Table 27) were Dīn-Moḥammad and his brothers Bāqī-Moḥammad and Walī-Moḥammad. ʿAbd-Allāh had given the governorship of the strategic city of Qondūz to Dīn-Moḥammad after its capture from the Timurids in Ṣafar 992/February 1584. Later Baḡlān was added to his territory. For his participation in the conquest of Herat in 996/1588, Dīn-Moḥammad was awarded Bāḵarz and Ḵargerd, and during the next decade, with the help of his brothers, he brought all of Qohestān under his control as far west as Ṭabas(-e Gīlagī?) on the road to Yazd. From there he conducted razzias that took him at times into Fārs. In 1003/1595 ʿAbd-Allāh gave Sīstān to Dīn-Moḥammad. By the time of the Safavid/Qezelbāš reconquest of Khorasan, the Toqay-Timurid line with Dīn-Moḥammad as its most powerful sultan had established itself as a credible representative of Chingizid constitutional politics.
Collapse of the Abulkhairid/Shibanid khanate, 1006-7/1598-99. ʿAbd-Allāh Khan died in Rajab 1006/February 1598. For the Janibegids the politics of succession were theoretically mitigated by ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen’s appointment as heir apparent. But his activities after his succession destroyed any political advantage he might have had. He immediately began to liquidate his uncles and cousins and execute a number of his father’s amirs, among whom was Qol Bābā Kūkaltāš, but was himself assassinated after about six months by a group of amirs near Żāmen, between Orā Tīpa and Samarqand.
III. The Toqay-Timurid Khanate (Table 27).
The Interregnum, summer 1006-7/1598-spring 1007/1599. In Tashkent, a revived Qazaq Shibanid entity led by Tawakkol Khan b. Šīḡāy Khan had emerged as a major challenger to Janibegid legitimacy as a result of ʿAbd-Allāh’s death and ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen’s purges. Shortly after ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen had put the Janibegid appanage holder at Tashkent, Ūzbak b. Hazāra, to death, Tawakkol Khan occupied the city. On ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen’s death there was no prominent Janibegid sultan with the military and administrative credentials to capture wide amirid support and to combat the immediate Qazaq threat. In Samarqand and Balḵ amirid factions sought a legitimate candidate to sponsor. The Balḵ faction proclaimed the khanate of ʿAbd-al-Amīn, reportedly a son of ʿEbād-Allāh, ʿAbd-Allāh’s brother and until Ramażān 994/October 1586 the appanage holder of Samarqand. At Samarqand, where concern was greatest about the Qazaq approach, a Kanīkas amir and loyal servant of the Janibegids since at least 957/1550, ʿAbd-al-Wāseʿ Bī (Biy), first secured control of Samarqand and then sent a delegation of amirs to Bukhara, where they proclaimed the khanate of Pīr-Moḥammad b. Solaymān b. Jānī Beg. By the end of 1006/mid-1598 there were in effect three khanates in Transoxania and Balḵ, the Qazaq Shibanid khanate of Tawakkol b. Šīḡāy (with growing support from the Uzbek amirs) at Tashkent and the Janibegid khanates of ʿAbd-al-Amīn at Balḵ and Pīr-Moḥammad at Bukhara.
In Khorasan and Sīstān, sometime between February and August 1598, the Toqay-Timurids led by Dīn-Moḥammad b. Jānī-Moḥammad proclaimed their khanate in the name of the senior member, the grandfather of Dīn-Moḥammad, Yār-Moḥammad (who declined the honor) and then in the name of the next senior member, Jānī-Moḥammad. Dīn-Moḥammad moved on Herat at about the same time an army launched by Shah ʿAbbās at the news of ʿAbd-Allāh Khan’s death was approaching the city from the northwest. The Toqay-Timurid leader and his brothers reportedly debated whether to return to the “patrimonial lands” of Balḵ and Transoxania and establish the khanate there or stay and defend Herat. The decision was to stay, and in the ensuing fighting Dīn-Moḥammad was killed and Khorasan reoccupied by the Safavid/Qezelbāš. The surviving Toqay-Timurids and their amirid backers retreated to Transoxania. There, under the leadership of Bāqī-Moḥammad the family offered its services to the Janibegid khan of Bukhara in his fight with the Qazaqs, who in the preceding months had forced Samarqand’s surrender, taken two of the major fortress towns of Mīānkāl, Dabūsīya, and Kūfīn, and laid siege to Bukhara. But now some of those who had joined Tawakkol b. Šīḡāy abandoned him and rejoined the amirs supporting Pīr-Moḥammad Khan, and unable to take Bukhara he withdrew from Samarqand by the fall of 1007/1598. In return for his help Pīr-Moḥammad Khan awarded Samarqand to Bāqī-Moḥammad, who began to rebuild Toqay-Timurid fortunes. In late winter 1007/1598-99, the khan dismissed one of the leading Dūrmān amirs, Moḥammad Bāqī Bī, from his post as dīvānbegī and refused to bow to the appeals of Moḥammad-Bāqī Bī’s fellow Dūrmān amirs to reinstate him. These then invited Bāqī-Moḥammad to oust the khan. The Toqay-Timurid leader brought an army to Bukhara and at the battle of Bāḡ-e Šamāl in the spring of 1007/1599 he defeated the Bukharan force and killed Pīr-Moḥammad, ending a century of Shibanid sovereignty.
The Unified Khanate, 1007-20/1599-1612. The Toqay-Timurid clan immediately met in qoreltāy, elected Jānī-Moḥammad, the senior member after Yār-Moḥammad (who refused the khanate for a second time), regnant khan. Jānī-Moḥammad presided at the first Toqay-Timurid appanage distribution, at which Bāqī-Moḥammad as puissant khan received Bukhara. The new khan sat at Samarqand, the historic taḵt-gāh. The rest of the appanages were distributed in the spring of 1007/1599: Walī-Moḥammad, the next most powerful figure after Bāqī-Moḥammad received Sāḡarj; Pīr-Moḥammad, of unknown lineage, Orā Tīpa; Šahr-e Sabz (Kaš) went to ʿAbbās-Solṭān, and Ḵozār, a dependency of Bukhara, was given to Raḥmānqolī-Solṭān. Tashkent, Balḵ, Ḥeṣār-e Šādman, the Farḡāna region, and Badaḵšān were still outside Toqay-Timurid jurisdiction.
By and large the Uzbek amirs approved the new khanate as a worthy upholder of the Chingizid political constitution. At Balḵ the amirs installed ʿAbd-al-Amīn (see above), but there was no general amirid consensus on his khanate, and within a short period dissident amirs assassinated him and sometime early in mid-1007/1599 installed Moḥammad-Ebrāhīm, a man alternately styled a Janibegid (grandnephew of Jānī Beg) or a Toqay-Timurid (grandson of Yār-Moḥammad), who had been captured by the Qezelbāš in the 1006-7/1598 campaign and gone with Shah ʿAbbās to Isfahan. The shah apparently saw in Moḥammad-Ebrāhīm an instrument for his Khorasan policies in the wake of the recapture of Herat. There is little sign that the Balḵ amirs who conspired in support of Ebrāhīm, were in any way pro-Safavid. Instead the indications are that he was seen as far more capable than ʿAbd-al-Amīn. On Ebrāhīm’s death the amirs turned to a scion of the house of the Ḥeṣārī sultans, Maḥmūd-Solṭān, who had been forced out of Deh-e Now as the Toqay-Timurids consolidated their hold on Transoxania. When Walī-Moḥammad occupied Balḵ in 1009/late September 1600 with the help of two of Maḥmūd’s top Mīng administrators, Barūtī Bī and Šokr Bī, Maḥmūd fled to Ḥeṣār and then disappeared completely from the political scene. Except for a brief interlude in 1056-57/1646-47, Balḵ remained in Toqay-Timurid hands for the next 130 years.
After Jānī-Moḥammad’s election to the khanate in 1007/1599, Bāqī-Moḥammad assumed the role of “real” khan. At home he had to root out residual support for the Janibegids and deal with his own family’s unhappiness over appanage assignments. Two Janibegid/Shibanid sultans, Moḥammad-Salīm b. Pīr-Moḥammad, and Jahāngīr b. Sayyed-Moḥammad were given asylum by Shah ʿAbbās and became surrogates for Safavid ambition for Balḵ. But a campaign in the fall of 1011/1602 ended in disaster, and Safavid plans to annex the city were dropped.
Over the winter of 1010/1601-2 Bāqī-Moḥammad was also faced with the unsuccessful “rebellion of the uncles,” ʿAbbās and Raḥmānqolī, who were reportedly angered by the grant of Balḵ to Walī-Moḥammad rather than to one of them. This is the first sign of Toqay-Timurid infighting and indicates the fear representatives of collateral lines had about losing influence in the face of increasing consolidation of appanage power in the hands of the khan’s own line. At Badaḵšān Mīrzā Badīʿ-al-Zamān, a nephew of the Mughal padshah, Jalāl-al-Dīn Akbar, tried to reestablish Timurid power, but in mid-Šawwāl 1011/late March-1603 Bāqī-Moḥammad led a campaign in which he defeated and killed the prince.
When Jānī-Moḥammad died, another qoreltāy was held, and Bāqī-Moḥammad assumed the khanate (Yār-Moḥammad declined for the third time). His greatest military and political challenge came from a Soyunjukid, Kīldī-Moḥammad-Solṭān, grandson of Nowrūz-Aḥmad. In 1012/1603 a coalition of Qerḡez and Qazaq formed behind his candidacy, and by the spring of 1604 Tashkent, Turkestan, and the Farḡāna valley recognized his khanate. Bāqī-Moḥammad led a force as far as Šāhroḵīya (Fanākat), but face to face with Kīldī-Moḥammad Khan’s army his own troops turned and fled to Samarqand. Kīldī-Moḥammad was unable to take the city and died immediately afterwards.
In the spring of 1013/1605 Bāqī-Moḥammad again campaigned, but to no effect, against the representatives of the descendants of Nowrūz-Aḥmad, now led by an individual designated in the sources only by the name Ḵānzāda “son of the khan,” probably a son of Kīldī-Moḥammad. At the end of the campaign Bāqī-Moḥammad died in 1014/1605. During his rule he established Toqay-Timurid legitimacy in Transoxania and Balḵ, reinvigorated the appanage system, and fended off two of the perennial rivals of the Jochid state: the Mughal/Timurids, who had a base of loyal support in Badaḵšān, and the Safavid/Qezelbāš, who adjusted their policies in Khorasan to encompass overt support first for Shibanid claimants of the ḵānīyat and later for ousted Toqay-Timurids. Bāqī-Moḥammad was also the first of the Toqay-Timurids to have continued the Shibanid practice of underwriting public buildings. Records survive of a congregational mosque and madrasa in Bukhara, a festival mosque (ʿīd-gāh), a park (čārbāḡ) and an audience hall (kūronoš-ḵāna) in Samarqand.
The amirid and ʿalemid leaders of Bukhara backed Walī-Moḥammad, senior member of the Toqay-Timurid family who held Balḵ and Badaḵšān. A faction, though, was beginning to coalesce behind the sons of the late Dīn-Moḥammad, Emāmqolī and Naḏr-Moḥammad. Walī-Moḥammad’s reign was marked by a revival of separatist forces in Badaḵšān and the Ḥeṣār-e Šādmān/Čaḡānīān region. The latter area had long had a tradition of autonomous rule by the “Ḥeṣārī sultans” that was not apparently ended by the disappearance of Maḥmūd-Solṭān. In a similar fashion, Badaḵšān remained a congenial environment for Mughal (Timurid) politicians interested in the possibility of recapturing the ancestral lands across the Amu Darya. Walī-Moḥammad was not much involved in the campaigning, assigning his nephew Emāmqolī and his amirs to deal with the disturbances.
The Qazaqs, meantime, now led by Īšem b. Šīḡāy Khan had extended their control from Turkestan and Tashkent as far south and west as the right bank of the Jaxartes, but an army led by two of Walī-Moḥammad’s amirs won an important victory over Īšem there (probably in 1016-17/1608) and retook Tashkent. In an attempt to regain the support of the people of that city and perhaps to stimulate Tashkent’s economy in the wake of the Qazaq occupation, the khan announced an indefinite lifting of the basic land tax (ḵarāj) and tax relief for artisan organizations and businessmen. In addition, he wooed the ʿalemid class of Tashkent with new revenue grants and other awards. But maintaining control of Tashkent became increasingly difficult for the khan at Bukhara, and its administration alternated between Qazaq and Toqay-Timurid loyalists in the five years of his khanate.
When Walī-Moḥammad succeeded to the khanate the appanages of Samarqand and Šahr-e Sabz were held by his nephews Emāmqolī and Naḏr-Moḥammad and Qondūz by his own son Rostam(-Moḥammad). In about 1014-15/1606 the khan reassigned the 15-year-old Naḏr-Moḥammad to Balḵ in response to amirid requests for a Toqay-Timurid representative in order to combat more effectively Shibanid irredentism. Naḏr-Moḥammad, with Ḥājī Bī Qūšjī, one of Walī-Moḥammad’s most trusted supporters, as his atalïq, and the Balḵ amirs were able to put down the insurgency centered around the two Shibanid exiles, Jahāngīr and Moḥammad-Salīm, by mid-1016/late 1607. This was the end of all Shibanid attempts to reclaim the Chingizid khanate in Transoxania and Balḵ. Naḏr-Moḥammad expected to be rewarded for his anti-Shibanid efforts, but Walī-Moḥammad, apprehensive of his rising prestige, appointed Šāh Beg Kūkaltāš, an amir at Bukhara, as new atalïq in Balḵ. When Šāh Beg was assassinated in the ʿAbd-Allāh Khan Madrasa at Balḵ Naḏr-Moḥammad took refuge at Samarqand, and the struggle between the Walid (the supporters of Walī-Moḥammad and his son Rostam) and Dinid (the supporters of Emāmqolī and Naḏr-Moḥammad, sons of Dīn-Moḥammad) factions began to dominate Central Asian politics. By early spring 1019-20/1611 Walī-Moḥammad had lost so much amirid support that he stepped down from the khanate and sought asylum with Shah ʿAbbās, and Emāmqolī made Bukhara his appanage. Walī-Moḥammad made one attempt to regain the khanate in 1020/1611. Backed by Safavid military forces he returned to Transoxania by way of Marv. Emāmqolī was forced to retreat to Samarqand when a number of Bukharan amirs indicated they would support Walī-Moḥammad. In Transoxania both Walid and Dinid factions now campaigned for amirid support, and dissension in the ranks of the amirs supporting Emāmqolī at Samarqand indicates the effectiveness of Walī-Moḥammad’s propaganda. Both sides also sought support from the Qazaqs. Abūlī Solṭān (b. Īšem Khan?) accepted (unspecified) promises made by Emāmqolī, while other Qazaq groups backed Walī-Moḥammad. The final battlefield confrontation at Jarjī near Samarqand in Rajab 1020/September 1611 had all the earmarks of a civil war: “Qazaqs were set opposite Qazaqs and other ūlūsāt and ūymāqāt stood facing their own kind” (Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, Baḥr al-asrār VI/4, fol. 98b). Walī-Moḥammad was slain and the Walid hold on the khanate terminated.
The first double khanate, 1020-51/1612-42. With the elimination of the Walid claim, the Chingizid khanate of Transoxania and Balḵ evolved into a bipartite state divided between two brothers, Emāmqolī as “great khan” and Naḏr-Moḥammad as “little khan.” Bukhara, including Samarqand and for most of the next 30 years Turkestan and Tashkent, and Balḵ, including Badaḵšān, evolved as political equals. The principal political problems for Bukhara were the Qazaqs in the northeast, Ḵᵛārazm on the lower Amu Darya, particularly with regard to the northern (trans-Caspian) pilgrimage route and the caravan routes to the Volga ports, and the Farḡāna valley, especially Andejān. Bukhara’s foreign policy focused on relations with the Qazaqs, the Shibanids of Ḵᵛārazm, and the Chaghatayids in Kashgar and Yārkand. Balḵ’s foreign policy concerns were in Khorasan, Badaḵšān, and Kabul. Under Naḏr-Moḥammad relations with Agra/Delhi and Isfahan were of prime importance and produced many ambassadorial exchanges.
Bukhara. The Qazaq problem and relations with Kashgar. To reward his Qazaq supporters Emāmqolī ceded or perhaps formally acknowledged de facto Qazaq control of Tashkent, Turkestan, and Sāḡarj, one of the original Toqay-Timurid appanages, in early 1021/1612. Tashkent and Turkestan went to Īšem b. Šīḡāy and Sāḡarj to Jānī Beg b. Īšem. But probably as early as 1021/mid-1612 Emāmqolī Khan successfully sent an army under Yalangtūš Bī Ālčīn, the premier military administrator of the first half of the century, against Īšem and another against Abūlī. In the “third year” of his reign (1023/1614, if his reign is dated from the final encounter with Walī-Moḥammad) Emāmqolī launched a campaign against the Qazaqs, when word arrived of a rebellion at Andejān, a town still under the control of Ḵānzāda, whom his uncle Bāqī-Moḥammad had not been able to wholly suppress. Though it turned out to be a false alarm, the Qazaq campaign was called off and Tashkent conferred on Torsūn Solṭān b. Čālem, a Qazaq loyal to Bukhara.
Tashkent and the Farḡāna valley were not easily controlled from Bukhara, and for the next year the Qazaq were as often rivals as allies. The intermittent struggles arose at least in part from the movement westward of nomadic tribes out of the Dašt-e Qepčāq. There are references in the sources to groups not encountered before, like the Āq Būryā and Qūrama, who suddenly appear as arbiters and power brokers. Other tribal groups, the Qerḡez, Qalmāq, Qepčāq, and Qarāqalpāq, though long active in the politics of Transoxania and Balḵ, appear to have been playing an increasingly prominent part. This phenomenon is most evident further east in Moḡūlestān, where the Qerḡez and Qalmāq became more and more dominant as the 17th century progressed. In 1093/1682 the process culminated with the subjugation of the Chaghatay state in Moḡūlestān (Kashgar, Yārkand, Āqsū, Khotan, and Turfan) by the Qalmāq.
The continual intrusion of nomadic groups into Transoxania and Balḵ was not a new phenomenon, but it differed from the incursions associated with the end of the 15th and early 16th centuries in terms of the loyalties of these tribal entities, specifically their lack of commitment to the Chingizid tradition as it had evolved in Transoxania and Balḵ under Shibanid and Toqay-Timurid auspices.
The Toqay-Timurid policy in the east was connected with the politics of Moḡūlestān. In 1045/1635, the Chaghatay ruler of Moḡūlestān, Sultan Aḥmad Khan, was deposed, escaped to Balḵ, and eventually received asylum at the court of Emāmqolī in Bukhara. In 1048/1638-39 the khan outfitted him and sent him off to try and recapture his throne, but for unexplained reasons Sultan Aḥmad Khan decided to lay siege to Andejān en route and in the course of the siege was killed, thus ending any hopes Emāmqolī might have had for a Bukhara-Kashghar alliance.
The Balḵ khanate, 1020-51/1612-42. Several challenges engaged the political and military resources of Balḵ during the thirty years of the bipartite khanate, the first of which were the irredentist forces of the Shibanids, Jahāngīr and Moḥammad-Salīm, and next that of the Walid restorationists led by Rostam-Solṭān. Both problems were entwined with relations between the Toqay-Timurids and the Safavids. On another plane, relations were tied to the relations each had with the Mughal state. A cooling or warming of ties between any two of these neighboring states had repercussions on their relations with the third. And on all sides foreign relations were inextricably linked to domestic policies and problems.
One of the domestic factors in the foreign policy of the Balḵ khanate were the subappanages formed to absorb the demand created by Naḏr-Moḥammad’s six sons. Two subappanages were formed in 1030/1621 to meet the claims of the two eldest: one in the east that included Ḵoṭlān and Badaḵšān was given to ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz (see ʿabd-al-ʿazǰz b. naḏr-moḥammad), the eldest, and one in the west that included Maymana, Šebarḡān, Andḵūd, and Jejaktū was given to Ḵosrow.
In 1011-32/1602-23 the Safavid state adopted a policy of supporting first Shibanid then Walid pretenders. The Shibanid problem was eliminated by 1019/1610-11 but was almost immediately superseded by the similar challenge of Rostam-Solṭān after his father’s ouster in 1020/1611-12 and even more after the latter’s death in early 1021/1612. During 1020-32/1611-23, Rostam himself or groups representing him launched seven offensives in the Balḵ region, one of which put the city of Balḵ under siege in 1023/1614. Some of these campaigns involved the direct participation of Qezelbāš troops under the command of the Šāmlū governor of Herat, but for the most part the incursions were small-scale affairs involving only Rostam’s own followers.
In 1032/1622, after Yalangtūš Bī Ālčīn had destroyed the fort at Šāfelān and led Toqay-Timurid forces onto Herat territory and Bālā Morḡāb had been taken from its Qezelbāš governor, Shah ʿAbbās agreed to relocate Rostam. The Balḵ khan sent an embassy to Isfahan offering to return Bālā Morḡāb in exchange for Shah ʿAbbās’ removing Rostam from the marches. The shah pensioned him off far from Khorasan; there he stayed until 1038/1629. The agreement brought some six years of peace to the marchlands. Shah ʿAbbās’ death in 1038/1629 loosed the tribal elements on both sides of the frontier from the constraints under which they operated. From the Toqay-Timurid perspective what followed was a direct result of Shah Ṣafī’s refusal to renew relations with Naḏr-Moḥammad on the existing terms. Over the next two years raids across the border, disruption of the caravan trade, loss of customs dues, some devastation of agriculture and herds within Balḵ’s territory, and the reappearance of Rostam at Ōba and Šāfelān gave Naḏr-Moḥammad considerable anxiety. In 1040-41/1631 he reorganized the subappanages of Balḵ, transferring ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz from Ḵoṭlān to the western one and Ḵosrow to Ḵoṭlān. The amirs who accompanied ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz were an illustrious group: Baqi dīvān begī Ūyrāt; ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Bī Ūšūn, ex-dīvān begī to Naḏr-Moḥammad and for the past ten years atalïq to ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz; and two other amirs with the rank of atalïq, Yalangtūš Bī Ālčīn and Ūrāz Bī Mīng, along with several other top-ranking military leaders, all veterans of campaigns against Rostam, the Qazaqs, Qerḡez, and various insurgents in Badaḵšān and Ḵoṭlān. An Uzbek force led by ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz assaulted Bālā Morḡāb, where it negotiated terms, and Marūčāq, which Ḥosaynqolī Khan Šāmlū surrendered. But a Qezelbāš force under Ḥasan Khan Šāmlū, the beglarbegī of Khorasan, responded with a show of force, and ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz withdrew.
Three years later the sultan and his amirs conducted another incursion into Safavid territory, one in which the dynamic of appanage politics played a major part. Naḏr-Moḥammad appears to have had no interest in war with Iran. The campaign of 1631 had been aimed only at restoring some order to the frontier region, and when he heard of his son’s plans for an invasion of Khorasan he tried to stop it. But just as he reserved to himself the right to conduct his own foreign policy independent of the khan in Bukhara, appanage politics provided his son with a similar argument. ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz and his amirs opened a major campaign reminiscent of the Shibanid/Uzbek campaigns of the 1580s and 90s. An army of some 3,000 cavalry marched west from Maymana, skirting Herat to the north, passed through Ṭayabād (Ṭayyebāt) and then turned northwest for Nīšāpūr. The object of the campaign was reportedly to take Mašhad and force Shah Ṣafī to conclude a new treaty with Balḵ. Perhaps there was some thought of taking Mašhad, although the force seems somewhat small for the purpose. It reached as far as Dūḡābād (Dawḡāʾī northwest of Mašhad?), when intelligence came of an approaching Qezelbāš army. Taking the advice of his amirs, ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz retreated. He and his atalïq, ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Ūšūn, were recalled to Balḵ by Naḏr-Moḥammad and reprimanded for disobeying his orders against the campaign. The khan dismissed ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Ūšūn and appointed Ūrāz Bī Mīng in his place.
Balḵ’s relations with the Mughal state were linked to domestic appanage issues like border security, internal Mughal politics, and relations with the Safavids. When Jahāngīr b. Akbar died on 9 Ṣafar 1037/20 October 1627 it was rumored that the Qezelbāš governor of Qandahār (which had been taken by the Safavids from the Mughals four years earlier) was marching on Kabul, and, ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz with his father’s approval led an army to Kabul. It included some of the top military figures in Balḵ; his own atalïq, ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Bī Ūšūn, as well as Ūrāz Bī Mīng, Yalangtūš Bī, Bāqī dīvānbegī Ūyrāt, Waqqāṣ Ḥājī (who would later explain the campaign to Šāh-Jahān as Naḏr-Moḥammad’s envoy), Allāh-Bīrdī Bī Būyrāk, Manṣūr Ḥājī Tarḵān, and Moḥammad-Baqī Bī Qalmāq. The army set up base at Laḡmān near Kabul but was unable to force Kabul to surrender. Between 1036/1627 and 1048/1638-39, relations between Delhi/Agra and Balḵ were cordial and maintained by a series of reciprocal embassies.
But despite these amicable exchanges the Balḵ khan remained uncertain about Mughal intentions, both because of the inconclusive campaign against Kabul and possible retaliation for it and because Šāh-Jahān’s adoption of the title ṣāḥeb-e qerān-e ṯānī (Timur being the first ṣāḥeb-e qerān) suggested that Agra might revive its claims to Central Asia. Not longer after Naḏr-Moḥammad sent off an ambassador to negotiate a treaty with the Mughals it was rumored that Šāh-Jahān’s widely publicized trip to Kabul in 1048-49/1639 was in preparation for a campaign against Balḵ and Badaḵšān, and Naḏr-Moḥammad was told that 100,000 cavalrymen had marched from Agra to Lahore and were heading for Kabul. The khan immediately mustered some 80,000 horsemen from all of Balḵ. By mid-summer 1049/1639 Naḏr-Moḥammad received a report from his ambassador, now with Šāh-Jahān at Kabul, that Šāh-Jahān had indeed come to Kabul with plans for a campaign against Balḵ, but the Balḵ mobilization had persuaded him to forego it. On 22 Jomādā II 1049/19 October 1639 an embassy from Šāh-Jahān with suggestions for coordinating a campaign against the Qezelbāš apparently further reassured Naḏr-Moḥammad that Šāh-Jahān was not about to open a northern front. A year later, however, another Mughal initiative in the southern Hazārajāt again raised anxiety in Balḵ.
Against this background of Mughal activity along the southern borders of the Balḵ khanate and an unresolved situation in the west with the Safavids and their Qezelbāš allies, the Chingizid khanate was plunged into a succession crisis by the voluntary abdication in 1051/1641 of Emāmqolī Khan. In Šaʿbān 1051/November 1641 he traveled to Samarqand to pay his final respects at the tomb of Ḵᵛāja ʿObayd-Allāh Aḥrār and there was joined by Naḏr-Moḥammad, whom he had summoned from Balḵ, and ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz, who at the time had been at Čaḡānīān. On 7 Šaʿbān/11 November they attended Friday services at the Friday Mosque in Samarqand. Naḏr-Moḥammad’s name was invoked in the ḵoṭba as khan, and ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz was designated qaʿalḵān. Emāmqolī left Bukhara on 20 Ḏu’l-ḥejja 1051/22 March 1642, traveled through Persia, where ʿAbbās II, who was awaiting his arrival in Isfahan had prepared a lavish welcome, and then spent his remaining days at Medina.
The reunified khanate, 1051-55/1642-45. Naḏr-Moḥammad’s first official act was to preside at the distribution of appanages. His sons received the most important regions: ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz, Samarqand; Ḵosrow, Badaḵšān; Bahrām, Tashkent; Sobḥānqolī, Balḵ; and Qoṭloq-Moḥammad, Ḥeṣār-e Šādmān. Andḵūd, Šebarḡān, and Maymana were reserved for his sixth son ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān, an infant.
Naḏr-Moḥammad inherited the perennial eastern problem, increasingly dominated by Qerḡez and Qalmāq politics. By mid-century the remnants of the Qazaq Shibanids were trying to maintain their positions against these newer groups with the aid of their old enemies, the Toqay-Timurids, for whom Qazaq support became crucial to maintaining some authority over Tashkent, Turkestan, and eastern Farḡāna.
New problems arose when the khan allegedly tried to introduce a strongly opposed land reform policy, the description of which suggests an attempt to convert all amirid-held grants of pasture land to cash grants to be collected from the treasury. Naḏr-Moḥammad also found himself drawn into the politics of Ḵᵛārazm. Shortly after he was installed as khan at Bukhara he received a petition from unnamed sources in Ūrganj informing him that in the wake of the death of the Arabshahid/Shibanid Esfandīār Khan b. ʿArab Khan b. Ḥājī Moḥammad Khan, civil war had erupted between Esfandīār Khan’s sons and Esfandīār’s brother, Abu’l-Ḡāzī, over the succession. The petitioners said they had invoked Naḏr-Moḥammad’s name in the ḵoṭba and requested he send a governor to Ūrganj. The khan awarded this new appanage to a Toqay-Timurid of the Torsunid line, Ṣūfī-Solṭān b. Torsūn b. Yār-Moḥammad. Ṣūfī went to Ḵᵛārazm with two amirs from Balḵ, Naẓar Bī Barūtī (a Ming amir) and Ṭāher bakāvol and established his administration at Ḵīva and Ūrganj.
Over the next three years Ṣūfī-Solṭān and his amirid allies in Ūrganj became sufficiently well-established to challenge Naḏr-Moḥammad’s nominal khanate. Naẓar Bī Barūtī, like a number of other amirs, became disenchanted with Naḏr-Moḥammad’s regime, threatened to declare Ṣūfī’s khanate in Ḵᵛārazm, and then in the ensuing turmoil had his charge put to death, ending all Bukharan influence there.
The khan reportedly lost the loyalty of one of his most powerful amirs, Yalangtūš Bī, when he gave Balḵ to Sobḥānqolī and inexplicably included the Yalangtūš Bī’s eqṭāʿ in that grant. Yalangtūš Bī is said to have accepted the loss of these territories without complaint, but from then on he became a key figure in the coalescence of anti-Nadhrid sentiment.
At Bukhara the ascendance of the Balḵ amir ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān dīvān begī Ūšūn in Bukharan politics disturbed many Bukharan amirs. An incident involving Bahrām, Naḏr-Moḥammad’s son at Tashkent, brought together a coalition of powerful amirs including Bāqī Bī Yūz, Bahrām’s atalïq, and Yalangtūš Bī Ālčīn. Sometime early in 1055/early spring 1645 this faction, under the leadership of Yalangtūš Bī, persuaded ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz to take Bukhara and force his father to return to Balḵ. ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz was proclaimed khan of Transoxania in a ceremony near Ḵojand on 1 Rabīʿ I 1055/27 April 1645. Numismatic evidence suggests that along with Bukhara Naḏr-Moḥammad also lost the nominal recognition due the regnant khan, for there are coins with ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz’s name dated at least as early as 1055/1645-46 or 1056/1646-47 (Davidovich, 1964, p. 44).
Civil war and foreign occupation, 1055-61/1645-51. When ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz was established at Bukhara, he and his amirs gradually expelled Naḏr-Moḥammad’s other sons and amirid allies from Transoxania. At the same time a new and disruptive tribal element begins to be reported: the alamān Uzbek tribes. In one source there is reference to “a group of corrupt and wicked alamān, Shah Moḥammad Qaṭaḡan, Qol-Moḥammad jībajī Qaṭaḡan, and Qāsem Qaṭaḡan” (Selselat al-salāṭīn, fol. 225a), which suggests the term should be considered a generic rather than ethnic term used to denote a band of amirs outside the pale of constituted authority. In 1055/1645 they attacked Naḏr-Moḥammad when he retired from Bukhara to Balḵ and raised havoc at Qondūz. Trouble with the alamā Uzbeks reportedly led Naḏr-Moḥammad to appeal to Šāh-Jahān for help. But when a Mughal army reached Qondūz, Naḏr-Moḥammad decided not to cooperate and sent his harem to safety in Bukhara. He had one engagement with a Mughal force at Šebarḡān on 2 Jomādā II 1056/16 July 1646 and then retired into Khorasan, to pass the duration of the occupation under the protection of the Safavid shah. The Mughal occupation turned out to be an expensive and futile adventure for Šāh-Jahān. Although the Rajput army was able to garrison most of the towns of the region, ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz Khan and Sobḥānqolī waged successful guerrilla war, and the Mughal withdrew in 1057/1647.
Naḏr-Moḥammad’s last four years at Balḵ were not particularly peaceful and were marked by a struggle between Sobḥānqolī and ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz for control of the region. Finally, in 1061/1651, Naḏr-Moḥammad stepped down from the khanate of Balḵ and Badaḵšān, handed it over to Sobḥānqolī, and set out on the pilgrimage to Mecca. He never reached his destination, dying at Semnān on the last day of Jomādā I 1061/19 June 1651. Shah ʿAbbās II composed a long funeral tribute (taʿzīa-barrasī) and sent it to ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz.
The second double khanate, 1061-92/1651-81. For the next thirty years the Chingizid appanage state was again divided between Transoxania (or Bukhara) and Balḵ. The two khanates were again held by brothers, though no longer on friendly terms. For Bukhara the principal political problems came from the east and from Ḵᵛārazm. In 1056/1646 ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz led a campaign force to Tashkent to assist his Qazaq allies against the Qalmāq and went to campaign with the Qazaq khan against Qalmāq forces that had seized Turkestan and Sayrām.
From the foundation of the Shibanid state at the beginning of the 16th century, Ḵᵛārazm had often been prey to Bukharan expansionism. In the latter half of the 17th century the situation was reversed as an aggressive Chingizid revival under Abu’l-Ḡāzī and his son Anūša Moḥammad put Bukhara and Samarqand under repeated military threat, including brief but devastating occupations of both cities. In 1065/1655, Abu’l-Ḡāzī Khan invaded Transoxania at Karmīna. There is some uncertainty about his first incursion into Transoxania. One source describes four campaigns, the second of which was against Karmīna in 1065/1655 (Moḥīṭ al-tawārīḵ, fol. 97b). However, the Karmīna campaign appears to be the first major deployment of military forces against the Toqay-Timurid khanate in Bukhara. Abu’l-Ḡāzī was turned back at the Zarafšān river but two years later again led an expedition to Qarākūl midway between Bukhara and Čārjūy, the crossing point on the Amu Darya on the road to Marv, but ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz again fended off this attempt. Abu’l-Ḡāzī launched his last campaign in 1072/1661, two years before his death, apparently also without long-lasting consequences. The succession of Anūša b. Abu’l-Ḡāzī in 1074/1664 revived Khwarezmian attacks on Transoxania. Anūša Khan launched numerous expeditions against Transoxania, and in Šaʿbān 1092/September 1681 he occupied Bukhara while ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz was out of the city. This appears to have been the final straw for ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz, who, nearly 70 years of age, was described as exhausted and demoralized by continual trouble with Ūrganj. He invited Sobḥānqolī to Bukhara and announced his decision to abdicate and make the pilgrimage to Mecca.
Most of the Transoxanian sources praise ʿAbd-al-ʿAzīz for his devotion to Islamic learning and to both “Šarīʿa and ṭarīqa.” He left two large madrasas in Bukhara, one on the Rīgestān, which does not survive, and another still standing opposite the Oloḡ Beg Madrasa. He also left a khanate considerably reduced in territory and in political authority.
The reunified khanate: 1092-1114/1681-1702. On 15 Šawwāl 1092/28 October 1681, with the ceremonial “white carpet” enthronement, Sobḥānqolī assumed the again unified khanate of Bukhara and Balḵ, which he held until his death on 1 Rabīʿ I 1114/26 July 1702. In domestic affairs, the main issue of his khanate was the status of Balḵ. When he made Bukhara his capital he apparently thought he could succeed where his father had conspicuously failed, keeping Balḵ’s administration under his control while allowing it to continue as the seat of the heir-apparent. Between early 1094/1683 and Moḥarram 1097/December 1685, four of his sons were appointed qaʿalḵān in succession, but all died in office, victims of amirid political infighting. From 1098/1685 to 1107/1695 no qaʿalḵān was authorized by Bukhara, and Balḵ was administered as a governorship. But the polarization of its politics between the so-called qūrama sardārs, a coalition of urban notables and Mīng and Yūz amirs, and an amirid faction under the increasingly prominent Qaṭaḡan amir Maḥmūd Bī b. Beg Morād forced reconsideration of the policy. In 1107/1695-96 Maḥmūd Bī proclaimed the qaʿalkhanate at Balḵ of Ṣāleḥ Ḵᵛāja, a Pārsāʾī shaikh and nephew of Sobḥānqolī. Finally, in 1109/1697-98, the khan capitulated and agreed to the qaʿalkhanate of his grandson Moḥammad-Moqīm b. Eskandar-Solṭān.
The problems in Balḵ probably prompted Anūša to invade Transoxania on three occasions between Šaʿbān 1095/July 1684 and Ḏu’l-ḥejja 1096/November 1685. Samarqand was captured on 5 Šaʿbān 1096/7 July 1685. Its occupation brought Anūša’s reign to an end, however. The Uzbek amirs of Ḵᵛārazm deposed him, and after a prolonged succession crisis a delegation of amirs came from Ūrganj, perhaps as late as Rabīʿ II 1109/October-November 1697, and offered Ḵᵛārazm to Sobḥānqolī.
There are signs that Sobḥānqolī responded to changing religious attitudes by asserting his “caliphate” and by opening a front against Persia, perhaps in conjunction with Awrangzīb (ʿĀlamgīr) in India. The familiar issue of Safavid obstruction of the pilgrimage routes was again aired. Domestically, political life was becoming increasingly shaped by the identification of warrior Uzbek tribal groupings with specific territories within the khanate. One of the consequences of this process was the gradual polarization of the Balḵ appanage between the former western mamlakat (Maymana, Andḵūd, Šebarḡān) dominated by the Mīng and the eastern region of Badaḵšān dominated by the Qaṭaḡan. The effect on Transoxania is somewhat less clear.
Sobḥānqolī left a notable cultural legacy. He erected a large madrasa, a Friday Mosque, and kūronoš-ḵāna at Balḵ and rebuilt the entryway (pīšṭāq) of the mazār of Ḵᵛāja Abū Naṣr Pārsā. He was also a patron of scholarship and of the ḵᵛājagān. The ḵᵛāja groups most influential in his time, as throughout the 17th century, included the Sayyed Aṭāʾī, Jūybārī, Naqšbandī, Aḥrārī, Dahpīdī (Maḵdūm-e Aʿẓamī), Pārsāʾī and Mīr Ḥaydarī. Sobḥānqolī is remembered as having tried to balance the influence of the ḵᵛājas with the ʿālems proper, the legal scholars. He patronized the latter group both with court rank and by the sponsorship of their scholarship (e.g., the Fatāwā Sobḥānīya). After 1114/1702, the Uzbek amirs dominated the khanate in an unprecedented fashion. This domination and the inter-Uzbek rivalries it occasioned also hardened the division between Bukhara and Balḵ.
Bibliography
- Biographies and histories (chronologically by date of composition). Kamāl-al-Dīn Bannāʾī, Šībānī-nāma, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R. Fażl-Allāh b. Rūzbehān Ḵonjī, Mehmān-nāma-ye Boḵārā, ed. and tr. A. K. Arends, Moscow, 1976.
- Ḵᵛāndamīr, Ḥabīb al-sīar, Tehran. Ẓahīr-al-Dīn Bābor, Bābor-nāma, tr. A. S. Beveridge, Babur-nama (Memoirs of Babur), London, 1922; repr. New Delhi, 1979.
- Zayn-al-Dīn Wāṣefī, Badāʿeʾ al-waqāʿeʾ, ed. A. N. Boldyrev, 2 vols., Moscow, 1961.
- Sayyedī ʿAlī Raʾīs, Merʾāt al-mamālek, tr. M. Moris, Relation des voyages de Sidi Ely …, Paris, 1827; tr. A. Vámbéry, The Travels and Adventures of the Turkish Admiral Sidi Ali Reis, London, 1899.
- Mīrzā Moḥammad Ḥaydar Doḡlāt, ed. with comm. by N. Elias and tr. by E. Denison Ross, A History of the Moghuls of Central Asia. Being the Tarikh-i Rashidi of …, London, 1898; repr. 1972.
- Ḥāfeẓ Tanīš, Šaraf-nāma-ye šāhī, facs. ed. and tr. M. A. Salakhetdinova, pt. 1, Moscow, 1983 (up to 971/1563-64); ms. India Office Library, London, no. 574 (for the period 971-96/1587).
- Qāżī Aḥmad Qomī, Ḵolāṣat al-tawārīḵ … Faṣl-e marbūṭ be-Awwalīn Ṣafawīān, ed. E. Glassen, Die frühen Safawiden nach Qāżī Aḥmad Qumī, Islamkundliche Untersuchungen 5, Freiburg im Breisgau, 1970; ed. and tr. H. Müller, Die Chronik Ḫulāṣat at-tawarīḫ des Qāżī Aḥmad Qumī. Der Abschnitt über Schah ʿAbbās I., Wiesbaden, 1964.
- Badr-al-Dīn Kašmīrī, Ẓafar-nāma, Dushanbe, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk, Tadzh.S.S.R., ms. no. 61.
- Idem, Rawżat al-reżwān wa ḥadīqat al-ḡelmān, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 2094.
- Maḥmūd b. Hedāyat-Allāh Āfūšta Naṭanzī, Noqawāt al-āṯār, ed. E. Ešrāqī, Tehran, 1350 Š./1971.
- Ṭāher-Moḥammad b. ʿEmād-al-Dīn Ḥasan b. Solṭān-ʿAlī b. Ḥājī Moḥammad-Ḥasan Sabzavārī, Rawżat al-ṭāherīn II, Hyderabad, Salar Jung Library, ms. no. Hist:291.
- ʿAbd-al-Ḥamīd Lāhawrī, Pādšāh-nāma, ed. M. Kabīr-al-Dīn Aḥmad and ʿAbd-al-Raḥīm, 2 vols., Calcutta, 1866-72.
- Abu’l-Fażl, Akbar-nāma, tr. H. Beveridge, The Akbarnāma of Abu-l-Fażl, 3 vols., Calcutta, 1897-1921; repr. New Delhi, 1987.
- Jalāl Monajjem Yazdī, Tārīḵ-e ʿabbāsī, British Library ms. Or. 6263.
- Šaraf-al-Dīn Bedlīsī, Šaraf-nāma, the ḵātema, tr. by E. I. Vasil’eva, Moscow, 1976.
- Eskandar Beg, Tārīḵ-e ʿalamārā-ye ʿabbāsī, Tehran ed.; tr. Savory. Mīrzā Beg b. Ḥasan Jūnābādī, Rawżat al-ṣafawīya, ms. British Library, Or. 3338.
- Sohayla, Emāmqolī-nāma, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 89.
- Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, Baḥr al-asrār fī manāqeb al-aḵyār VI/3, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Ak. Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 1375; VI/4, India Office Library, no. 575.
- Malekšāh Ḥosayn Sīstānī, Eḥyāʾ al-molūk, ed. M. Sotūda, Tehran, 1344 Š./1965.
- Aḥmad b. Šams-al-Dīn Asīl, Tārīḵ-e Meftāḥ al-qolūb, Cambridge ms., Browne Supp., 1227.
- Shah Maḥmūd Čorās, Tārīḵ, ed., tr. and notes by O. F. Akimushkin, Khronika, Moscow, 1976.
- Abu’l-Ḡāzī, Šajara-ye tork, ed. and tr. Desmaisons, Histoire des Mongols, 2 vols. in one, St. Petersburg, 1871-74.
- Moḥammad Ṭāleb b. Ḵ. Tāj-al-Dīn Jūybārī, Maṭlab al-ṭālebīn, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 3757.
- Moḥammad Badīʿ Samarqandī, Moḏakker al-aṣḥāb, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. nos. 58 and 4270.
- Šaraf-al-Dīn Raqīm, Tārīḵ-e raqīmī or Tārīḵ-e Mīr Sayyed Šarīf Raqīm, London, Royal Asiatic Society, ms. no. 162.
- Moḥammad-Amīn b. Moḥammad Mīrzā Boḵārī, Moḥīṭ al-tawārīḵ (also known as Tārīḵ-e Sobḥānqolī Ḵān), Paris, ms. Blochet no. 472; Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 835.
- Moḥammad-Ṭāher Waḥīd, ʿAbbās-nāma, ed. Ī. Dehqān, Arāk, 1329 Š./1950.
- Tārīḵ-e Šībānī Ḵān wa moʿāmalāt bā awlād-e Amīr Tīmūr, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 4468/II. Mīr Moḥammad Yūsof b. Ḵᵛāja Baqāʾ Balḵī, Tārīḵ-e (or Taḏkera-ye) moqīmḵānī, London, Royal Asiatic Society, ms. no. 161; (reviewed by F. Teufel, “Quellenstudien zur neueren Geschichte … ,” ZDMG 38, 1884, pp. 235-381); also tr. with notes by A. A. Semenov, Mukimkhanskaya istoriya, Tashkent, 1956.
- Mīr Moḥammad-Amīn Boḵārī, ʿObayd-Allāh-nāma, tr. with notes by A. A. Semenov, Tashkent, 1957.
- Ḥājī Mīr Moḥammad Salīm, Selselat al-salāṭīn, Oxford, ms., Bodleian no. 169. Ḵᵛājomqolī Beg, Tārīḵ-e qepčāqḵānī, Oxford, ms. Bodleian no. 117.
- ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Ṭāleʿ, Tārīḵ-e Abu’l-Fayż Ḵān, tr. A. A. Semenov, Tashkent, 1959.
- Moḥammad-Yaʿqūb b. Moḥammad Dānīāl Bī Atālīq, Golšan al-molūk, Tashkent, Inst. Vostok. Ak. Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 1507/III.
- Anonymous, Ḏekr-e taʿdād-e pādšāhān-e Ūzbek, Tashkent, Institut Vostokovedeniya Akademii Nauk Uz.S.S.R., ms. no. 4468.
- S. K. Ibragimov et al., Materialy po istorii kazakhskikh khanstv XV-XVIII vekov, Alma-Ata, 1969.
- Enšāʾ collections. ʿA. Navāʾī, Šāh ʿAbbās. Majmūʿa-ye asnād wa mokātabāt-e tārīḵī hamrāh bā yāddāšthā-ye tafṣīlī I, Tehran, 1352 Š./1973.
- Ḏ. Ṯābetīān, Asnād wa nāmahā-ye tārīḵī-e dawra-ye Ṣafawīya, Tehran, 1343 Š./1964.
- Makāteb-e zamāna-ye salāṭīn-e Ṣafawīya, Andhra Pradesh Government State Oriental Manuscripts Library and Research Institute (formerly the Asafiyah Library), ms. no. Tarikh:1214. Maktūbāt be-nām-e Šāh ʿAbbās, Andhra Pradesh Government State Oriental Manuscripts Library and Research Institute, ms. no. Insha:54. Makātīb-e salāṭīn-e Īrān, Andhra Pradesh Government State Oriental Manuscripts Library and Research Institute, ms. Insha:362.
- Numismatic sources. E. A. Davidovich, “Serebryanye monety udel’nykh vladeteleĭ kak istochnik po istorii Sredneĭ Azii XVI v.,” Pismennye pamiatniki Vostoka, 1973, pp. 551-100.
- Idem, Istoriya monetnogo dela Sredneĭ Azii XVII-XVIII vv. Zolotye i serebryanye monety Dzhanidov, Dushanbe, 1964.
- Idem, Istoriya denezhnogo obrashcheniya srednevekovoĭ Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1983.
- N. M. Lowick, “Coins of Sulaiman Mīrzā of Badakhshan,” NC, ser. 7, 5, 1965, pp. 221-229.
- Idem, “Shaybanid Silver Coins,” NC, ser. 7, 6, 1966, pp. 251-330.
- Idem, “More on Sulaiman Mīrzā and His Contemporaries,” NC, ser. 7, 12, 1972, pp. 283-287.
- Documentary sources. E. E. Bertel’s, Iz arkhivov Sheĭkhov Dzhuĭbari, Moscow, 1938; documents tr. with introd, by P. P. Ivanov, Khozyaĭstvo Dzhuĭbarskikh Sheĭkhov, Moscow and Leningrad, 1954.
- O. D. Chekhovich, Dokumenty k istorii agrarnykh otnosheniĭ v Bukharskom khanstve, pt. 1, Tashkent, 1954.
- Idem, Samarkandskie dokumenty XV-XVI vv., Moscow, 1974.
- Idem, “Bukharskie pozemel’nye akty XVI-XIX vv.,” in Problemy istochnikovedeniya, Moscow, 1955, pp. 223-42.
- Idem and A. B. Vil’danova, “Vakf Subhan-quli-khana Bukharskogo 1693 g.,” Pismennye pamiatniki Vostoka, 1973, pp. 213-35.
- O. D. Chekhovich and A. A. Egani, “Registry sredneaziatskikh aktov,” Pismennye pamiatniki Vostoka, 1974, pp. 47-57; 1975, pp. 34-51; 1976-77, pp. 105-10.
- A. Mukhtarov, Materialy po istorii Ura Tiube. Sbornik aktov XVII-XIX vv., Moscow, 1963.
- A. A. Semenov, “Bukharskiĭ traktat o chinakh i zvaniyakh i ob obyazannostyakh nositeleĭ ikh v srednevekovoĭ Bukhare,” Sovetskoe vostokovedenie 5, Moscow and Leningrad, 1948, pp. 137-53; original text and additions published by A. B. Vil’danova, “Podlinnik Bukharskogo traktata o chinakh i zvaniyakh,” in Pismennye pamyatniki Vostoka 1969, Moscow, 1970, pp. 40-67.
- Studies. J.-L. Bacqué-Grammont, “Une liste ottomane de princes et d’apanages Abu’l-Khayrids,” Cahiers du monde russe et soviétique 11, 1970, pp. 423-53.
- Idem, “Les événements d’Asie centrale en 1510 d’après un document ottoman,” Cahiers du monde russe et soviétique 12, 1971, pp. 189-207.
- V. V. Bartol’d, “Otchet po komandirovke v Turkestan,” in his Sochineniya VIII, Moscow, 1973, pp. 119-210.
- Idem, “Tserimonial pri dvore uzbekskikh khanov v XVII veke,” in Sochineniya II/2, Moscow, 1964, pp. 388-99.
- J. A. Burton, “Who were the First Ashtarkhanid Rulers of Bukhara?” BSOAS 51, 1988, pp. 482-88.
- M. B. Dickson, Shah Tahmasb and the Ozbeks, Ph.D. dissertation, Princeton, 1958.
- Idem, “Uzbek Dynastic Theory in the Sixteenth Century,” in Trudy XXV-ogo Mezhdunarodnogo Kongressa Vostokovedov (Proceedings of the 25th International Congress of Orientalists), Moscow, 1960, pp. 208-16.
- I. Habib, An Atlas of the Mughal Empire, Oxford, etc., 1982.
- R. D. McChesney, “The "Reforms" of Baqi Moḥammad Khan,” Central Asiatic Journal 24, 1983, pp. 33-70.
- Idem, “The Amīrs of Muslim Central Asia in the XVIIth Century,” Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient 26/1, 1983, pp. 33-70.
- Idem, “Economic and Social Aspects of the Public Architecture of Bukhara in the 1560’s and 1570’s,” Islamic Art 2, 1987, pp. 217-42.
- M. A. Salakhetdinova, “Pokhody Anusha-khana na zemli Bukharskogo khanstva,” Blyzhniĭ i sredniĭ Vostok (Sbornik stateĭ v chest’ Akademika I. P. Petrushevskogo), Moscow, 1968, pp. 123-33.
- M. E. Subtelny, “Art and Politics in Early 16th Century Central Asia,” Central Asiatic Journal 27/1-2, 1983, pp. 121-48.
CENTRAL ASIA vii. In the 18th-19th Centuries
I. From the fall of the Toqay-Timurids through the Russian conquest.
By the beginning of the 12th/18th century Central Asia was in a state of a deepening political and economic crisis, which manifested itself in the decline of the ruling dynasties and central government in both the Uzbek khanates of Central Asia (Bukhara and Ḵᵛārazm), in the resurgence of tribal forces, disruption of economic life, and increasing interference of the steppe nomads into the affairs of the sedentary states (Kazakhs in Bukhara and Turkmen in Ḵᵛārazm). The tribal leaders were acquiring greater power and autonomy from the central government, while the latter, not having its own military force (other than small khans’ bodyguards, mainly Kalmak, Russian, and Persian slaves), could only maneuver between the powerful chieftains, aligning with some of them against the others. But such alliances were not stable, and a general political instability resulted. It was aggravated by a decrease of state revenues as a result of a decline of international caravan trade through Central Asia, the spread of tax exemptions to big landlords, and the declining authority of the central government in the provinces. In Bukhara, this negative development must have taken place already under Sobḥānqolī Khan, to judge from the fact that it was quite evident at the very beginning of the reign of his son and successor ʿObayd-Allāh Khan (1114-23/1702-11). This ruler tried to reverse the process and to limit the power of tribal chieftains, probably with the support of urban population, but his miscalculated financial policy (see bukhara iii, p. 518) triggered a rebellion in Bukhara in 1120/1708, which ended in a compromise between the government and the rebels and alienated those very sections of the population that could have given him support. ʿObayd-Allāh Khan became the victim of a conspiracy of Uzbek amirs and was assassinated in 1123/1711, and under his successor, Abu’l-Fayż Khan (1123-60/1711-47), the central government lost all its authority, and the country practically disintegrated into a number of tribal principalities. Balḵ finally separated from the khanate and was ruled by Uzbek chieftains, who, however, invited puppet khans from among the descendants of Walī-Moḥammad Khan from Khorasan (see Akhmedov, pp. 230-31), while the Farḡāna (Fergana) valley had been independent since the end of the 11th/17th century (see below). Wars between various rival tribal groupings affected most of all the central part of the khanate. In 1135/1722 Ebrāhīm Bī (Biy), chieftain of the Keneges tribe, together with several other tribal leaders, started rebellion in Samarkand, where they enthroned Rajab Sultan, a cousin of the khan of Ḵīva, Šīr Ḡāzī (ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Ṭāleʿ, pp. 68-69; Abduraimov, pp. 169-174). Rajab Sultan sought help from the Kazakhs, who then ravaged the central regions of Transoxiana for seven years, destroying fields and orchards and pillaging cities and villages (Moḥammad-Wafā Karmīnagī, fols. 19b-21b). Urban and rural population began to flee from the areas most seriously affected by these disturbances, so that, according to a Bukharan historian of the 13th/19th century, Samarkand was entirely abandoned, and in Bukhara only two city quarters (goḏar) remained inhabited (cf. Bregel, 1989, p. 518). On the other hand, the flight of population from the central regions contributed to the development of peripheral areas, especially to the growth of cities in the southeastern part of the khanate and in Farḡāna. By 1142/1730 the Kazakhs had left Transoxiana, but the central government was unable to reassert itself, and in the 1140s/1730s its authority remained limited to some of the districts closest to the city of Bukhara (see Vel’yaminov-Zernov, 1855, Appendix, p. 22). In Bukhara itself power was gradually concentrated in the hands of the khan’s atalïq (ātālīq), Moḥammad-Ḥakīm Bī Manḡīt.
At the same time, political and economic decline made itself felt in the khanate of Ḵīva as well. The rule of the ʿArabšāhī dynasty (pp. 244-45) came to an end between 1106/1694 and 1140/1727, and, although total political disintegration similar to that in Bukhara did not follow immediately, the northern, predominantly nomadic, half of the country, known as Aral, seceded and during more than a century remained most of the time not only independent from, but also at war with Ḵīva. From the end of the ʿArabšāhī rule there was a marked increase of the Turkmen presence in Ḵᵛārazm, and the Turkmen tribes of Sālor, Čowdūr and Yomūt took part in the feuds between different Uzbek factions. This increasing role of Turkmen in Ḵᵛārazm coincided with the expansion of Turkmen tribes into northern Khorasan after the fall of the Safavids. The khans of Ḵīva Šīr Ḡāzī (1126-39/1714-27) and Īlbārs (1140-52/1728-39) also used this opportunity to repeatedly raid Khorasan. Nāder Shah was at first unable to retaliate, being engaged in wars elsewhere, but in 1150/1737 Reżāqolī Mīrzā, son of Nāder Shah, captured Balḵ, crossed the Amu Darya, and launched an attack on Bukhara, not Ḵīva. He defeated the army of Abu’l-Fayż Khan and besieged him in Qaršī (Karshi), but had to return to Balḵ either (according to the Central Asian historians) because of the news of the arrival of Īlbārs Khan with a large army to help the Bukharans or (according to Mīrzā Mahdī Khan Astarābādī and Moḥammad-Kāẓem) because he was just recalled by Nāder Shah (see Moḥammad-Wafā Karmīnagī, fol. 36a; Moʾnes and Āgahī, p. 164; Mīrzā Mahdī Khan, Tārīḵ, p. 111; idem, Dorra, p. 402; Moḥammad-Kāẓem, II, p. 603). A major campaign against both Uzbek khanates followed in 1153/1740. After Nāder Shah crossed the Amu Darya near Čārjūy, Moḥammad-Ḥakīm Atalïq and a number of other Uzbek chieftains came to his camp and offered their submission; Nāder Shah marched on Bukhara, set up his camp in a suburb of the city, and received there the submission of Abu’l-Fayż Khan himself. The city of Bukhara was spared Persian occupation, but the khanate had to provide 200 thousand ḵarvār of grain and fodder to the Persian army; it also had to supply 10,000 horsemen, under the command of Moḥammad-Raḥīm, son of Moḥammad-Ḥakīm Atalïq (see Moḥammad-Wafā Karmīnagī, fols. 49a-50a; Moḥammad-Kāẓem, Moscow, II, pp. 525-42; ed. Rīāhī, II, pp. 786ff.). Nāder Shah next turned to Ḵᵛārazm. He defeated the army of Ḵīva in two battles and besieged the khan in the city of Ḵānqāh. After a seven days’ siege, Īlbārs Khan surrendered and, by order of Nāder Shah, was put to death together with twenty of his amirs, and several days later Ḵīva also surrendered. Nāder Shah set free all slaves in Ḵīva (Persians, Russians, Kalmaks), of whom he made 12,000 Khorasanis return to Khorasan, where they were settled in a newly built town named Ḵīvaqābād (Ḵīvaābād), 4 farsaḵs from Abīvard. The Khanate of Ḵīva had to provide the Persian army with 1,000 ḵarvār of grain and 4,000 horsemen. Nāder Shah left Ḵᵛārazm after installing a certain Ṭāher, a relative of the Bukharan Janids, as khan. (On Nāder Shah’s Khivan campaign see: Mīrzā Mahdī Khan, Tārīḵ, pp. 132-35; Moʾnes and Āgahī, pp. 165-67; Moḥammad-Kāẓem, Moscow, II, pp. 548-72, 581-82, ed. Rīāḥī, II, pp. 802-21, 825-28. See also Mīr ʿAbd-al-Karīm Boḵārī, text, pp. 48-49, tr., pp. 104-6; ʿAbd-al-Karīm explains the execution of Īlbārs Khan as revenge for the killing of three ambassadors sent to the khan by Nāder Shah.)
Nāder Shah’s domination in Central Asia remained largely nominal, and he did not interfere in the internal affairs of the two khanates, except for suppressing a Turkmen rebellion in Ḵᵛārazm in 1158/1745 (according to Moḥammad-Kāẓem, Moscow, III, pp. 170-73, ed. Rīāḥī, II, pp. 825-28, the resettlement of Persian slaves to Ḵīvaqābād took place after this campaign). When Ṭāher Khan was killed in Ḵīva as a result of a popular uprising and the Qezelbāš garrison in Ḵīva was massacred in 1155/1742, Nāder Shah was satisfied with the assurances of allegiance by the Uzbek nobility of Ḵᵛārazm and an additional 5,000 Uzbek soldiers and entrusted the reign to a son of Īlbārs Khan (Mīrzā Mahdī Khan, Tārīḵ, p. 141; Moʾnes and Āgahī, pp. 167-68). Both khanates were actually ruled by the chieftains of the Manḡīt tribe, who enjoyed Nāder Shah’s support, but it was only in Bukhara that the Manḡīts stayed in power also after the shah’s death.
In Bukhara, the death of Moḥammad-Ḥakīm Atalïq in 1156/1743 was followed by a new wave of tribal feuds, during which the city of Bukhara itself was sacked by rebellious Uzbek tribes (1158/1745). To help restore order Nāder Shah dispatched Moḥammad-Raḥīm Bī, son of Moḥammad-Ḥakīm, with Qezelbāš and Ḡelzī troops to Bukhara, and Abu’l-Fayż Khan was deposed. According to Moḥammad-Kāẓem (Moscow, III, pp. 399-400, ed. Rīāḥī, III, p. 1120) a twelve-year-old son of Abu’l-Fayż, ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen, was proclaimed khan, but the earliest known coins of ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen are dated 1160/1747 (see Vel’yaminov-Zernov, 1858, p. 408; Davidovich, p. 239). In any event, Moḥammad-Raḥīm apparently became atalïq (thus according to Moḥammad-Kāẓem, loc. cit.) and actual ruler (cf. ʿAbd-al-Karīm Boḵārī, text, p. 51, tr., p. 111, according to whom the deposition of Abu’l-Fayż took place only after the death of Nāder Shah). With the help of his Qezelbāš and Ḡelzī supporters, Moḥammad-Raḥīm Atalïq was able to defeat the rebel Uzbek tribes of Mīānkal (the central part of the Zarafšān valley) and consolidated his rule in Bukhara by appointing his men to key positions in the administration. After the assassination of Nāder Shah (1160/1747), Moḥammad-Raḥīm Atalïq had Abu’l-Fayż Khan killed, probably in the same year, to judge from the date of the coins of Abu’l-Fayż’s son and successor (see above). ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen was also killed by order of Moḥammad-Raḥīm Atalïq, but the exact date is not clear (apparently between 1163/1750 and 1164/1751, see ʿAbd-al-Karīm Boḵārī, text, p. 52, tr., p. 115; Vel’yaminov-Zernov, 1855, II, Appendix, p. 16; idem, 1858, pp. 411-12). According to some sources, ʿAbd-al-Moʾmen was succeeded by another nominal khan, named ʿObayd-Allāh, who did not belong to the Janid dynasty, but in 1167/1753 Moḥammad-Raḥīm Atalïq himself was proclaimed khan (Vel’yaminov-Zernov, “Monety,” pp. 411-412); according to other sources, the enthronement of Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan occurred in 1160/1756 (Bartol’d, 1963, p. 279; the known coins of Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan do not have dates). The assumption of the title of khan by a non-Chingizid—contrary to the steppe tradition, which until then had been adhered to by the Uzbeks—had been “legitimized” by the earlier marriage of Moḥammad-Raḥīm to a daughter of Abu’l-Fayż Khan.
During all of his reign, Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan had to fight rebellious Uzbek tribes, whom he finally managed to pacify, but only after destroying several tribal fortresses and resettling the most troublesome groups. He reconquered Šahr-e Sabz, Ḥeṣār, and Kolāb and annexed such outlying areas as Ḵojand, Tashkent, and Turkestan. He lost, however, the regions south of the Amu Darya to Aḥmad Shah Dorrānī. When Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan died in 1172/1758, his grandson from a daughter, Fāżel Töre, was enthroned, while Moḥammad-Raḥīm’s uncle, Dānīāl Bī, was made his atalïq, but when several Uzbek tribes and provincial rulers rebelled, Dānīāl Bī deposed Fāżel Töre and put Abu’l-Ḡāzī, a Janid prince, on the throne as a puppet figure, while he himself was actual ruler. Under Dānīāl Bī the Manḡīt administration became stable, and his son and successor, Šāh-Morād (1200-15/1785-1801), deposed Abu’l-Ḡāzī and ascended the throne himself. He and the subsequent rulers of the Manḡīt dynasty used amir as their main title (see bukhara iii).
In the khanate of Ḵīva the period of turmoil lasted longer than in Bukhara. The Manḡīt chieftains supported by Nāder Shah were able to stay in power only for four years after Nāder’s death, and in 1165/1752 they were eliminated by Ḡāyeb Khan, a Kazakh Chingizid (Moʾnes and Āgahī, p. 171; in the Year of the Hen, i.e., 1153/1753). Ḡāyeb Khan attempted to gather more authority in his own hands but had to flee to the steppe when the Uzbeks again rebelled and his second successor, Tīmūr Ḡāzī Khan, was assassinated in 1177/1764 (Moʾnes and Āgahī, pp. 174-75). All the power in the country was now in the hands of Uzbek amirs, who used to invite khans from the steppe and depose them at will (a practice described by ʿAbd-al-Karīm Boḵārī as ḵān-bāzī, text, p. 79, tr., p. 180). There were also fierce clashes between different Uzbek and Turkmen tribes, in which the chieftains of the Qongrats (Qonqrāt), apparently the largest Uzbek tribe in Ḵᵛārazm and traditional enemies of the Manḡīts, gradually gained the upper hand, but not before the (Turkmen) Yomuts had captured Ḵīva in 1184/1770 (Moʾnes and Āgahī, p. 240), plunging the country into the state of total anarchy. Moḥammad-Amīn Inaq (Īnāq), the leader of the Qongrats, defeated and banished the Yomuts later the same year, but he continued to enthrone puppet khans from the Kazakh Chingizids, and during his entire rule as inaq (to 1204/1790, see Moʾnes and Āgahī, p. 308) he had to fight numerous rivals from other tribes. Under his son, ʿAważ Inaq (1204-18/1790-1804), the position of the inaq of Ḵīva was strengthened, and ʿAważ Inaq’s son and successor, Eltüzer Inaq, felt strong enough to depose the Chingizid puppet khan and have himself proclaimed khan (1219/1804; see Moʾnes and Āgahī, p. 425), founding the new dynasty of the Qongrats.
In the 12th/18th century a third Uzbek khanate emerged in the Farḡāna region. From the end of the 11th/17th century most of this region had been under the authority of the Naqšbandī shaikhs (khojas, ḵᵛājas) of the village of Čādak in the northern part of the valley, while the area of Ḵojand at its western end was dominated by the Uzbek tribe of Yüz. The leaders of another Uzbek tribe, the Ming, in the western part of the Farḡāna valley east of Ḵojand, gradually gathered strength and extended their influence to the entire valley. Šāhroḵ Bī Ming eliminated the khojas of Čādak in 1121/1709-10 (Nīāz-Moḥammad, p. 21). Another Ming ruler, ʿAbd-al-Karīm Bī, founded the city of Ḵoqand (Ḵūqand) in the western part of Farḡāna in 1153/1740 (ibid., pp. 28-30), which became the capital of the Mings. During the rule of Nārbūta Bī (ca. 1183-1213/1770-98) Farḡāna was finally united under the Mings and enjoyed relative stability, which contributed to an influx of population from other areas, especially Transoxiana and Kāšḡar. Nārbūta’s son and successor, ʿĀlem (1213-25/1798-1810), was the first Ming ruler to assume the title of khan and can be considered the founder of the dynasty. A genealogical legend, tracing the origin of the Ming rulers back to Bābor and thus relating them to Chingizids, provided the legitimization of the dynasty for the Uzbeks.
Thus, by the end of the 18th century three new Uzbek dynasties emerged in Central Asia, two in the previously existing states, Bukhara and Ḵᵛārazm, and one that founded a new khanate, that of Ḵoqand. However, these events did not simply belong to dynastic history but were indicative of some more important processes. The earlier political and economic decline of Central Asia (see above) can be attributed primarily to the decline of the international caravan trade in Asia and the growing isolation of Central Asia from the main routes of commercial and cultural exchange, parallel to the degradation of the Chingizid dynasties, the increasing role of nomads in the political life, and the growing independence of tribal chieftains, all of which combined to produce political anarchy. By contrast, the new economic and political revival may be attributed to the growth of trade with Russia, which became especially rapid by the end of the century and helped the recovery of the old cities and the development of new urban centers and must have made more prominent the social and political role of the urban population, which by its very nature needs political stability. At the same time, there was a growing tendency toward sedentarization among the nomadic population, especially the Uzbeks, and a part of their nobility, which had already acquired substantial landed property and wanted to develop it as their main source of income, was being drawn closer to the urban leadership. The greater political centralization in Central Asia that became evident by the end of the 12th/18th century can be attributed to these two convergent processes.
Such an explanation of the changes that took place is hypothetical, but in the case of Ḵᵛārazm, at least, it is confirmed by evidence showing close ties between the rising Qongrat dynasty and the notables of the Sarts, the local sedentary population (see Bregel, 1978). Similarly, some sources mention support given to Dānīāl Atalïq by the population of the city of Bukhara against the rebellious Uzbek tribes (see Chekhovich, 1956, p. 89).
In their centralizing efforts the three new Uzbek dynasties had to overcome the strong resistance of tribal nobility. In this respect there was some similarity in the activity of the first energetic rulers of these states: Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan, Dānīāl Atalïq, and Šāh-Morād in Bukhara; Eltüzer Khan (1218-21/1804-6) and Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan (1221-40/1806-25) in Ḵīva; and ʿĀlem Khan and ʿOmar Khan (1225-38/1810-22) in Ḵoqand. The founders of these dynasties had to fight numerous wars with their opponents from other tribes, killing many and bringing the rest to submission. In Ḵᵛārazm these wars ended with the conquest of the town of Qongrat and the final annexation of Aral in 1226/1811. In Bukhara the tribes had already been subdued by Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan and Dānīāl Atalïq, but the final blow to the Uzbek tribal nobility came only under Amir Naṣr-Allāh (1242-77/1827-60), nicknamed Amīr-e Qaṣṣāb (Amir the butcher) for his ruthless extermination of all his opponents. For the same reason ʿĀlem Khan of Ḵoqand was nicknamed ʿĀlem-Ẓālem (ʿĀlem the tyrant). In all three khanates the rulers organized military forces under the command of the khans’ own appointees, separate from the tribal militia. These were standing troops, mostly infantry (sarbāz) equipped with firearms, including some rudimentary artillery; in Ḵᵛārazm and Ḵoqand they appeared already at the beginning of the 13th/19th century, in Bukhara only in the 1240s-50s/1830s under Amir Naṣr-Allāh. They were recruited from the sedentary population, sometimes slaves or former slaves. Despite their small number and poor training they provided the central government with some leverage against the militarily declining Uzbek tribes. In addition, the khans of Ḵīva and Ḵoqand employed non-Uzbek troops, in Ḵīva Turkmen and in Ḵoqand Ḡālčas (i.e., Tajik mountaineers) and Afghan mercenaries.
The strengthening of the central government, however, resulted in the establishment of despotic monarchies. Bureaucracy increased, especially in Ḵᵛārazm and Ḵoqand (in Bukhara it was already fairly ramified), in which persons of low or, at least, non-Uzbek origin, such as former Persian slaves, Sarts, Turkmen (in Bukhara), and Tajiks (in Ḵoqand) but tied to the sovereign by personal loyalty often held key positions. There were, however, substantial differences between the administrative systems of the three khanates. The Khanate of Bukhara, by far the most populous and the richest of the three, was also the most autocratic, and the tribal nobility there retained very little of its former influence, although the Manḡīt aristocracy held a disproportionately great number of administrative positions. The provincial governors, though only appointed officials, exercised a great deal of autonomy; the collecting of taxes was their job. In Ḵᵛārazm, which was smaller and had a centralized irrigation system, the administration of the state was more centralized; very little authority was delegated to the provincial governors, and taxes were collected by specially appointed officials from the central government once or twice a year. At the same time, the leaders of the Uzbek tribes, especially the Qongrat, the khan’s own tribe, had some influence on the khan, who, in accordance with the old steppe custom would consult them on all important matters. The tribal population (Turkmen, Karakalpaks, Kazakhs, Uzbeks of Aral) was not under the jurisdiction of provincial governors but were ruled by their own autonomous chiefs. The administrative system of the Khanate of Ḵoqand was closer to that of Bukhara, with the khans as despotic as the amirs of Bukhara and much of the local authority delegated to provincial governors.
Ethnically all three khanates remained highly heterogeneous. Bukhara had the greatest percentage of Persian-speaking Tajiks, especially in Bukhara and Samarkand and in the eastern part of the country, the foothills and the mountain valleys of the western extensions of the Pamirs. In the countryside in the central part of the Transoxiana, Tajiks often lived intermingled with Uzbeks and Turkic-speaking groups who lived there before the advent of the Uzbeks; some of them became Turcophone, although they would not call themselves Uzbek, a name that throughout the 13th/19th century was used only for the tribal population. A large portion of the sedentary people—in the cities probably the majority—were bilingual and identified themselves more with their locality than with any particular ethnic group. In the Amu Darya valley, from Kerki to Čārjūy, there was a sizeable Turkman population, which in many places was also interspersed with Tajiks and Uzbeks, however. In Ḵᵛārazm ethnic divisions were more distinct. The old sedentary Iranian population, which had been finally Turkicized during the Mongol period, the Sarts, was concentrated mainly in the southern part of the country, both in the cities and countryside. The Uzbeks, although mixing freely with them, retained their tribal affiliation and separate identity, and the majority of them lived in the northern half of the country (the nomadic or seminomadic groups in the Aral). The Turkmen, who formed compact tribal groups along the southern and western fringes of the oasis of Ḵᵛārazm, made up almost 25 percent of its total population in the mid-13th/19th century, and the Karakalpaks, another compact group, occupied a large part of the Aral. Similar distinct ethnic divisions existed in the Khanate of Ḵoqand. There the sedentary population consisted of Sarts, tribal Uzbeks (Mings and others), and Tajiks (both the Tajiks of Farḡāna, who retained their Persian language, and the mountaineers, Kūhestānī or Ḡālča). The nomadic population, concentrated mainly in the central and northern parts of Farḡāna, consisted of Kipčaks and Kirghiz, but increased greatly after the annexation of the southern portions of the Dašt-e Qepčāq and the Kirghiz lands (see below). In all three khanates the tribal Uzbeks still had a somewhat higher social status, providing most men for the army and filling most positions at the court and in the central and provincial administration. However, their elite already had to share power with that of the Sarts and the Tajiks. Their monopoly on the military was also lost. In Ḵᵛārazm the Turkmen provided the best fighting force and, in exchange for their service, enjoyed a partially tax-exempt status. In Ḵoqand Kipčaks and Kirghiz were at least as important militarily as the Uzbeks.
In the cultural field the Khanate of Bukhara is often considered as having been the most advanced, being the main heir to the great cultural achievements of Transoxiana in earlier periods, with the city of Bukhara still the center of Islamic religious life and learning in Central Asia. But after the Timurid period it had become a hotbed of extreme bigotry rather than a center of enlightenment. By contrast, Ḵīva and Ḵoqand, although inferior to Bukhara in various aspects of material life and much less important as religious centers, showed greater dynamism in certain spheres of secular culture. The most notable example is the vigorous literary activity in these khanates, especially the development of literature in Chaghatay, both original and translated from Persian. Of the three states the Khanate of Ḵīva was the most Turkic, with Chaghatay as the language of literature and chancery and Persian only known by the learned and probably still surviving among some Sarts as the second language. The culture of the Khanate of Ḵoqand was bilingual, though Tajik was used more than Turkic in literature and was almost the sole language used in the chancery. In the Khanate of Bukhara, Tajik was practically the only language of literature and chancery, and Transoxania was therefore looked upon as a Tajik country by the Uzbeks of Ḵᵛārazm, who used to refer even to the troops of Bukhara, somewhat contemptuously, as the Tajik army, although it contained mainly Uzbek soldiers. The linguistic picture reflected fairly well the relative importance of Turkic- and Tajik-speaking groups in the urban life of the khanates.
The trend towards centralization and unification in the political life of Central Asia in the 13th/19th century remained inconclusive. Parts of sedentary areas were not incorporated in either of three khanates. The principality of Šahr-e Sabz, less than fifty miles south of Samarkand, was completely independent from Bukhara for at least three decades under the chiefs of the Uzbek tribe Keneges, traditional enemies of the Manḡīts, and the amir was able to subjugate it only in 1856, after numerous military campaigns. Farther east, the province of Ḥeṣār, whose ruler was a close relative of the amir, for most of the time remained semi-independent. The principality of Ura-Tübe, between the khanates of Bukhara and Ḵoqand and dominated by the Uzbek tribe of Yüz, was a bone of contention and the cause of frequent wars between these khanates, though neither managed to annex it. The mountain principalities of Kolāb, Qarātegīn, and Darvāz also remained independent (the last two under Tajik rulers), except for a very brief period in the 1240s-50s/1830s, when they were subjected to Ḵoqand, and lived their own life, being very little connected with the rest of Central Asia.
Attempts at territorial expansion made by the rulers of all three khanates after their internal unification met only with partial success. The least successful was Bukhara. Šāh-Morād captured Marv and installed his own governor, but in 1238/1823 the oasis of Marv, which was now inhabited by Turkmen after having been devastated by wars and its sedentary population having been deported to Bukhara, was lost to Ḵīva. In 1259/1843 wars with Ḵīva over Marv were renewed and continued until 1271/1855, when the local Turkmen became independent from both khanates. Šāh-Morād also attempted to regain the regions of Afghan Turkestan previously lost to Aḥmad Shah Dorrānī, but without success, and the Amu Darya remained the border with Afghanistan. The frequent wars with Ḵoqand, mainly over Ura-Tübe, were equally unsuccessful. In 1258/1842 Amir Naṣr-Allāh, taking advantage of a rebellion in Ḵoqand against Moḥammad-ʿAlī Khan, was able to capture the city of Ḵoqand itself; but three months later the Bukharans were driven out by popular rebellion. As a final result of these wars the area of the khanate under the Manḡīts was somewhat reduced, rather than enlarged.
The Mings were much more successful. ʿĀlem Khan had conquered Tashkent in 1224/1809, and the possession of this city gave the khanate great advantage both because of the economic importance of Tashkent as a rapidly growing center of trade with Russia and because of its strategic location close to the Kazakh steppe. Soon Tashkent served as a springboard for the expansion of the Khanate of Ḵoqand into the steppe. In 1230/1815 ʿOmar Khan conquered Turkestan, which had earlier nominally belonged to Bukhara. Soon after that the entire southern part of the Dašt-e Qepčāq, from close to the Syr Darya delta in the west to the Ili river in the east, was incorporated into the khanate. A fortress named Āq Masjed was built in the lower reaches of the Syr Darya controlling the trade routes to Russia from Tashkent, Bukhara, and Ḵᵛārazm. Under Moḥammad-ʿAlī Khan (1238-58/1822-42), son and successor of ʿOmar, the expansion continued even more vigorously. In 1241/1826 troops from Ḵoqand came to Kāšḡar in support of the anti-Chinese rebellion of Jangir (Jahāngīr) Ḵᵛāja. The second campaign into Eastern Turkestan took place in 1246/1830, when Kāšḡar, Yārkand, and Khotan were captured; three months later the troops had to return, but the next year, after negotiations with China, Ḵoqand obtained the right to collect customs duties in the six cities of Eastern Turkestan. An offensive against the Kirghiz of the Tien Shan, which began in 1246/1831, had more lasting territorial results: all regions inhabited by the Kirghiz were annexed, and within a few years a number of fortresses were built on the Kirghiz territory and especially along the Chinese border, thus securing the new acquisitions. Similarly, fortresses were built in the Kazakh steppe. In 1250/1834 Moḥammad-ʿAlī Khan also conquered the Tajik mountain principality of Qarātegīn, which remained under authority of Ḵoqand for more than twenty years (during the first ten years together with Darvāz, another mountain principality). By the end of the 1830s the territory occupied by Ḵoqand, although probably not its population, had therefore become larger than that of the other two khanates.
The Khanate of Ḵīva also embarked on territorial expansion from the early years of the Qongrat dynasty. Its main efforts, similar to those of the Mings, were directed toward its nomadic neighbors: Karakalpaks and Kazakhs in the north and Turkmen in the south. The Karakalpaks, most of whom had migrated during the 12th/18th century from the middle course of the Syr Darya to the eastern shores of the Aral Sea and partly to the Amu Darya delta, were subdued in 1226/1811 by Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan and resettled in the Amu Darya delta. In 1231-37/1816-22, after a series of Khivan military raids, a part of the Kazakhs of the Junior Horde (Kši Žuz), who had their winter pastures between the Syr Darya and the Amu Darya, recognized the authority of the khan of Ḵīva and began to pay zakāt. The expansion into the Kazakh steppe continued under Moḥammad-Raḥīm’s successor, Allāhqolī Khan (1240-58/1825-42). Several small fortresses were built near the lower reaches of the Syr Darya, based on which the Khivan troops could go far into the steppe collecting zakāt from the Kazakhs of the Junior horde; similar expeditions were directed to the Kazakhs nomadizing on the Üst-Yurt plateau, west of the Aral Sea. The main targets of the Khivan expansion, however, remained Khorasan and the Turkmen tribes living along its northern rim. Immediately after the unification of Ḵᵛārazm in 1226/1811 Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan began a series of almost annual military campaigns against Khorasan and the Turkmen, primarily the Teke tribe in Aḵāl and Atak. In his campaigns in Khorasan he sometimes received support from Kurdish khans discontented with the governor of Khorasan, Moḥammad-Walī Mīrzā (the later khans of Ḵīva also used to take advantage of the feuds in Khorasan and received help from some of the local khans). These campaigns, however, were never aimed at territorial acquisitions but were rather marauding raids, and did not penetrate very far into Persian territory. By the end of Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan’s reign most of the Tekes had to recognize the authority of Ḵīva, and Turkmen would supply soldiers to the Khivan army during its campaigns against Khorasan and pay zakāt (sometimes only when military force was sent to collect it). However, Ḵīva was not able to establish any strongholds in Khorasan (as it had done in the 10th/16th century, when the ʿArabšāhī khans had their appanages there). Raids against Khorasan and the Turkmen continued until 1271/1855 under Allāhqolī Khan and his successors, causing much devastation. During these campaigns some Turkmen groups were forcibly brought from Khorasan to Ḵᵛārazm and settled there, while others migrated to Ḵᵛārazm voluntarily, boosting the Turkmen population of the khanate and strengthening the Khivan army, but also increasing the number of potentially unreliable subjects in Ḵᵛārazm itself. The oasis of Marv, inhabited by the Sarïq (Sarēq) and Teke Turkmen, was subdued by Ḵīva in 1239/1823 and was ruled by a Khivan governor, but was again lost in 1259/1843 after the Turkmen rebelled and allied themselves with Bukhara. This caused a war between Ḵīva and Bukhara and a series of raids against Marv and its new submission by Ḵīva in 1265/1849. The submission did not last long, and from 1267/1851 Moḥammad-Amīn Khan was leading annual campaigns against the Turkmen of Marv. The Turkmen received some help from the Qajar governors of Daragaz, who sent a small garrison to Marv, but in 1270/1854 Marv was conquered by the Khivans. Already in 1271/1855, however, the army of Moḥammad-Amīn Khan was routed by the Turkmen when he turned against the Teke of Saraḵs, and the khan was killed. Persian troops under Farīdūn Mīrzā Qajar participated in this battle on the side of the Turkmen, and after the victory Farīdūn Mīrzā installed a Persian governor in Marv. Soon after this a struggle for domination in Marv between the Sarïqs and the Teke began. The Sarïqs were supported by the Persians, but the Teke were victorious. In 1277/1861 a Persian army under Ḥamza Mīrzā Ḥešmat-al-Dawla was sent against Marv but was totally defeated by the Turkmen under Qowšut Khan. Two years earlier, in 1275/1858, the united forces of the Göklens, the Teke of Aḵāl, and the Yomūts had defeated the Persian army under Jaʿfarqolī Khan near Qarrï-qaʿla (near the Sumbar river). These three victories made the Turkmen tribes of northern Khorasan entirely independent of both Ḵīva and Persia, and all the gains of the previous expansion of Ḵīva into the Turkmen lands were lost.
The lack of political unification of the whole of Central Asia combined with the probably even more important fact that the khanates were incompletely centralized, especially Ḵīva and Ḵoqand with sizeable nomadic and semi-nomadic populations, had serious consequences for the future of the region. While the process of sedentarization of these groups was accelerated in the 13th/19th century, the khanates were unable to provide irrigated lands to all of them, and struggle between the old sedentary and the newly sedentarized population groups became a major source of instability in Ḵīva and Ḵoqand. The nomads also resented the government’s attempts at tightening the administrative control and increasing their taxes. In addition, the Turkmen of Ḵᵛārazm apparently lost interest in the increasingly unsuccessful and unprofitable military campaigns of Ḵīva. In 1271/1855, after the disaster at Saraḵs, a Turkmen and Karakalpak rebellion began in Ḵᵛārazm, which continued intermittently until 1284/1867 (the Karakalpaks lasted only 6 months). Such protracted hostilities weakened the khanate economically and politically. Substantial parts of lands that had been irrigated in the first half of the century were now devastated and abandoned, and the khanate had to stop all its military ventures in the south. In Ḵoqand the conflicts between the sedentary and the sedentarizing groups, especially the Kipčaks, grew even more acute, and after the defeat of Ḵoqand and its brief occupation by the amir of Bukhara in 1258/1842, violent fights between them broke out frequently. For about eight years (1260-68/1844-52) all power in the country belonged to the Kipčaks, who were seizing the lands of the sedentary population and committing numerous acts of violence, until Ḵodāyār Khan (first reign 1261-75/1845-58) organized a coup followed by the massacre of a large number of Kipčaks. This did not, however, put an end to internal feuds in the khanate in the course of which pretenders to the throne were supported by the Kipčaks together with Kirghiz and other nomads, and Ḵodāyār Khan lost his throne twice (1275/1858 and 1280/1863). Meanwhile the Russians had already begun their military advance into Central Asia.
II. The Russian conquest of Central Asia and the first decades of Russian rule.
Direct contacts between Russia and the sedentary states of Central Asia became possible only after the conquest of the khanates of Kazan (1552) and Astrakhan (1556) by Ivan the Terrible. In 1558 Anthony Jenkinson, a representative of the English Muscovy Company, went from Moscow to Ḵīva and Bukhara, trying to find a land route to China and carrying an official message from the tsar to the local rulers. He returned the next year accompanied by envoys from Ḵīva, Bukhara, and Balḵ. This event is usually regarded as the beginning of regular diplomatic exchanges between Russia and the Central Asian khanates. The exchanges were concerned primarily with the questions of trade, as Russia was gradually becoming Central Asia’s main trade partner, but also with the release of Russian subjects captured by Kazakhs and Kalmyks along the Russian borders and by Turkmen on the shores of the Caspian Sea and sold as slaves to the Central Asian khanates. The Russian government constantly tried to obtain their release, but without much success. This did not, however, cause any major crisis in the relations between the two sides before the 13th/19th century. While the relations between Russia and the sedentary khanates were not marred by serious incidents until the early 12th/18th century, Russia’s relations with the Kazakhs, its immediate neighbors, were becoming more and more strained because of the slow encroachment of Russian settlers on the Kazakh pastures along the northern fringes of the Kazakh steppe and frequent exchanges of plundering raids between the Kazakhs and the Russians. In 1715 Peter the Great, prompted by information about the internal feuds in the khanates, as well as rumors of gold deposits found in Central Asia and wishing to find river routes from Central Asia to India, sent two military expeditions: one from Astrakhan to Ḵīva, under the command of Prince Bekovich-Cherkasskiĭ, with a force of about 3,000 men, and another from Tobolsk up the Irtysh river, under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Buchholtz, with a detachment of more than 4,000. Both expeditions ended in failure: the Bekovich party was totally annihilated by the Khivans in 1717, while the Buchholtz party was repulsed, with heavy losses, by the (Mongol) Junghars in 1716 near Lake Yamyshevo.
The failure of Peter’s ventures in Central Asia showed that attempts to establish Russian presence in the khanates would be futile as long as they were separated from the Russian territory by hundreds of miles of steppes. Peter the Great himself is said to have realized that the Kazakh horde “is the key and gate to all the Asian countries and lands, and for this reason it is necessary that this horde be under Russian protection” (Donelly, p. 212). The subsequent Russian governments therefore directed their attention to these steppes and their Kazakh inhabitants, while continuing the usual trade and diplomatic relations with the khanates. In the first quarter of the 18th century, when the Kazakhs were suffering from Junghar raids, the Russian government took advantage of their difficult situation, as well as the desire of some of the Kazakh rulers to strengthen their own position within the Kazakh society with Russian support and had a number of Kazakh khans and tribal chieftains take an oath of allegiance to Russia between 1731 and 1740. This allegiance remained purely nominal until the end of the 18th century, when the Russian government took steps to transform it into a real submission in order to protect the growing Russian settlements in Western Siberia from Kazakh raids and, especially, to protect the rapidly growing Russian caravan trade with the Central Asian khanates. This could not be accomplished without a political stabilization of the steppe and the establishment of a firm Russian authority there. But here the Russian interests clashed with the interests of the Central Asian khanates, particularly those of Ḵoqand and Ḵīva.
While Russia was expanding southward into the Kazakh steppe, the khanates of Ḵoqand and Ḵīva were simultaneously expanding northward (see above). The expansion of Ḵīva into the territory of the Junior Horde, and especially an active support given by Ḵīva to all Kazakh leaders who did not recognize Russian authority, together with plundering of Russian trade caravans by Khivan troops or by the Kazakhs under the Khivan patronage, as well as the accounts about the Russian slaves in the khanate, increasingly worried and irritated the Russian government. Several years of growing tension resulted in a military expedition against Ḵīva undertaken in winter 1839/40 from Orenburg. It ended in failure: the Russian troops suffered from a severe winter and after heavy losses of men and pack animals they had to turn back. After this setback the Russian government reconsidered its strategy. Attempts at immediate conquest of the Khanate of Ḵīva were abandoned, and instead the Russians strengthened their positions in the steppes and moved them closer to the sedentary areas of Central Asia. This finally made it possible to bring the Kazakhs to submission and created a springboard for the conquest of the khanates. In 1847 the Raimovskoe (from 1851 Aral’skoe) fortress was built near the Syr Darya delta to serve as a Russian base in the southern part of the steppes, and other fortresses followed. Simultaneously, Russian positions advanced also on the eastern side of the Kazakh steppe, and in 1847 a fortress named Kopal was built in the Samirech’e region. The Russian advance on the Syr Darya and in the Samirech’e alarmed the Khoqandians, and in 1852 Khoqandian and Russian troops clashed twice on the Syr Darya. In 1853 Russian troops under Perovskiĭ, governor general of Orenburg, captured Āq Masjed, the Khoqandian stronghold in the lower reaches of the Syr Darya, which was then renamed Fort Perovskiĭ. In the east, the Russians at the same time crossed the Ili and occupied the southern part of the Samirech’e. In 1854 the fortress Vernoe was founded in this region, later to become the city of Vernyĭ (modern Alma-Ata).
The Russian advance on the Syr Darya and in the Samirech’e was the beginning of a direct military confrontation between Russia and the Central Asian khanates, which in a short time led to their conquest. The motives for this conquest were manifold, and it is hardly possible to indicate any “main cause.” Already in the Russian expansion into the Kazakh steppes political and military considerations (defense of the southern border) were closely connected with commercial interests (security of Russian trade caravans). While Russia was gradually annexing the steppes and coming into collision with the Central Asian khanates, new motives for her expansion emerged. Rapid development of Russian industry in the second quarter of the 19th century had no parallel in the growth of the purchasing capacity of the population, a great majority of which, until 1861, were serfs. Therefore Russia needed foreign markets for her industrial goods not less than the more industrialized Western nations. Since these goods were not competitive on the European markets, a natural direction for the Russian trade expansion was to the east, especially to Central Asia, a region with strong traditional commercial ties with Russia. By the mid-19th century, the prevailing opinion in Russian commercial circles was that under the political conditions of Central Asia the only way to ensure the Russian trade interests in that region was to establish Russian rule there or, at least, firm political control. An additional and important argument for such a solution was the growing fear of British trade competition in Central Asia. The advocates of Russian expansion even warned about similar British schemes and demanded that British advance to Central Asia through Afghanistan be forestalled by prompt Russian action. It is doubtful that the Russian government at any time took seriously the British threat to Central Asia, but it was used as a justification for the Russian expansion.
Although Russian trade interests in Central Asia figure prominently not only in contemporary Russian writings but also in many official Russian documents, it is not at all certain that the political and military decisions of the Russian government concerning Central Asia were dictated primarily by these economic considerations. It seems that Russian global political interests, especially related to the Anglo-Russian rivalry, played an equally, sometimes even more, important role in determining the Russian policy in Central Asia. After its defeat in the Crimean War (1853-56) Russia was eager to restore its military prestige and position among the European powers. It also tended to use its expansion (or threat of expansion) in Central Asia to put pressure on Britain in European affairs.
The Central Asian khanates played only a passive role in the political game in which their future was decided. Their military means to resist the Russian expansion were totally inadequate against the overwhelming military superiority of Russia. The rulers of the khanates, who had little, if any, knowledge of the outside world, did not appreciate the imminent danger and made no serious attempts to join their forces to mount resistance. Sometimes they even tried to avail themselves of the difficult situation of a neighbor pressed by the Russians to snatch a piece of territory for themselves (see below).
It took Russia 22 years from the beginning of the offensive in 1864 to complete the conquest of entire Central Asia south of the Syr Darya, after first occupying all steppe regions in the south that had been under the control of Ḵoqand. Planned already in 1854, the occupation had been delayed by the Crimean War and was not undertaken until 1863. In the meantime the Russians made attempts to achieve some of their goals by peaceful means, especially improving trade conditions for the Russian merchants, for which purpose a mission headed by N. P. Ignat’ev was sent to Ḵīva and Bukhara in 1858. The mission gave no results and only strengthened the opinion among the high Russian officials that military action was needed. A broad offensive was preceded by a number of reconnaissance raids in 1858-63, especially to the south of the Ili. In 1863 a considerable part of the mountainous Kirghiz country to the south of Lake Issyk-Kul was annexed to Russia. In 1864 an agreement between Russia and China was signed, in which the frontier line between the two states was established, thus protecting the rear of the Russian troops advancing into the Khanate of Ḵoqand from the east (see Khalfin, 1960, p. 180). In December 1863 the tsar signed a decree requiring that a new border line should be drawn through Sūzak (east of Syr Darya) and Awlīā-Ata (present-day Jambul in Kazakhstan) and later even farther south, adding Chimkent (in southern Kazakhstan) and Turkestan to the Russian territory. The Khanate of Ḵoqand, the first target of the Russian offensive, took belated measures to strengthen its defenses in Tashkent and in the steppe regions. The Russian troops set out in May 1864 from the Syr Darya line and the Trans-Ili region and had little difficulty in capturing Turkestan and Awlīā-Ata. The establishment of the “New Khoqandian” line was announced, and Major-General M. G. Chernyaev was appointed its commander. Chernyaev continued the offensive, but in July 1864 he was repelled from Chimkent, which was defended by the ruler of Ḵoqand Mollā ʿĀlem-qul. Soon after this, however, the army of Bukhara invaded the Farḡāna valley, ʿĀlem-qul had to leave Chimkent, and Chernyaev, seizing the opportunity, went in and in September 1864 captured the city. A week later he moved against Tashkent, but here, too, he was repelled by the Khoqandian garrison.
A short period of consolidation of the Russian conquests followed, during which the Russian government began to reorganize the annexed territories. In January 1865, all territories captured from Ḵoqand, from the Aral Sea to Lake Issyk-Kul, were united in one Turkestan oblast, and Chernyaev became its first military governor. He pursued his plans of capturing Tashkent, taking advantage of a new military campaign of the amir of Bukhara against Ḵoqand, and especially of the dissent among the population of Tashkent, where a pro-Russian party had been formed led by influential merchants interested in peace and trade with Russia. In May 1865, in a battle near Tashkent, the troops of Ḵoqand were defeated and Mollā ʿĀlem-qul killed. On 2 Ṣafar/27 June Chernyaev stormed the city, and on 4 Ṣafar/29 June it surrendered to the Russians. For a year after this the Russian government was considering the idea of creating an “independent” Tashkent khanate, but this plan proved infeasible, and in August 1866 the annexation of Tashkent was proclaimed by a decree from the tsar.
Already before the formal annexation of Tashkent, the relations between Russia and the Khanate of Bukhara had become very tense. The invasion of Farḡāna in the summer of 1865 by Amir Moẓaffar-al-Dīn and his arrival at Ḵoqand aroused Russian suspicions about a possible joint action of Bukhara and Ḵoqand against the Russians in Tashkent. The amir demanded that the Russians withdraw from Tashkent, and in response all Bukharan merchants on the territory of the Turkestan region and the governorate-general of Orenburg were arrested and their goods sequestered. In the fall of 1865 skirmishes began between Russian and Bukharan troops to the south of Tashkent. In January-February 1866 Chernyaev crossed the Syr Darya and tried to capture the Bukharan town of Jīzak; the operation failed, and Chernyaev was recalled to St. Petersburg and replaced by General D. I. Romanovskiĭ. In May 1866, in the locality of Īrjār, the Bukharan army under the command of the amir himself was defeated and fled. The battle was followed by the capture of Ḵojand, the key to the Farḡāna valley (a part of the Khanate of Ḵoqand, which did not take part in the hostilities). Ḵojand was officially annexed to Russia together with Tashkent in August 1866, and the Khanate of Ḵoqand was thus reduced to the Farḡāna valley. The Russians submitted to Bukhara their conditions for peace, which were deliberately made unacceptable, and when the amir failed to comply the Russian troops resumed the offensive and took Ura-Tübe and Jīzak (in October 1866) and Yani-Qurghan (in May 1867).
In July 1867 the Russian government decided how the conquered territories were to be organized: a new governorate-general of Turkestan, with the center in Tashkent, was created, which comprised all lands conquered by the Russians in Central Asia since 1847 and was subdivided into two oblasts, Syr Darya and Semirech’e. A year later, an administrative reform of the steppe regions was carried out; it divided the Kazakh territories into four regions, two of which were subordinate to the governor-general of Orenburg, and the other two to the governor-general of Western Siberia. This reform, together with the transfer of the Russian customs border from the old Orenburg-Irtysh line that had taken place two years earlier, marked the final annexation of the Kazakh steppe. The first Governor-General of Turkestan, who replaced Romanovskiĭ, was General A. P. von Kaufman. He was given almost unlimited authority, including the right to wage wars, conduct diplomatic negotiations, and conclude conventions and treaties with the neighboring states at his own discretion. This extraordinary power and the pomp with which he surrounded himself in Tashkent gained him the nickname “Half-Emperor” (Yarïm Pādešāh) among the population of Central Asia.
In January 1868 Kaufman imposed a commercial convention on Ḵoqand, which guaranteed the Russian merchants various privileges and symbolized the end of hostilities between the khanate and Russia (no formal peace treaty was concluded). In April 1868, Amir Moẓaffar-al-Dīn, yielding to the militant mullahs of Bukhara and Samarkand, proclaimed holy war against Russia. On 1 May Kaufman defeated Bukharan troops on the Čopān-Ata heights near Samarkand, and the next day Samarkand fell. On 2 June the army of Bukhara under the amir was again utterly defeated on Zīrabūlāq heights, after which the amir capitulated. On 9 Rabīʿ I/30 June he signed the peace conditions submitted by Kaufman. The khanate recognized the loss of all territories conquered by the Russians, agreed to pay war indemnity, and opened the country to the Russian merchants with the same provisions that had been established with the Khanate of Ḵoqand earlier. Although no formal clauses recognizing the Russian protectorate and limiting the sovereignty of the khanates were included in the 1868 treaties with either Ḵoqand or Bukhara, in fact they were both at the mercy of the Russians and had to comply with their demands. After the defeat of Bukhara, Russian attention was focused on Ḵīva. At the end of 1869 a detachment of Russian troops from Caucasus landed in Krasnovodsk Bay, on the eastern coast of the Caspian Sea, where they founded the city of Krasnovodsk. During 1287-89/1870-72 several expeditions crossed the deserts both from the west and east in the direction of Ḵīva to reconnoiter. The khan of Ḵīva, Moḥammad-Raḥīm II (from 1281/1864), and his advisers showed a total lack of understanding of the situation and claimed the Syr Darya as Ḵīva’s frontier, protested the Russian landing at Krasnovodsk, and supported the Kazakh revolt against the Russians on the Mangïšlaq (Manḡešlāq). In the spring of 1290/1873, Russian troops under Kaufman set out against Ḵīva from Tashkent, Orenburg, and two points on the Caspian coast. They met with little resistance, and on 13 Rabīʿ II/10 June Ḵīva was captured, and Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan surrendered to Kaufman. Kaufman remained with his troops in Ḵīva for two and a half months, and in July he launched a brutal punitive raid against Khivan Turkmen, slaughtering hundreds of them and destroying their settlements. On 29 Jomādā II 1290/24 August 1873, Kaufman signed a treaty with Moḥammad-Raḥīm Khan, who in its first article declared himself the “obedient servant” of the Russian emperor and renounced his right to conduct independent foreign relations. Russia annexed the whole territory of the khanate on the right bank of the Amu Darya, as well as the entire Üst-Yurt plateau. Navigation on the Amu Darya was put under total control of Russia. The khanate was opened to Russian trade, and Russian subjects residing there received special legal status. The khanate had to pay a huge war indemnity.
Shortly after the conclusion of the treaty with Ḵīva, another was concluded with Bukhara, according to which Bukhara, while giving Russia some additional privileges in the khanate, still preserved its formal sovereignty. The Khanate of Ḵoqand, on the contrary, ceased to exist very soon. As a result of a popular discontent with the oppressive rule of Ḵodāyār Khan, disturbances began in the Farḡāna valley already in 1290-91/1873-74, which were suppressed by the khan, but in 1292/1875 a rebellion broke out under a religious leader who assumed the name of Polād Khan. The rebellion swiftly gained scope, was joined by the troops and local leaders, and assumed an anti-Russian character. Kaufman moved the Russian army into Farḡāna, put down the rebellion, had Polād Khan executed, and the Khanate of Ḵoqand was abolished on 5 Ṣafar 1293/2 February 1876; it was annexed to the governorate-general of Turkestan as Farḡāna oblast.
After the reduction of Bukhara, Ḵīva, and Ḵoqand, the turn came to the Turkmen. Having established themselves on the Mangïšlaq and in Krasnovodsk, the Russians advanced gradually into the Turkmen territory. First they were met mostly friendly by the coastal Turkmen, but very soon the behavior of the Russian troops, especially requisitions of great numbers of camels, tents, and food from the Turkmen, caused growing resistance. In August 1879 a Russian expeditionary force under General A. A. Lomakin was repelled with heavy losses from the fortress of Gök-Tepe (near modern Ashkhabad), which was defended by the Teke Turkmen. A new campaign against the Teke started in 1880 under General M. D. Skobelev, who in January 1881 stormed Gök-Tepe after a three-week-long siege. About 15,000 Teke Turkmen were killed, and their resistance was broken. The oasis of Aḵāl was annexed to Russia and, together with the lands on the eastern coast of the Caspian Sea that had been annexed earlier, formed the Transcaspian oblast subordinate to the vicegerent of the Caucasus. At the end of 1881 Russia signed a convention with Persia establishing the frontiers between the two states (see boundaries ii). The Turkmen of Marv, intimidated by the advance of a Russian military detachment in their direction, at the end of 1883 decided to accept the Russian sovereignty, and Marv was occupied by the Russians in March 1884. The Iolatan and Pende (Panjdeh) oases, further up the Morḡāb river, were annexed in the same year. The Russian frontier with Afghanistan between the Tejen (Harīrūd) and the Amu Darya was finally established in 1887 (see boundaries iii). The end of the Russian expansion in Central Asia was marked by the agreements between Russia and China in 1894 and between Russia and England in 1895, which established the boundaries in the Pamirs and secured most of this mountainous country for the Russian empire.
Administration of the conquered territories underwent several modifications (the most important in 1886) and received its final form only in 1899; it has remained unchanged until 1917. Since 1899 the governorate-general of Turkestan consisted of five regions: Syr Darya, Farḡāna, Samarkand, Semirech’e, and Transcaspia; the regions of Akmolinsk and Semipalatinsk formed the governorate-general of the Steppe, and the regions of Turgaĭ and Ural’sk were subordinate to the minister of the interior. Following the pattern of the administrative structure in the rest of Russia, the regions were subdivided into uezds and the uezds into volost’s. The administration was military in character, however, and the governor-general was always a serving general subject to the war ministry (in the Steppe governorate-general, to the ministry of the interior). The governors of the oblasts and the “uezd commandants” were also military officers. All governors were both heads of the civil administration and commanders of troops quartered in their respective provinces. The administration of the lower units, heads of volost’s and elders of the kishlaks (villages), were natives elected by popular vote. Officially this system was called “military-popular administration” (voenno-narodnoe upravlenie); it resulted, on one hand, from the Russian government’s belief that only firm military rule could keep the country in the hands of the Russians, by far outnumbered by the natives, and, on the other hand, from the desire to make the local administration as inexpensive as possible. Despite the efforts of a few able and devoted Russian officials, the general level of the administration of Turkestan was low even by the average Russian standards and was notorious for its malpractice and corruption.
The khanates of Bukhara and Ḵīva each had a special status. Bukhara did not officially become a Russian protectorate, and its amir was treated by the Russian government as an independent ruler. Amir ʿAbd-al-Aḥad (1302-28/1885-1910) even played a visible role in Russian society, visiting Russia annually and being received at court in St. Petersburg. Until 1888 official relations between the khanate and Russia were conducted as before the Russian conquest, through the exchange of occasional embassies between Bukhara and Tashkent. Only in 1888 was the Russian Political Agency in Bukhara established, which gave the political agent a dual responsibility, to the foreign ministry in St. Petersburg and to the governor-general in Tashkent. Greater control of the khanate came with the construction of the railroad through its territory and the establishment of Russian border posts on the Amu Darya, which also became Russia’s customs border in 1895 (see also bukhara iii). The Khanate of Ḵīva never enjoyed even a semblance of independence. All relations between the khanate and Russia were conducted through the commandant of the Amu Darya district (otdel) in Petroaleksandrovsk. The khan was not treated by the Russians as an independent ruler and did not often visit Russia. The reasons for the lower status of the Khanate of Ḵīva and its ruler under the Russian power were the difference in the circumstances of the conquest of Bukhara and Ḵīva and Ḵīva’s lesser economic and strategic importance. The two protectorates had one thing in common, however: the Russian government did not interfere in their internal affairs and administration, being content as long as peace was preserved, the rulers were in full command, and the legal rights of Russian subjects, especially merchants, were observed. The entire administrative and social structure of the khanates also remained unchanged, except that their armies were reduced and slavery was abolished. This policy of nonintervention attracted severe criticism, both from Russian liberals, who blamed the government for supporting backward despotic regimes within the Russian empire, and from many Russian officials in Turkestan, who, using the same arguments, demanded the annexation of Bukhara and Ḵīva, but the Russian government consistently rejected such demands, being reluctant to shoulder the financial burden of the administration of the khanates.
The Russian rule in Central Asia most of all affected its economy, though the changes did not occur overnight. At first the Russian administration did not interfere much with existing conditions, except in matters of security and general political issues, and for two decades the old system of landownership and taxes remained almost unchanged. Reforms were finally introduced by the statute of 1886 (see above), which called for the restructuring of the administration. In the sedentary areas, the land was proclaimed the property of those who cultivated it, “according to the custom.” The measure was of course political, intended to undermine the economic and social positions of the landed aristocracy, which as a rule was the section of the local population most hostile to the Russians (the waqfs, however, were not touched). Taxes were simplified and somewhat lessened. The system of land tenure, however, did not change significantly: most farmers were small owners, and various sharecrop systems were widespread. Contemporary Russian reports pointed out that farmers’ lands were increasingly parceled out and the land concentrated in the hands of the wealthy, a process caused especially by the growth of the market economy and the cotton production.
Demand in Russia for Central Asian cotton had increased sharply during the 1860s as a result of the Civil War in the United States, the main supplier of cotton until then. However, Central Asian cotton, being of inferior quality, could not replace American cotton, and, although its consumption in Russia continued to grow slowly after the Civil War, it could no longer compete with the American product: in the mid-1880s Central Asia supplied only 15 percent of Russia’s cotton needs. In the early 1880s, however, American cotton was introduced to Central Asia, and from 1884 to 1889, only five years, the area planted with American cotton became twice as large as the area under the local variety. At the beginning of the 20th century, more than a half of the total income from the agricultural production of Russian Turkestan (that is, without the khanates) came from cotton, and Central Asia supplied 50 percent of Russia’s cotton needs. Thus, Central Asia was on the road to becoming a land of one-crop agriculture, especially Farḡāna, whose cotton acreage was about two thirds of the total for the governorate-general of Turkestan. Russian influence on the development of other areas of agriculture was much less and was seen not so much in technical improvements as in the introduction of new or improved crops and the expansion of existing ones, such as the introduction of sugar beets and the Chinese variety of rice, as well as grapes for making wine. The Russian administration also had little success with the construction of irrigation works: two big projects, the irrigation of the Hunger Steppe, south of Tashkent, and the Imperial Estate in the Morḡāb oasis, gave only meager results. The local population was left to its own devices in building and maintaining the irrigation system, and no innovations were introduced by the Russians.
The industrial development of Central Asia under Russian rule was less dramatic than the changes in agriculture but was of great importance for the social and political life of the country. The basis for this development was provided by the railroads, the first of which, from Mikhaĭlovskiĭ Bay on the Caspian Sea to Kizil-Arvat (about 150 miles) was built in 1881 by Skobelev for strategic purposes. Only in 1885 was it extended to Ashkhabad. The railroad acquired commercial importance only by the end of the 1890s, when it was extended to Tashkent, with a branch line to Farḡāna. In the early 20th century a number of other branch lines were added, and in 1906 the railroad from Orenburg to Tashkent was completed. The railroads gave a tremendous boost to cotton growing, making the transport of the Central Asian crop to the textile centers in European Russia many times cheaper and faster. The railroads also contributed to the development of industry in the cities they connected. Beside the workshops servicing the railroad itself, the emerging Central Asian industry was limited mainly to the initial processing of cotton and other agricultural products; more than 80 percent of all enterprises were cotton-ginning mills. The first native enterprise appeared in 1886, and before World War I almost two thirds of the enterprises were owned by the locals. They were of small size and poorly equipped, but their importance for the political future of Central Asia probably outweighed their economic role. About 80 percent of all skilled workers (on the railroads practically 100 percent) were Russians, and this social group, new in Central Asia, was especially susceptible to the socialist propaganda brought from European Russia at the beginning of the 20th century.
Skilled workers formed only a small part of the growing European population of Central Asia. Colonization of the country started already in the course of the Russian expansion, but it affected mostly the steppe regions. In the southern parts of Central Asia, where arable lands were usually available only after prior irrigation works, there was little possibility for Russian farmers to settle, and with few exceptions the authorities were reluctant to allow it. Here the flow of Russian settlers was directed almost exclusively to the cities. Only two cities in these regions were founded by the Russians: Skobelev (now Fergana) and Petroaleksandrovsk. Elsewhere in the densely populated areas annexed from the khanates the Russians would add a “Russian part” to a city next to the “native” or “Asian” one. The most important of these Russian urban enclaves were the Russian “parts” of Tashkent and Samarkand. Russian Tashkent played a special role in Central Asia as it was the European colonists’ principal intellectual center. Its life was very much isolated from the local population, however, and affected it only superficially. On the whole Russian influence made itself much more strongly felt in administration and economy than in general culture, and in the khanates of Bukhara and Khiva it was even more limited because of the Russian policy of nonintervention (see above).
Bibliography
- Literature cited in the text: ʿAbd-al-Raḥmān Ṭāleʿ, Tārīḵ-e Abu’l-Fayż Ḵān, tr. A. A. Semenov, Tashkent, 1959.
- M. A. Abduraimov, Ocherki agrarnykh otnosheniĭ v Bukharskom khanstve v XVI—pervoĭ polovine XIX veka I, Tashkent, 1966.
- B. A. Akhmedov, Istoriya Balkha (XVI—pervaya polovina XVIII v., Tashkent, 1982.
- V. V. Bartol’d, “Istoriya kul’turnoĭ zhizni Turkestana,” in his Sochineniya II/1, Moscow, 1963, pp. 257-433.
- Yu. Bregel, “The Sarts in the Khanate of Khiva,” Journal of Asian History 12/2, 1978, pp. 120-51.
- Idem, “Bukhara iii-iv,” in EIr. IV/5, 1989, pp. 515-24.
- O. D. Chekhovich, “O nekotorykh voprosakh istorii Sredneĭ Azii XVIII-XIX vekov,” Voprosy istorii, 1956, no. 3, pp. 84-95.
- E. A. Davidovich, Istoriya monetnogo dela Sredneĭ Azii XVII-XVIII vv., Dushanbe, 1964.
- A. S. Donnelly, “Peter the Great and Central Asia,” Canadian Slavonic Papers 17, 1975, pp. 202-17.
- N. A. Khalfin, Politika Rossii v Sredneĭ Azii (1857-1868), Moscow, 1960.
- Mīr ʿAbd-al-Karīm Boḵārī, ed. Ch. Schefer, Histoire de l’Asie centrale, Paris, 1876.
- Mīrzā Mahdī Khan Astarābādī, Tārīḵ-e jahāngošā-ye nāderī, Tabrīz, 1266/1849-50.
- Idem, Dorra-ye nāderī, ed. S. J. Šahīdī, Tehran, 1341 Š./1962.
- Moḥammad-Kāẓem, ʿĀlamārā-ye nāderī, Moscow, 1965; ed. M.-A. Rīāḥī, 3 vols., Tehran, 1364 Š./1985.
- Moḥammad-Wafā Karmīnagī, Toḥfat al-ḵānī, ms. of the Leningrad Branch of the Institute of Oriental Studies C 525. Moʾnes and Āgahī, Ferdaws al-eqbāl, ed. Yu. Bregel, Leiden, 1988.
- Nīāz-Moḥammad Ḵūqandī, Tārīḵ-e šāhroḵī, Kazan, 1885.
- V. V. Vel’yaminov-Zernov, Istoricheskie izvestiya o kirgiz-kaĭsakakh i snosheniyakh Rossii s Sredneĭ Azieĭ II, Ufa, 1855.
- Idem, “Monety bukharskie i khivinskie,” in Trudy Vostochnogo otdeleniya Imp. Russkogo arkheologicheskogo obshchestva 4, 1858, pp. 328-456.
- Other sources: For references to indigenous sources for the history of Central Asia in the 18th-20th centuries written in Bukhara and other Central Asian cities/khanates see individual articles. Historical works written in Russian Turkestan by local writers in Persian and Turkic are few and insignificant; the only notable exception is Moḥammad-Ṣāleḥ Ḵᵛāja Tāškandī’s Tārīḵ-e jadīda-ye Tāškand (unpublished, see Storey-Bregel, pp. 1199-1200).
- Only a fraction of the Russian documentary material, mostly preserved in the archives of Moscow, Leningrad and, for the period after the Russian conquest also in Tashkent, Alma-Ata, Dushanbe, Ashkhabad, Frunze, and Orenburg, has till now been utilized, let alone published. The most important publication of Russian documents on the conquest of Central Asia is A. G. Serebrennikov, Turkestanskiĭ kraĭ. Sbornik materialov dlya istorii ego zavoevaniya, vols. 2-8, 17-22, Tashkent, 1914-16 (other volumes remain unpublished in archives in Tashkent).
- An equally important publication for the period of Russian rule is [K. K. Pahlen], Otchet po revizii Turkestanskogo kraya, proizvedennoĭ po vysochaĭshemu poveleniyu senatorom gofmeĭsterom grafom K. K. Palenom, 19 vols., St. Petersburg, 1909-11.
- Studies: General works: P. P. Ivanov, Ocherki po istorii Sredneĭ Azii (XVI—seredina XIX v.), Moscow, 1958 (the only existing work in Soviet literature that treats the history of Central Asia as one historical entity). Istoriya narodov Uzbekistana II, Tashkent, 1947.
- Istoriya Uzbekskoĭ SSR I/1-2, Tashkent, 1955-56.
- Istoriya tadzhikskogo naroda II/2, Moscow, 1964. (The three last works are based on primary sources for the period before the Russian conquest, but references are mostly not given.)
- A. Z. V. Togan, Bugünkü Türkili (Türkistan) ve yakın tarihi I: Batı ve kuzey Türkistan, Istanbul, 1942-47.
- G. Wheeler, The Modern History of Soviet Central Asia, London, 1964.
- O. D. Chekhovich, “K istorii Uzbekistana v XVIII v.,” in Trudy Instituta vostokovedeniya AN Uzbekskoĭ SSR III, Tashkent, 1954, pp. 43-82.
- Idem, “K voprosu o periodizatsii istorii Uzbekistana (XVI-XVIII vv.),” Izvestiya Akademii nauk Uzbekskoĭ SSR, 1954, no. 5, pp. 101-9.
- L. Tillett, The Great Friendship. Soviet Historians on the Non-Russian Nationalities, Chapel Hill, 1969 (includes very valuable study of Soviet writings on the history of Russian conquest and rule of Central Asia, showing the unreliability of these writings).
- Relations with Russia and Russian conquest (Central Asia in general). The most detailed, although badly organized, account is M. A. Terent’ev, Istoriya zavoevaniya Sredneĭ Azii I-III, St. Petersburg, 1906 (contains most of the facts used in later publications on this subject).
- Other works: E. Allworth, ed., Central Asia. A Century of Russian Rule, New York, 1967. E. V. Bunakov, “K istorii snosheṇĭ Rossii s srendneaziatskimi khanstvami v XIX v.,” in Sovetskoe vostokovedenie II, Moscow and Leningrad, 1941, pp. 5-26.
- N. A. Khalfin, Prisoedinenie Sredneĭ Azii k Rossii, Moscow, 1965.
- Idem, Rossiya i khanstva Sredneĭ Azii (Pervaya polovina XIX veka), Moscow, 1974.
- Idem, Rossiya i Bukharskiĭ èmirat na Zapadnom Pamire (konets XIX—nachalo XX v.), Moscow, 1975. (Khalfin uses and cites valuable archival material but is extremely biased, especially in his emphasis on the British threat to Central Asia and the beneficial consequences of the Russian annexation; the same is true—to varying degree—of all other Soviet works on the subject written after 1950.)
- N. S. Kinyapina, “Srednyaya Aziya vo vneshnepoliticheskikh planakh tsarizma (50-80-e gody XIX veka),” Voprosy istorii, 1974, no. 2, pp. 36-51.
- L. F. Kostenko, Srednyaya Aziya i vodvorenie v neĭ russkoĭ grazhdanstvennosti, St. Petersburg, 1871.
- A. I. Maksheev, Istoricheskiĭ obzor Turkestana i nastupatel’nogo dvizheniya v nego russkikh, St. Petersburg, 1890.
- G. Morgan, Anglo-Russian Rivalry in Central Asia 1810-1895, London, 1981.
- P. I. Nebol’sin, Ocherki torgovli Rossii s stranami Sredneĭ Azii, Khivoĭ, Bukharoĭ i Kokanom (So storony Orenburgskoĭ linii), St. Petersburg, 1855.
- A. L. Popov, “Iz istorii zavoevaniya Sredneĭ Azii,” in Istoricheskie zapiski IX, Moscow, 1940, pp. 198-242.
- M. K. Rozhkova, Èkonomicheskie svyazi Rossii so Sredneĭ Azieĭ 40-e—60-e gody XIX v., Moscow, 1963.
- J. W. Strong, “The Ignat’ev Mission to Khiva and Bukhara in 1858,” Canadian Slavonic Papers 17, 1975, pp. 236-60.
- S. V. Zhukovskiĭ, Snosheniya Rossii s Bukharoĭ i Khivoĭ za poslednee trekhsotletie, Petrograd, 1915 (review V. V. Bartol’d, in Sochineniya II/2, 1964, pp. 419-22).
- On the period of Russian rule (until 1917) the best general work is R. Pierce, Russian Central Asia. A Study in Colonial Rule, Berkeley, 1960. Other works: A. M. Aminov, Èkonomicheskoe razvitie Sredneĭ Azii. So vtoroĭ poloviny XIX stoletiya do pervoĭ mirovoĭ voĭny, Tashkent, 1959.
- F. Azadaev, Tashkent vo vtoroĭ polovine XIX veka. Ocherki sotsial’no-èkonomicheskoĭ i politicheskoĭ istorii, Tashkent, 1959.
- S. Becker, Russia’s Protectorates in Central Asia: Bukhara and Khiva, 1865-1924, Cambridge, Mass., 1968.
- M. Batunsky, “Imperial Pragmatism, Liberalistic Culture Relativism and Assimilatively Christianizing Dogmatism in Colonial Central Asia: Parallels, Divergencies, Mergences,” in Utrecht Papers on Central Asia: Proceedings of the First European Seminar on Central Asian Studies Held at Utrecht, 16-18 December 1985, Utrecht, 1987, pp. 95-122.
- H. Carrère d’Encausse, “La politique culturelle du pouvoir tsariste au Turkestan (1867-1917),” in Cahiers du monde russe et soviétique 3, 1963, pp. 374-407.
- P. G. Galuzo, Turkestan—koloniya (Ocherk istorii Turkestana ot zavoevaniya russkimi do revolyutsii 1917 g.), Moscow, 1929.
- D. Mackenzie, “Kaufman of Turkestan: An Assessment of His Administration (1867-1881),” Slavic Review 26, 1967, pp. 265-85.
- L. P. Morris, “The Russians in Central Asia 1870-1887,” Slavic and East European Review 53, 1975, pp. 521-38.
- M. Sarkisyanz, “Russian Conquest in Central Asia: Transformation and Acculturation,” in W. S. Vucinich, ed., Russia and Asia: Essays on the Influence of Russian on the Asian Peoples, Stanford, 1972, pp. 248-88.
- M. P. Vyatkin, Sotsial’no-èkonomicheskoe razvitie Sredneĭ Azii (Istoriograficheskiĭ ocherk 1865-1965 gg.), Frunze, 1974.
CENTRAL ASIA viii. Relations with Persia in the 19th Century
The question of Central Asia in the 13th/19th century, from the Persian point of view, was a prominent one not only because of Persian territorial claims over Marv, Ḵīva, Saraḵs, and other peripheral regions, but also because of the threat of the Turkmen frontier tribes of Tekka, Yomūt, and Gūklān to the security of Khorasan, Astarābād, and Māzandarān. The substantial volume of trade between the Persian emporiums, Astarābād and Mašhad, and Central Asian provinces as far east as Chinese Turkestan was another important reason. Persia’s reassertion of her territorial rights over Herat, Farāh, and adjacent regions of western Afghanistan in the early part of the century also involved the Turkmen tribes as they often allied themselves with the Afghan warlords against the Persian government. From the middle of the century onwards, Russia’s rapid expansion caused much anxiety for the Persian authorities, who saw annexation of Bukhara, Ḵīva, and later Marv as an ominous prelude to Russia’s further advances into the interiors of Khorasan and Māzandarān. The eradication in the 1300s/1880s of the Turkmen resistance by the Russian imperial army, however, was observed by the Persian government with a cautious relief.
All through the 13th/19th century the sedentary population of towns and villages of Khorasan and Astarābād provinces, as well as the trade frequenting along the Māzandarān-Khorasan route, were seriously threatened by plundering sorties (čapow) of the Turkmen tribes of the frontier. Attacking in small bands of horsemen with superior horsemanship and endurance for long rides across the Khivan desert, they could penetrate deep into the interiors of Khorasan with speed and efficiency. Even worse were the massive-scale abductions and enslavement of the Persian villagers, travelers, and townspeople by the Turkmen for sale in the slave markets of Ḵīva, Bukhara, and other centers of Central Asia or to secure huge ransoms from their relatives. Occasionally these attacks were punished cruelly by military expeditions by the government of Khorasan and Astarābād, but the Persian government was incapable of dealing with the Turkmen problem decisively. It neither possessed the military power to check the swift movements of the Turkmen horses nor found such an undertaking viable. ʿAbbās Mīrzā led an expedition of Saraḵs and the neighboring country of Ḵᵛārazm in 1247/1832, followed by another expedition by Moḥammad Shah in 1253/1837. According to Mīrzā Abu’l-Qāsem Qāʾem-maqām who accompanied ʿAbbās Mīrzā in this expedition more than twelve thousand Persian captives had been taken by Turkmen to Bukhara (Monšaʾāt-e Qāʾem-maqām, Tehran, 1337 Š./1958, no. 151 to Mīrzā Ṣādeq Marvazī).
In 1267/1851 Mīrzā Taqī Khan Amīr-e Kabīr dispatched the chronicler and poet of the Qajar court Reżāqolī Khan Hedāyat to Ḵᵛārazm primarily for intelligence gathering but also to negotiate with the khan of Ḵīva a peaceful settlement of the Turkmen problem. Hedāyat’s valuable account of this mission provides an important insight into the Persian problems of dealing with the autonomy-seeking powers of the periphery.
The persistence of the Turkmen menace and the failure of the khans of Marv to create a confederacy to resist dual Persian and Russian pressures, among other reasons, led to a new Persian attempt to quell the Turkmen insurgency. This effort came to a disastrous end in 1276/1860 with the ill-fated Marv expedition. The Persian regular troops suffered heavy casualties largely because of poor logistics rather than direct Turkmen attacks. After this the Persian government refrained from large-scale punitive action against the Turkmen, leaving the job of pacifying them to the Russian imperial armies, which by 1298/1881 had conquered the entire Turkmen region. Northern Persian provinces, however, suffered from Turkmen incursions up to the end of the century.
By the 1290s/late 1870s and early 1300s/1880s Nāṣer-al-Dīn Shah realized that the annexation of Central Asia by Russia could not be avoided and used this fact to halt British claims for concessions in the south, as matching ones would then have to be given to the Russians in the north. Russian advances in the territories of Central Asia thus resulted in the loss of peripheral territory, territory that could serve as a buffer for Persia. Instead, Russian advances became a key component in Persia’s efforts to maintain a balance between her imperial neighbors.
By the 1330s/late 1880s the Russian advances in Central Asia came to a halt, bringing a semblance of normality to the Perso-Turkmen frontier. Ashkhabad on the Russo-Persian border, the new capital of Turkmenistan, was developed into a Russian showcase of colonial urbanization in Central Asia and attracted a large population of Persians in search of jobs, trade, and relief from religious persecution, and it became a center for the Russian and European trade. With its ethnic and religious diversity (including a Bahai community), for a few decades into the 14th/20th century, Ashkhabad was a successful commercial center in “Transcaspia,” comparable to similar Russian colonies in the Caucasus. By the 1310s Š./1930s, however, Stalin’s policy of compulsory repatriation forced a large portion of the Persian community back to Persia, and nearly all contacts with Central Asian cities were severed.
Bibliography
- Extensive coverage of the Central Asian situation in the 13th/19th century with reference to Persia is to be found in the reports and dispatches of the British legation in Tehran and consular reports from Mašhad and Astarābād (P.R.O. in the F.O. 60 series and some in Confidential Papers F.O. 539; also some in F.O. 65). A specimen of the British reconnaissance reporting appears in A. Amanat, ed., Cities and Trade. Consul Abbott on the Economy and Society of Iran 1847-1866, London, 1983, pp. 19-74.
- Primary sources. European accounts: A. Burnes, Travels into Bokhara, 3 vols., London, 1834.
- A. Conolly, Journey to the North of India Overland from England through Russia, Persia and Afghanistan, London, 1834.
- G. N. Curzon, Persia and the Persian Question, London, 1892, I, pp. 70-113, II, pp. 585-634.
- J. B. Fraser, Narrative of a Journey into Khorasan in the Years 1821 and 1822, London, 1825, pp. 322-407, 581-623, app. B [58]-[117].
- Idem, A Winter Journey (Tatar) from Constantinople to Tehran, 2 vols., London, 1838, II, pp. 195-410.
- J. P. Farrier, Caravan Jorneys and Wanderings in Persia, Afghanistan, Turkistan, and Baloochistan, London, 1857, pp. 68-116.
- J. McNeill, Progress and Present Position of Russian in the East, London, 1836.
- N. N. Mouraviev, Voyage en Turcomanie et a Khiva fait en 1819 et 1820, Paris, 1823.
- E. O’Donovan, The Merv Oasis. Travels and Adventures East of the Caspian during the Years 1879-80-81, 2 vols., New York, 1881.
- H. C. Rawlinson, England and Russia in the East, London, 1875, repr. New York, etc., 1970.
- P. M. Sykes, A History of Persia, London, 1866, 1915, II, pp. 458-71.
- A. Vámbéry, Travels in Central Asia, New York, 1865, pp. 50-493.
- R. G. Watson, A History of Persia, London, 1866, pp. 204, 259-70.
- J. Wolff, Travels and Adventures, London, 1861.
- Idem, Narrative of a Mission to Bokhara, London, 1848.
- Primary sources. Persian historical accounts: ʿAbd-al-Razzāq Beg Donbolī, Maʾāṯer-e solṭānīya, Tehran, 1241/1825, pp. 92-93, 122-24, 317-19, 338-56, 391-95.
- Moḥammad-Ḥasan Khan Eʿtemād-al Salṭana, Tārīḵ-e montaẓam-e nāṣerī, 2nd ed., ed. M.-E. Reżwānī, 3 vols., Tehran, 1367 Š./1988, III. Reżāqolī Khan Hedāyat, Rawżat al-ṣafā-ye nāṣerī, 2nd ed., Qom, 1339 Š./1950, IX and X.
- Idem, Sefārat-nāma-ye Ḵᵛārazm, tr. with notes C. Schefer, Relation de l’ambassade au Kharezm (Khiva) de Riza Quli Khan, 2 vols., Paris, 1876-79.
- Moḥammad-Taqī Sepehr, Nāseḵ al-tawārīḵ (Qājārīya), 4 vols., 2nd ed., Tehran, 1344 Š./1965.
- Studies: M. L. Entner, Russo-Persian Commercial Relations, 1828-1914, Gainesville, Fla., 1965.
- R. L. Greaves, Persia and the Defence of India, 1889-1892, London, 1959, pp. 53-69.
- E. Ingram, The Beginning of the Great Game in Asia 1828-1834, London, 1979, pp. 118-142.
- F. Kazemzadeh, Russia and Britain in Persia 1864-1914, New Haven, 1968, pp. 3-99.
- H. Nateq, “ʿAbbās Mīrzā wa fatḥ-e Ḵorāsān,” pp. 43-67, and “ʿAbbās Mīrzā wa Torkamānān-e Ḵorāsān,” in Az māʾst ke bar māʾst, Tehran, 1344 Š./1965, pp. 43-67, 68-91.
- Y. Šahīdī, “Tārīḵča-ye jang-e Marv,” Barrasīhā-ye tārīḵī 6/1, 1350 Š./1971, and 6/2, pp. 1-62.
CENTRAL ASIA ix. In the 20th Century
Modern life encroached slowly and unevenly upon Central Asia in the 20th century. Technology brought by the Russian military and the colonial administration from Europe included advanced arms and material, as well as railroad, telegraph/telephone, and printed communication. These would have their impact and reflection in movements for reform, but in the protectorates of Bukhara and Khiva (Ḵīva) the benefits of these innovations scarcely trickled down from the establishment to the general population. Czarist government policy supported the existing Central Asian religious and social institutions and, in the earliest decades, favored the most conservative side of indigenous life (Schuyler, I, pp. 168-69). Local schools expected children to read and recite passages from masterworks written in both Persian/Tajiki and Turki by classical authors. From the first year, pupils memorized selections from the Koran. Parallel to the predominant Muslim system of maktabs and madrasas, starting from the 1870s Russian missionaries encouraged by the state organized a small network of so-called “Russian-Native” schools, where they taught little groups of local boys Russian language and some secular subjects (Ostroumov, pp. 140, 173).
Continued Russian control of western Turkistan also prolonged the old and characteristic tendency in heterogeneous Central Asia toward a synthesis of people. Just five years after the turn of the century the first local press rose to challenge the hegemony of the sole news bulletin circulated up to then from Tashkent in Turki and Qazaq, the two most-used Turkic languages of the area, the governor-general’s Torkestān welāyätīnīng gäzetī (Turkistan wilayätining gäziti; 1870-1917). In the historic cities of Bukhara, Samarkand, Tashkent, and Kokand (Qaqan) in southern Central Asia the small newspapers and journals assembled under single covers articles in Persian/Tajiki and Turki. To the north, in Orenburg and Troitsk, the early press was in Qazaq. All employed the Arabic alphabet, making them accessible to Central Asian readers north and south, regardless of ethnic subgroup (Allworth, 1965, pp. 14-15). These practices, like so many others, united the heterogeneous population of the region.
Beside the Manḡït (Manḡīt) dynasty in Bukhara and the Qonghirat (Qonḡūrāt, Qonḡorāt) dynasty ruling Khiva, minor Central Asian participation in the governance of the state outside those protectorates immediately after 1900 mainly took two forms. District officers usually came from the indigenous population at the lower levels in the Steppe and Turkistan governor-generalships headed by Russian commanders. Moreover, the Governor Generalship of the Steppe sent a few representatives to the Imperial Russian State Duma elected in 1906, and both parts of the region delegated men to it in 1907, though the conservative Czar Nicholas II disenfranchised the region before subsequent convenings of the State Duma (Pierce, pp. 256-57). Partly as a consequence of this political deprivation, Central Asian reformists resorted to an array of innovative cultural activities in order to express the identity and will of the local population. “New method schools,” usul-e jadid mäktäbläri (oṣūl-e jadīd mäktäblärī), libraries, the press, a new theater and drama, modern philanthropic societies, and other institutions gave voice and focus to this urge.
Effective leaders of the reform drive included Mahmud Khoja Behbudiĭ (Maḥmūd Ḵᵛāja Behbūdī; 1874-1919) and Haji Muʿin b. Shukrullah (Ḥājī Moʿīn b. Šokr-Allāh) of Samarkand, Osman Khoja Polat Khoja-oghli (ʿOṯmān Ḵᵛāja Pōlād Ḵᵛāja-oḡlī; d. 1968), ʿAbdalrauf Fitrat (ʿAbd-al-Raʾūf Feṭrat; 1886-1937), and Sadriddin Aĭniĭ (Ṣadr-al-Dīn ʿAynī, q.v.; 1878-1954) of Bukhara, ʿAshur ʿAli Zahiri (ʿĀšūr-ʿAlī Ẓahīrī) in Qoqan (Khokand, Ḵūqand), Munawwar Qari Abdurashid Khan-oghli (Monawwar Qārī ʿAbd-al-Rašīd Ḵān-oḡlī; 1880-1933), Ubaydullah Khoja Asadullah Khoja-oghli (ʿObayd-Allāh Ḵᵛāja Asad-Allāh Ḵᵛāja-oḡlī) and Abdullah Awlaniĭ (ʿAbd-Allāh Awlānī) of Tashkent, Aliqan Bokeyqan-uli (1869-1932), Aqmet Baytursin-uli (Aḥmad Bāytursunūlī; 1873-1937), and Mīr Jaqib Duwlat-uli (Mīr Yaqīb Dawlat-ūlī; 1885-1937) of Orenburg (Allworth, 1989, pp. 175, 222). Characteristically, these men commanded three languages: Arabic, Persian/Tajiki, and Turki, and sometimes Russian, Urdu, and others (idem, 1988, pp. 38-40). They introduced into the region the first indigenous versions of modern cultural life as it was known in the contemporary Near and Middle East.
Czarist officials largely disapproved of the local movements for modernization emerging in the Turkistan and Steppe governor-generalships, but encouraged them as progressive inside the Central Asian protectorates. When the Czarist regime collapsed in March 1917, the reformists saw an opportunity to effect beneficial changes throughout the region. Relatively small in numbers, they exerted an influence lasting beyond their two active decades upon the thinking of generations of Central Asians. Jadid-oriented governments briefly sat in Turkistan at Qoqan from December 1917 to February 1918, at Orenburg from December 1917 to spring 1918 (idem, 1989, pp. 236-37), and in Bukhara and Khiva in 1920-21. By 1924 Russian Bolshevik politicians manipulated the situation through domestic figures such as Fayzullah Khoja (Fayż-Allāh Ḵᵛāja; 1896-1938) of Bukhara in reorganizing the entire basis for the further development of modern Central Asia. The nascent People’s Conciliar Republics of Bukhara and Khiva, the Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republics of Turkistan and Kirgizistan (i.e., Kazakhstan) disappeared amid the major redistricting effected by the Russian Bolsheviks (who soon called themselves “Communists”) throughout Central Asia in late 1924 and early 1925.
Partitioning Central Asia into monoethnic administrative units for the first time in history, the Russian politicians instituted the European notion of nationality and nation in this cosmopolitan, Eastern land. Henceforth, Tajik politicians and writers flourished only at home; Uzbek leaders no longer found a welcome in areas of Central Asia outside Uzbekistan, and the Soviet authorities used every conceivable device to dissect the former symbiotic heterogeneity into separate territorial-administrative units, each ethnically homogeneous and bearing the eponym of the group. If they seriously tried to accomplish this, the politicians failed to a noticeable degree in the effort. Many Tajiks, especially those living around Samarqand and Bukhara, and Kazakhs found themselves inside the new borders established around Uzbekistan, and Uzbeks made up over 20 percent of the population of the Tajikistan (for Tajik) Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republic (Tajik ASSR) established in 1925 (Lorimer, p. 64), and these discrepancies increased in ensuing years. Soviet leaders promptly began placing cultural and political emphasis upon the eponymous nationality in each Central Asian administrative unit, often encouraging friction between nationalities in the drive to segregate nationalities and dissolve integrative links between Tajiks and Uzbeks, Kirgiz and Kazakhs, and similar interactive pairs.
The Tajik SSR, from 2 January 1925, included in its southeastern reaches a Gorno-(Mountain) Badakhshan Autonomous Oblast of 64,000 km2—about 45% of the union republic’s land area—whose Pamir mountains housed small populations speaking Iranian languages and dialects also other than Tajiki (Pod’yachikh, p. 180; Allworth, 1989, pp. 67-68; Wixman, pp. 154; see xiii, below). These two administrative units remained the sole formal higher-level territorial assignments to Iranian-speaking people in Central Asia among only four in the USSR (including the North Ossetian ASSR and South Ossetian Autonomous Oblast of the Caucasus region). After the mid-20th century, Soviet authorities resettled thousands of mountain people from the highlands into the lowlands of Tajikistan, purportedly to improve their living conditions, but in reality also to bring them more closely to Communist party ideology. That policy partially explains the slow population growth in the large Mountain-Badakhshan Autonomous Oblast, from 73,000 people to 128,000 between 1959 and 1979 (Itogi, 1962, p. 208; Chislennost’, p. 132; cf. ii, above).
Other Iranian-language groups inhabiting Central Asia include the Bukharan Jews concentrated mainly in Bukhara, Samarkand, Dushanbe, and cities of the Farghana (Farḡāna) valley, the 18,584 (in 1979) Baluch of Turkmenistan concentrated in the Merv Oblast, and the 15,457 Central Asian “Iranians” or Persians reported in the 1970 Soviet census as living mainly in the Samarkand and Syr Darya Oblasts of Uzbekistan (Itogi, 1973, pp. 202, 215, 217).
Although the new Tajikistan, officially proclaimed in March 1925, came into being within the borders of Uzbekistan or the Uzbek Soviet Socialist (union) Republic, by 1929 the central government separated the two and reconstituted Tajikistan as a Soviet Socialist (union) republic (Tajik SSR), the second highest level, after federative republic, of territorial-administrative status provided for in the Soviet constitution. By 1936 the array of political-administrative units established on the monoethnic principle in Central Asia seemed complete, with five union republics—for Kazakhstan, Kirgizistan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan—and the Karakalpak Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republic assigned to the Uzbek SSR. From time to time the authorities also recognized less numerous population groups by designating a number of smaller units in the region without administrative prerogatives, such as the Baluch National Village Councils in Turkmenistan, Uygur National Raion in Kazakhstan, Uygur National Public Farms in Uzbekistan, and the like (Kolarz, pp. 297-98).
This new arrangement initiated an era of stress upon analysis as opposed to synthesis in the sphere of ethnic, cultural, and linguistic development, but not of economics or politics. The central leadership of the Communist party insisted that Central Asians employed in those two areas, tightly managed from Moscow, should behave as if ethnically neutral or non-ethnic, a fiction that camouflaged the direct Russian dominance of both. Membership in the Tajikistan branch of the Communist party, the only political party in that and other union republics, reflected a disproportion between numbers of Tajiks in the population and those in active politics. In 1926 Tajik Communist party members in the Tajik ASSR branch of the party numbered 368 (49.6%) in a total of 742. By 1974, when the entire membership for Tajikistan had reached 92,062, Tajiks made up 44,443 (48.3%; Kommunisticheskaya partiya, pp. 20, 77). Tajiks comprised 75% of Tajikistan’s 827,000 people in 1926 and 56.2% of 2,899,602 in 1970 (Lorimer, p. 64; Itogi, 1973, p. 295). Communist party statistics for 1986 correlated with census reports dated 1979 showed that throughout the USSR Tajiks held but 0.5% of Union-wide Communist party memberships but made up 2,897,697 (1.11%) of the entire population of the Soviet Union. Thus Tajiks, like many Soviet nationalities, lacked proportional representation in the country’s political system (“KPSS v tsifrakh,” p. 24; “Vsesoyuznaya perepis’,” p. 41). Receiving parity in membership might have added an appearance of fairness in Communist party matters, but it would not have offered greater political initiative to the Tajiks, for none of their nationality sat in the Politburo, the decision-making political body of the Soviet Union, nor did Tajiks hold the key positions of political power in their own union republic. Both before and after the death of Joseph V. Stalin in 1953, an almost constant churning of personnel among the various posts in Tajikistan’s branch of the Communist party and in its governmental hierarchy signified little that was beneficial for the people of the country, for higher authorities made or approved all such appointments without regard to the popularity or importance of the chosen appointees for the union republic’s self-image. In Tajikistan, from May 1946 to November 1955, Babajan (Babadzhan) Ghafurov held the position of First Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Tajikistan. His successor, T. Uldzhabayev, remained in the post only until April 1961, when Jabar (Dzhabar) Rasulov replaced him and remained First Secretary until 1982, when he died at 68, an age fairly typical of high-level Central Asian politicians at that time (Composition, p. 105; Hodnett and Ogareff, p. 293; Rakowska-Harmstone, pp. 190-91). To some extent in each republic officials like Rasulov formed the core of a political machine with its privileges and patronage but issued no important orders independently. Russians and other outsiders consistently held the few decisive positions (Communist party second secretary, KGB chief, and the like), despite the fact that, after 1956, higher authorities as a matter of policy selected a Communist party member of the eponymous nationality for the position of union republic Communist party first secretary in the major administrative units of Central Asia. One other potentially important political outlet, the Supreme Council of the Tajik SSR, first established in 1938, remained subservient to the Communist Party of Tajikistan at least until the mid-1980s, mainly offering token elections on a single-candidate slate to symbolic status as one of several hundred deputies (300 in March 1959, for example). The unicameral Supreme Council of the Tajik SSR decided nothing of significance independently. Political authorities also selected Tajik deputies from Central Asia to the powerless bicameral Union-wide Supreme Council that met semiannually in Moscow. At the eighth convening in 1970, six Tajiks sat in the Council of the Union and another 27 in the Council of Nationalities. At that time each union republic sent 32 deputies, and each autonomous oblast sent five. Nationalities other than Tajik gained seats from Tajikistan, and Tajik deputies came also from Uzbekistan to the Union-wide Supreme Council (Istoriya III, bk. 2, pp. 216-17; Verkhovnyĭ Sovet, pp. 5-31).
Even before the first days of the Tajik ASSR and then the Tajik SSR, therefore, Tajiks by necessity largely focused upon consolidating the new ethnic identity of their group through strengthening cultural and artistic development. In the 1920s, especially former Jadids such as Sadriddin Ayniĭ, Abdalrauf Fitrat, and Abduqadir Muhitdinov (ʿAbd-al-Qāder Moḥīṭdīnov) wrote histories, compiled literary works, and functioned in cultural and social organizations of Soviet Tajikistan. In 1923, Ayniĭ published his Taʾriḵi amironi manḡitiyi Bukhoro (Tārīḵ-e amīrān-e manḡītī-e Boḵarā “History of the Manghit dynasty of Bukhara”), and in 1926 a Moscow publishing house issued his anthology of Persian and Tajiki Persian literature, (Namūna-ye adabīyāt-e tājīk 300-1343 Hejrī “Specimens of Tajik literature”), which was expressly aimed at consolidating the new Tajikistan identity on the foundation of Persian literature from Abū ʿAbd-Allāh Jaʿfar Rūdakī, native of a village near Bukhara (d. 329/940) to the 20th century; the sections on modern literature contain writings by Ayniĭ, Mahmud Khoja Behbudiy, Abdalrauf Fitrat, and many more (pp. 531-43, 551-55, 598-99). He also wrote chronicles in a Turkic language (a mix between Turki and Tatar) Buḵoro inqilobi taʾriḵi učun materiallar “Materials for the history of the Bukharan revolution,” Moscow, 1926).
Ayniĭ and other writers contributed stage scenes for Tajik theater groups. Modern Tajik theatrical performances had begun in late 1917 with a presentation of Abdalrauf Fitrat’s short play, “Beggijan” (Bēgijān) based on the life of the pious, revered Mangit ruler of Bukhara, Mīr Maʿṣūm Shah Morād I (r. 1785-1800). Tajiks evidently supplied many of the actors and some playwrights for the new Jadid theater in Turkistan. As early as 1919 in Ura Toba, some teachers translated the Turki-language play “Old School and New School,” by Ḥājī Moʿīn b. Šokr-Allāh, into Tajik (at that time playwrights had not yet composed full-length plays in Tajik) and gave the first presentation of organized amateur theater for Tajiks (Nurdzhanov, pp. 21, 31). With personnel drawn from the Uzbek Theater Studio in Moscow, the working theaters of Tashkent, and the cooperation of Mannan Uygur and others from Tashkent, Tajikistan established its first official modern theater and drama in 1933. Since that time a lively stage and network of theaters, emphasizing musical drama, has taken root in the union republic. In areas heavily populated by outsiders, theaters perform in Russian, Uzbek, and sometimes other languages.
The degree of adherence to the nationality’s language gives one measure of the solidity of ethnic group identity in the Soviet Union. In 1970, according to census data, 98.2% of all Tajiks named Tajiki as their language, but by 1979 this number had dropped to 97.8%, a decline that is clearly correlated with the increased fluency in Russian: in 1970 15.4% declared themselves fluent in Russian, but in 1979 the number had increased to 29.6%. The number of Tajiks, as well as that of Kazaqs, who adhered to their mother tongue thus fell slightly below that of Uzbeks, Turkmen, and Kirgiz (Naselenie, p. 23).
The multilingual character of Tajikistan revealed itself also in its publishing. In 1970 there were 55 newspapers being printed in the union republic; of these 27 appeared in Uzbek, Tajiki and Uzbek, Russian, or Kirgiz and the remainder in Tajiki alone (Letopis’, pp. 313-18). Statistical reports revealed a significant trend in book publishing. Only 40 printed books in Persian/Tajiki had appeared in Central Asia between 1901 and 1917 to compete with manuscripts (Rypka, 1959, p. 459). In the Soviet period, book publishing houses issued many more Persian/Tajiki titles, from a mere 56 in 1927 to an impressive annual average of 433 between 1958 and 1961; after that, however, the number declined from 369 annually during 1968-71 to an average of 328 during 1978-83. The number of copies according to population figures followed a similar pattern. Circulation of books peaked at 2.1 copies annually per person during the period 1958-61. Thereafter, Soviet publishers provided an average of 1.8 copies per person during 1968-71 but only 1.3 during 1978-83 (Allworth, 1965, p. 36; idem, 1975, p. 444; Pechat’, 1979, pp. 20-21; 1980, pp. 22-23; 1981, pp. 24-25; 1982, pp. 24-26; 1983, pp. 24-25; 1984, pp. 24-25). These declining figures signal the rise of Russian as the language of written communication in Tajikistan. They also give evidence of another aspect of modernization: young Tajiks were increasingly attracted to media other than books. As in most parts of the world, radio, and especially television and cinema, persistently pulled audiences away from printed media and the theater, tending to draw younger generations outward toward a standardized international popular culture and expression rather than inward toward the traditional heritage of their own past.
Bibliography
- The following selective list of titles emphasizes works in English and other European languages. Said Alim Khan, S. H. l’Émir de Boukharie, La voix de la Boukharie opprimée, Paris, 1929.
- Amir Sayyid ‘Alim Khan, Amir-i Bukhara (Amīr Sayyed ʿĀlem Khan, Amīr-e Boḵārā), Tārīḵ-e ḥozn al-melal-e Boḵārā (Tarikh-i huzn al-milel-i Bukhara), Paris, [1929].
- Sadriddin Äyniy/Ṣadr-al-Dīn ʿAynī, Äsäslär, Säkiz tamlik I, Tashkent, 1963.
- Qisqächä tärjimäi halim/Moḵtaṣar-e tarjama-ye ḥāl-e ḵᵛodam, Tashkent, 1960.
- E. Allworth, ed., Central Asia. 120 Years of Russian Rule, Durham, N.C., 1989.
- Idem, Central Asian Publishing and the Rise of Nationalism, New York, 1965.
- Idem, “Mainstay or Mirror of Identity. The Printed Word in Central Asia and Other Soviet Regions Today,” Revue Canadienne des Slavistes 2/3, 1975, pp. 436-62.
- Idem, Nationalities of the Soviet East. Publications and Writing Systems, New York, 1971.
- Idem, The Nationality Question in Soviet Central Asia, New York, 1973.
- Idem, Soviet Asia. Bibliographies. A Compilation of Social Science and Humanities Sources on the Iranian, Mongolian, and Turkic Nationalities. With an Essay on the Soviet-Asian Controversy, New York, 1975.
- Idem, “Suppressed Histories of the Jadids in Turkistan and Bukhara,” in E. von Mende, ed., Turkestan als historischer Faktor and politische Idee. Festschrift für Baymirza Hayit zu seinem 70. Geburtstag, 17. Dezember 1987, Cologne, 1988.
- S. Becker, Russia’s Protectorates in Central Asia: Bukhara and Khiva, 1865-1924, Cambridge, Mass., 1968.
- J. Castagne, Les Basmatchis, Paris, 1925.
- The Composition of Leading Organs of the CPSU (1952-1982), [Munich], 1982.
- Chislennost’ i sostav naseleniya SSSR. Po dannym vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1979 goda, Moscow, 1984.
- H. Carrère d’Encausse, Islam and the Russian Empire. Reform and Revolution in Central Asia, Berkeley, 1988.
- G. Hodnett and V. Ogareff, Leaders of the Soviet Republics, 1955-1972. A Guide to Posts and Occupations, Canberra, 1973.
- Istoriya tadzhikskogo naroda, ed. by an editorial committee, 3 vols. in 2, Moscow, 1963-65.
- Itogi vseoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1959 goda. SSSR (svodnyĭ tom), Moscow, 1962.
- Itogi vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1970 goda. Natsional’nyĭ sostav naseleniya SSSR, soyuznykh i avtonomnykh respublik, kraev, oblasteĭ i natsional’nykh okrugov IV, Moscow, 1973.
- Kommunisticheskaya partiya Tadzhikistana v tsifrakh za 50 let (1924-1974 gg.), Dushanbe, 1977.
- “KPSS v tsifrakh. Nekotorye dannye o razvitii partii v period mezhdu XXVI i XXVII s”ezdami KPSS,” Partiĭnaya zhizn’ 14, July 1986, pp. 19-25.
- W. Kolarz, Russia and Her Colonies, n.p., n.d., 3rd ed., n.p., 1967.
- Letopis’ periodicheskikh izdaniĭ SSSR. 1966-1970, pt. 2, Moscow, 1975.
- F. Lorimer, The Population of the Soviet Union. History and Prospects, Geneva, 1946.
- Naselenie SSSR. Po dannym vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1979 goda, Moscow, 1980.
- N. Kh. Nurdzhanov, Istoriya tadzhikskogo sovetskogo teatra, 1917-1941 gg., Dushanbe, 1967.
- Nizam Nurjanov, Dramai khalqii tojik (Drāmā-ye ḵalqī-e tājīk), Dushanbe, 1985.
- Pechat’ SSSR. Statisticheskiĭ sbornik v 1978 godu … v 1983 godu, Moscow, 1979-84.
- N. P. Ostroumov, Sarty. Etnograficheskie materialy, Tashkent, 1896.
- R. Pierce, Russian Central Asia. 1867-1917. A Study in Colonial Rule, Berkeley, 1960.
- P. G. Pod’yachikh, Naselenie SSSR, Moscow, 1961.
- T. Rakowska-Harmstone, Russia and Nationalism in Central Asia. The Case of Tadzhikistan, Baltimore, 1970.
- J. Rypka, Hist. Iran. Lit. Idem, Iranische Literaturgeschichte, Leipzig, 1959.
- E. Schuyler, Turkistan. Notes of a Journey in Russian Turkistan, Khokand, Bukhara, and Kuldja, 2 vols., New York, 1877.
- Verkhovnyĭ Sovet SSSR. Vos’mogo sozyva. (Statisticheskiĭ sbornik), Moscow, 1970.
- “Vsesoyuznaya perepis’ naseleniya,” Vestnik statistiki 7, 1980.
- R. Wixman, The Peoples of the USSR. An Ethnographic Handbook, Armonk, N.Y., 1984.
- Yádnáme-ye Jan Rypka. Collection of Articles on Persian and Tajik Literature, Prague, 1967.
CENTRAL ASIA x. Economy Before the Timurids
From the historical perspective Central Asia does not lend itself to easy geographical definitions. It comprises, grosso modo, the lands extending from the eastern shores of the Caspian Sea in the west to Chinese Turkestan in the east, from the Kazakh steppes in the north to the northern borders of Persia, Afghanistan, China, and Tibet in the south. Politically and culturally it has often encompassed the area from the Black Sea to the Pacific Ocean. It has had particularly intense interaction with Mongolia, Western Manchuria, and Tibet, that is, Inner Asia, a term that has been used to designate the whole of this region. Modern-day Central Asia lies within the USSR and the People’s Republic of China and is composed of the Turkmen, Uzbek, Tajik (Tadzhik), Kirghiz, and Kazakh SSRs and the Karakalpak ASSR within the Soviet Union and Xinjiang province (the Uighur Autonomous Region) of the People’s Republic of China. With the exception of the Iranian-speaking Tajik SSR, the indigenous populations of these regions are today overwhelmingly Turkic in speech with, in some cases, vestigial Iranian populations. The classical Islamic geographers divided the region into two major areas: Khorasan of which only the northeastern section, that is, southern Turkmenia (largely centering on the region of Marv/Mary, the classical Margiana), is part of Central Asia and Transoxania (Mā Warāʾ-al-Nahr), which was subdivided into several large units (e.g., Ḵᵛārazm, Sogd, Farḡāna) as well as lesser units. The primary focus of this article will be on those regions that historically were significant parts of the Iranian world.
Climate and geography have, of course, in large measure determined economic pursuits in pre-industrial times. Lying at the center of the Eurasian land mass and at considerable distances from the oceans, little rainfall from those sources reaches this region. The mountain chains on the southern borders of the region also block out moisture coming from Southern Asia. The northern zone fares best with respect to precipitation (10-12 inches of rain annually). Rainfall amounts, however, decrease as one goes southward. Much of the land here is desert or semi-desert (Matley, pp. 119-20). Historically, the northern region was of little or at best marginal use to agriculturalists and hence was the domain of the pastoral nomads. Elsewhere, agriculture, in a number of forms, is undertaken. In the somewhat elevated or mountainous regions, where precipitation is slightly higher (e.g., the foothills of the Tien Shan in Uzbekistan), a type of dry-farming dependent on the spring rains, called lalmikārlik (Taj., Uzb. lalmī, Pers. deymī, q.v., “unirrigated, taking its water from rain,” lalmikār “agriculture carried out by taking advantage of rainfall,” Maʿrufov, I, p. 426) or bahārīkārlik “unirrigated crops planted in spring” (Pers., Uzb. bahārīkār “planting in spring,” Maʿrufov, I, p. 91, cf. Russ. bogara “dry-farming”), often combined with pastoralism, is practiced. Elsewhere, farming is of the oasis type, based on regular irrigation (Taj. obikorī, Uzb. suwli), irregular irrigation and qayir agriculture based on silt soils of river deltas (Shaniyazov, pp. 166-67; Khazanov, forthcoming). Major centers are associated with the Mary-Murgab (Morḡāb) system, the Tejen (in Turkmenistan), the Upper Amu Darya (medieval Ḵᵛārazm), the Farḡāna valley, Tashkent, the Zeravshan (Zarafšān), and Qašqa Darya zones. The principal crops are wheat, barley, sorghum, rice, alfalfa, millet, a variety of melons and fruits, sesame, hemp, poppies, and tobacco (a more recent addition). In addition, sericulture, viniculture, and cotton-growing are widespread (Matley, pp. 124-28). With some exceptions, this is a pattern that can be seen in medieval times as well.
Our sources, the Islamic geographers of the 3rd-4th/9th-10th centuries, usually depict the economy of the sedentary populations of Central Asia as flourishing. That of the nomadic population, however, although capable of producing considerable wealth, was much more precarious. Unlike agricultural production, the pastoral economy is not, fundamentally, self-sufficient, nor can it support populations equal in size to those of sedentary states (Khazanov, 1984, pp. 46, 50, 69, 70-72, 81, 83). The nomads must interact with the surrounding sedentary communities to gain access to certain foodstuffs not available in pastoral production (and not produced in sufficient quantities by the primitive forms of seasonal agriculture practiced by some nomads) as well as the products of urban manufacture. Nomadic herds, the composition of which varied according to the natural conditions, usually consisted of sheep, horses, cattle, camels, and goats. Sheep and horses tended to predominate. In those groups moving towards sedentarization the number of cattle and oxen increased. In Central Asian conditions a nomadic family usually needed 60-100 head of sheep, horses, and other livestock to survive. Those who slipped below this minimum number were either forced to sell their services to other family, clan, or tribe members (the relationship was the nomadic equivalent of sharecropping) in the hope that eventually they would be able to return to nomadism (Barth, pp. 16-17, 108-9; Smith, p. 62; Khazanov, 1975, pp. 149-50; idem, 1984, p. 30). Such desperate men were the willing participants of raiding parties against nomad and sedentary alike. Although we have accounts, undoubtedly exaggerated, of herds of 10,000 horses and 100,000 sheep (noted by Ebn Fażlān, ed. Dahār, p. 106, cf. also a Turk prince who, in 626, was able to offer as a gift to the Chinese emperor some 10,000 sheep and a multitude of horses; Schafer, p. 75, with further references), most nomads managed with herds very much smaller than this. Indeed, nomads had to monitor the size of their herds carefully. Overproduction inexorably led to struggles for pasturage. These wars, not infrequently, spilled over into the lands of sedentary states. The stronger ones drove the nomads off. Weaker states succumbed, and ruling houses of nomadic origin (cf. the Saljuqs in Persia and numerous dynasties in China) took over and gradually acculturated. These conflicts touched off the great Eurasian migrations that profoundly influenced the course of Near Eastern and European history.
Herds, which have cyclical life spans, could also be destroyed by epizootics or the vagaries of a difficult climate. Consequently, the prudent herdsman was continually selling off part of his herd for portable wealth (gold, silver, jewels) that could be quickly transformed into new livestock in the event of disaster (Barth, pp. 103-4). Many of the nomads were actually semi-nomadic, sometimes moving back and forth between the two systems. Inevitably, certain numbers of them, in time, became impoverished and were forced to sedentarize. These were held in disdain by the nomads. The Oghuz termed them yatuq, which according to Kāšḡarī (mid-5th/11th century; p. 153), designated “a class of Oghuz, in their own land, who never nomadize or go on raiding expeditions; they are called yatuq meaning "lazy ones, ones left behind".”
Given the precariousness of the nomadic economy, its need for the goods being produced by sedentary societies, nomadic-sedentary relations revolved around the forms that nomadic access to these goods would take: trade, predation, and conquest. The form that this interaction took largely rested on military might. Indeed, nomads often had to fight for the right to trade. In general, the conquest of sedentary territory did not have a great appeal to the nomads. It usually meant the creation of a state with a strong central authority and the transformation of their chieftain clans into urbanized, acculturated monarchs who took on the trappings of the royal houses they had conquered and in time sought to make obedient subjects out of their tribesmen. On a few occasions, the nomads sought to convert agriculture lands into pasturages (e.g., the Mongols in Semirech’e, Barthold, Turkestan 4, p. 467). But, in Central Asia, this was the exception to the rule. Moreover, given the shortage of pasturage in the vicinity of the oasis cities, nomads directly entering these regions faced enormous pressures to sedentarize.
The history of the economy of Central Asia is inextricably tied to the relationship between steppe and sown land, nomad and sedentary populations. Large-scale irrigation works in the region, bespeaking organized sedentary life, date to the early first millennium b.c. (e.g., the Murgab delta, Masson et al., p. 50). Urban centers of the oasis type developed at Bactria (Balḵ), Maracanda (Samarqand), Margiana (Marv; the gorodishche at Gyaur-kala) in the course of the 6th-4th centuries b.c. (Gafurov, pp. 75-78). Incorporated into the Persian empire, the Central Asian satrapies of the Achaemenids appear to have served as intermediaries in the trade of Persia and the Near East with the steppe nomads and peoples to their north. It was by this route that Siberian gold came to Persia. Cornelian, turquoise, silver, and lapis lazuli from Sogdiana, Choresmia, and Bactria were other items of trade. Archeological finds point to the existence of a trade network going through the Central Asian cities that extended from the Near East to the Ural zone and Siberia (Dandamaev and Lukonin, p. 220; Holt, p. 28).
According to classical sources, with the exception of the oases, much of the region seems to have been largely uninhabited. Thus, Quintus Curtius Rufus (7.4.27), the later Roman historian of Alexander’s campaigns, says that the greater part of Bactria was covered with sterile sands and because of its squalid dryness had neither a human population nor crops. Ancient historians (e.g., Strabo, 11.11.4) credit Alexander with founding as many as eight (or more) Central Asian cities. The number and nature of these cities have been called into question. Similarly, the nature and extent of Seleucid rule in Central Asia is unclear. Much of their effort seems to have been concentrated in Bactria, in which there was a relatively sizable Greco-Macedonian settlement. The Greco-Bactrian kingdom (mid-3rd to mid-1st century b.c.), which, in all likelihood, extended its authority to the oasis city-states of Sogdiana and Margiana, became the diffusion point for Hellenism in Central Asia (Frye, 1984, pp. 173, 180). Little is known of the economic impact of these events. The growth of irrigated agriculture seems to have continued. Given the nature of the sedentary-nomadic paradigm, we may presume that trade with the various Saka nomadic tribes continued.
As a consequence of a series of migrations set off by the activities of the Hsiung-nu in Mongolia in the first half of the 2nd century b.c., a number of Iranian (and possibly non-Iranian Tokharian) tribes were pushed into the borders of Greco-Bactria. According to the report of Chang Ch’ien, an official of the Han dynasty sent in about 128 b.c. to gather information on the western lands, Ta-yüan (Da-yuan; Farḡāna? Sogdiana?) was a region of sedentary habitation, in which rice and wheat were grown and grapes cultivated. The region was also famous for its “many fine horse which sweat blood” (Ssu-ma Ch’ien, II, p. 266). There were some 70 fortified settlements in the area. K’ang-chü (Kang-ju), however, which probably corresponds to the Samarqand region later associated with Yen-ts’ai (Yan-cai; they later took the name A-lan-liao, i.e., Alan; see Han-shu, tr. Hulsewé, p. 129), was largely nomadic. Similarly, the Yüeh-chih who took over Greco-Bactria (Ta-hsia/Da-xia) were nomads (Ssu-ma Ch’ien, II, pp. 266-68; Pan Ku/Ban Gu, pp. 119-21, 131-32). The latter, however, together with other nomadic elements gave rise to the Kushan state sometime in the 1st century a.d. The Kushan era witnessed a further development of the canal-based irrigation (Guliamov, pp. 98-107) and the appearance of the āmāč-type plough (Uzb. “a primitive wooden implement with metal teeth which is harnessed to an animal while ploughing the soil,” Maʿrufov, I, p. 537), which continued in use into the 14th/20th century.
The Kushans, who developed a sophisticated culture, became an important part of the silk route which brought this and other luxury items from China to the Near East and Roman Europe. Urban development, the growth of market centers and handicraft industries were spurred on by their far-flung commercial contacts. The Kushan realm also was a source of entry for the valuable furs that the nomads brought from their contacts with the forest and forest-steppe peoples (Gafurov and Litvinskiĭ, I, pp. 369-73). The prosperous Kushan era seems to have been crucial to the creation of the agricultural (system of canals) and commercial infrastructure that formed the underpinnings of the oasis city-state system of the late pre-Islamic and early Islamic era (Zeimal, 1983, p. 250).
The advent in the early 4th century of new nomadic elements, tribes of Inner Asian origin, especially the Chionites and other groups that would become associated with the Hephthalite state, seems to have brought about a decline in urban life and to some extent a “barbarization” of culture. But, the importance of this region as part of the east-west artery of trade continued. It was in this era that the Sogdians began to establish colonies in the Semirech’e region (Gafurov and Litvinskiĭ, I, pp. 420-25; Tolstov, pp. 197-205). These colonies would ultimately reach Inner Mongolia and play an important role in the transmission of culture as well as goods to the Turkic peoples.
The Hephthalites were crushed by the Turks in 557 and the Central Asian city-states were brought into a largely profitable relationship with the Western Turk khanates (qaghanates). The Sogdians, in particular, played a prominent role in the commercial, diplomatic and cultural affairs of both the Eastern and Western Turks. There is evidence that new and more complex irrigation networks were created and their commercial network expanded. A Chinese source comments on their love of commerce, “the people of K’ang are all able merchants, when a boy reaches the age of five, he is sent to study books; when he understands them he is sent to study commerce” (“The Notice of Wie Tsie,” in Chavannes, p. 133). In addition to a variety of agricultural products, the Central Asian cities were also becoming important centers of handicraft production: gold and silverware, rugs, silk goods and other textiles (Gafurov and Litvinskiĭ, II, pp. 59-60, 70-73).
The wars between the Western Turks, local Iranian dynasts, and the advancing Islamic armies disrupted the economy. Arab military expeditions continued throughout much of the Omayyad era. The period of Qotayba’s campaigns (86-96/705-15) were particularly difficult. The devastation visited on the Central Asian cities was considerable and the populace, as one contemporary observed, “left sitting in its nakedness” (Gibb, p. 48). Nonetheless, trade with the East continued. Thus, among the gifts that the “king of Bukhara” sent to the T’ang emperor in 726/1326 with an embassy seeking aid against the Arabs were rugs, as well as saffron and “stone honey.” From the “western lands” China received exotic metalware, such as ostrich-egg cups from Bukhara and Samarqand and a jeweled couch from Bukhara (Schafer, pp. 198, 258-59, citing Ts’e fu yüan kuei/Ce fu yuan gui, 1642 ed., 971.3a, 13a). According to Naršaḵī (p. 29, tr. Frye, pp. 20-21), pre-Islamic Bukhara twice a year hosted a fair for the buying and selling of pagan idols. This was, undoubtedly, a rather important element in the local handicraft industry.
With the advent of the ʿAbbasid era a full economic recovery is in evidence. The Zarafšān valley became a major source of grain production for Central Asia and Khorasan (Gafurov and Litvinskiĭ, II, p. 121). The cities and hence handicrafts and trade revived. The Islamization of Central Asia brought with it the introduction of certain Muslim economic institutions, such as the waqf (pious foundation). Little is known, however, about the impact of this and other institutions on the Central Asian economy.
Our sources, the classical Islamic geographers and historians shed far more light on the economy of Central Asia during the 3rd-6th/9th-12th centuries. With the fragmentation of ʿAbbasid political authority the major Islamic governing powers in the region were of indigenous Iranian (Samanids, 204-395/819-1005, in Khorasan and Transoxania) and Turkic origins (Ghaznavids, 366-582/977-1186, largely in Afghanistan; Qarakhanids, 382-607/992-1211, in Western and Eastern Turkestan; Saljuqs, 429-590/1038-1194, who, from their base in Persia, were overlords of the Western Qarakhanids; and the Ḵᵛārazmšāhs, who, from the Ghaznavid era on, were of Turkic stock, 408-617/1017-1220, in Ḵᵛārazm). The only exception was the Buddhist Qarā Ḵetāy of Proto-Mongolian stock, who held Eastern Turkestan (531-615/1137-1218) and after their defeat of the Saljuq sultan Sanjar in 536/1141 were masters of much of Transoxania as well. The irrigated agriculture of the oasis city-states, except for during periods of warfare, is universally described as flourishing. This was due to the extensive system of canals that brought water to the fields. Naršaḵī (pp. 44-45, tr. pp. 31-32) mentions some 12 canals for the Bukhara region alone. Such a vast network could only be supported at state expense. This came largely from local authorities, but on occasion funds were received from the caliphal center itself. Thus, in 221/835-36, the caliph al-Moʿtaṣem (218-27/833-42) gave two million dirhams for the building of a canal for the people of Šāš (Ṭabarī, III, p. 1326). In addition to the cultivation of wheat, sorghum, millet, barley, rice—which was grown as far north as Farḡāna (Watson, p. 17)—a variety of fruits, beans, oils and other foodstuffs, important textile industries based on the cultivation of the silkworm (especially in the Marv oasis, which was famous for its silk textiles: Moqaddasī, p. 324), and cotton developed. Cotton appeared in Eastern Turkestan in the 6th/12th century and figured importantly in the trade with China and the rest of the Islamic world (Watson, p. 38; Schafer, p. 205). It formed the basis of the textile industry in Bukhara and Ḵᵛārazm (for the latter see Eṣṭaḵrī, p. 304; see also Bartol’d, 1963, pp. 440-43). Naršaḵī (p. 28, tr. pp. 19-20) writes of a textile workshop (bayt al-ṭarāz) in Bukhara that produced carpets, door-hangings, Yazdī cloth, cushions, prayer rugs, and hazel-colored robes for the use of the caliph.
The commercial abilities and acumen of the peoples of Central Asia were noted in a number of sources (see above). According to Eṣṭaḵrī (p. 318) Samarqand was the “port [forża] of Mā Warāʾ-al Nahr and the gathering point of the merchants.” Once the goods were collected there they were shipped out to other districts. This city was also noted for a great variety of textiles, bronze kettles, jugs of very fine quality, tents, stirrups, scissors, sal amoniac, mercury, hazel nuts, slaves, and paper, which was supposed to have been brought there by Chinese prisoners of war captured at the battle of the Talas in 133/751 (Moqaddasī, p. 325; Ṯaʿālebī, p. 140). Bukharan textiles were famous throughout the Islamic world. Thus, the Zandanījī cloth developed at the village of Zandana near Bukhara was exported to Iraq, Persia, and India (Naršaḵī, pp. 21-22, tr. pp. 15-16). Participation in this transcontinental trade was not limited to the major urban centers. Even a small city like Paykand, a target of the early Arab invasions, was involved in the trade with China and overseas; it grew wealthy, and became known as the city of merchants (madīnat al-tojjār; Naršaḵī, pp. 25-26, tr. p. 18; Ṭabarī, II, p. 1186). Muslim trading colonies, largely of Iranian (especially Khwarazmian) origin (cf. the Muslim merchants and mercenary soldiers, the Orsīya of the Ḵazar capital Itil [Lewicki; Golden], the ubiquitous Khwarazmian merchants in Khorasan, see Masʿūdī, Morūj, ed. Pellat, I, p. 213; Eṣṭaḵrī, pp. 304-5), were spread across Eurasia. These were organized societies that controlled the caravan trade, were in contact with one another, and appear to have used a sophisticated system of letters of credit, the ancestor of the modern system of checks (Bartol’d, 1968, p. 110).
The nomadic interest in trade, an essential element of their economy, was not passive. In the Samanid era Muslim merchant-nomadic relations followed the hospitality requirements of the qonaq (guest) system described by Ebn Fażlān (pp. 94-95), in which the Muslim merchant guest gave his host gifts in exchange for protection and hospitality. The Turk could expect reciprocal hospitality when visiting his friend. Subsequently, these relationships became more complex, as reflected in the Turkic institution expressed in the term ortaq “partner” (Agadzhanov, pp. 47, 53; Bartol’d, 1968, p. 110). The Turkic proverb noted by Kāšḡarī (II, p. 103) depicts this symbiotic relationship: “as the Turk cannot exist without the Tat [i.e., foreigner, especially Iranian], a hat cannot be without a head,” Tatsız türk bolmas bašsız börk bolmas. Increasingly, Turkic populations not only came to the border cities for trade, but began to take up sedentary life in them. A number of the towns associated with the Qarluq, Čigil, Oghuz, Kimek, and other Turkic tribal confederations experienced considerable growth in the 5th-6th/11th-12th centuries. Older Sogdian colonies now became Turkicized (Baĭpakov, pp. 192-94). The Iranian Muslim merchants and Sufis were also the most effective conduit for the proselytizing of Islam among the Turkic nomads (Bartol’d, 1968, p. 68).
Ḵᵛārazm was the great emporium for trade between the Islamic lands and the Turkic nomads and through them the Slavic and Finno-Ugric peoples of the forest and forest-steppe zone. Moqaddasī (pp. 324-25) notes the following products coming through Ḵᵛārazm: from Volga Bulgaria came “sable, squirrel, ermine, fence, weasel, stote, fox, beaverhide, hares of varied colors, goat-skins, wax, arrows, tūz (the bark of a tree, used to wrap around bows), hats, fish glue, fish teeth, castoreum, yellow amber, shagreen leather (kaymoḵt), honey, hazel nuts, falcons, swords, chain-mail, ḵalanj (a kind of tree from which vessels were made), Slavic slaves, sheep, and cows.” Ḵᵛārazm itself sent forth “grapes and many raisins, pastries, sesame, garments, furnishings, clothing, blankets, gift-brocade, malḥam veils, locks, colored clothing (āranj < Pers. ārang), bows that only the very strongest can bend, reḵbīn (buttermilk; Ṯaʿālebī, p. 142, has raḥqīn “buttermilk cheese”; he also adds the “melon called bāranj [cf. bālang], a single container of which packed in snow brought 700 dirhams), whey, fish and boats.” There were also skilled craftsmen working in silk, ivory, ebony and other wood-carving, and so on, in the principal Khwarazmian city of Gorgānj (Buniyatov, p. 101).
The Turkic trading partners of the Khwarazmians were the Oghuz tribes until the 5th/11th century and then increasingly those of the Qıpchaq/Qanglı confederation. Eṣṭaḵrī (p. 305), writing in the mid-4th/10th century but using earlier sources, attributed the wealth of this city to “trade with the Turks and livestock-breeding.” They had also by that time become a major entrepot for the slave trade. Caravans went out to and through the Turkic steppes to trade directly with the polyethnic population of Eurasia. The nomads also came to trade. They brought their herds and goods to the border towns, such as Sabrān/Sawrān (northwest of the city of Turkestan in the Kazakh SSR) and Asfījāb (present-day Saĭram, east of Chimkent; Ebn Ḥawqal, ed. Kramers, II, p. 511; tr. Kramers, II, p. 488; Moqaddasī, p. 274; Ḥodūd al-ʿālam, tr. Minorsky, pp. 118, 119; Bartol’d, Turkestan 4, pp. 175-77) which became important centers of commerce. Kāšḡarī (I, pp. 329, 333, 352, 353, 362) names Sabrān, Sitkün, Suḡnāq (Sūnāḵ), Qarāčuq (Fārāb), and Qarnāq as towns of the Oghuz. The Turkic nomads did not, in essence, found many towns, but rather were drawn to already existing urban settlements. Sedentarizing Turks took up residence in them and made them their own. The establishment of a conquest dynasty in the territory significantly accelerated the process (Nagrodzka-Majchrzyk, pp. 112, 116). The leader of the Oghuz, the yabḡu, made his winter pasturage (qıšlaq), Yangıkent (Pers. Deh-e Now, Ar. al-Madīna al-Jadīda or al-Qarya al-Ḥadīṯa), into a kind of capital city (Sümer, p. 34). In some instances, political centers, the orda/ordū which had become fixed in a particular qıšlaq, could become the embryo for a town of native Turkic origin. Such a town (e.g., the Ḵazar capital Itil) inevitably attracted foreign merchants, and in Eurasia these were usually Iranian. From the account of Ebn Fażlān (pp. 93, 98-99) it would appear that the (Iranian) Khwarazmian language functioned as the lingua franca of the Oghuz in their dealings with the non-Turkic world. Further evidence of the impact of the Central Asian Iranian trading cities on the nomads can be seen in the use of Khwarazmian goods in their bride-prices.
In addition to the goods in the conveyance of which they acted as middlemen the nomads also brought livestock, hides, and dairy products to the sedentary societies. Although rug-making and felt-working were widespread skills among the nomadic population, there developed a class of professional artisans who made a variety of goods (footwear, horse-trappings, dishes, jewelry). These, however, were largely for home consumption (Agadzhanov, pp. 42-43). Trade, as has been noted, was a key element in maintaining an uneasy peace with the nomads. But, it also brought many goods to the oasis cities. Thus, the Saljuq sultan, Sanjar (511-52/1118-57), in his order concerning the appointment of a šeḥna over the turbulent Turkmen tribes, commented that the nomads’ “goods and objects which provide increase [i.e., profit] are the cause of the growth of well-being, contentment and benefit for sedentary peoples” (Materialy I, p. 314). The Saljuqs and Qarakhanids, in an attempt to co-opt the nomadic tribal elite into their polities, also began, it has been suggested, to distribute eqṭāʿs to their servitors. Elements of this system may have dated back to the Samanid times, but, it is by no means clear to what extent it was applied in Central Asia (Gafurov and Litvinskiĭ, II, pp. 247-50). It has also been suggested that the growth of eqṭāʿ was, in part, due to the “silver crisis” of the 5th-6th/11th-12th centuries, the causes of which are still much discussed. The crisis led to a sharp decline in the amount of silver available for use in coins, and this may have played a role in the expansion of the use of various paper instruments of credit (Agadzhanov, pp. 49-52: qerṭās, ḥawāla, softaja, barat).
The Mongol era was inaugurated with a series of devastating invasions, great loss of life and massive dislocations in the economy. Skilled workers, specialists in various handicrafts, were identified and exploited by the Mongols, who often moved them to different regions of their empire (Allsen, pp. 210-16), thus reducing further the productive capacities of the already damaged local economies. Chaotic and seemingly capricious taxation caused further ruination. Jovaynī (ed. Qazvīnī, III, p. 77, tr. Boyle, II, p. 599) reports that, at the time of Möngke’s (Mengū Qāʾān) accession to the throne (649/1251), the peasants’ crops hardly amounted to one half of the provisions (moʾūnat) taken from them. The nomads did not escape the Mongol tax collector either. Economic and fiscal reforms were undertaken during the reign of Möngke (649-58/1251-59) based on the program developed by Maḥmūd Yalavāč, a Khwarazmian (Allsen, pp. 79ff., 147-51). By the late 7th/13th century economic prosperity had been substantially restored to pre-invasion levels or something approaching it (Jovaynī, ed. Qazvīnī, I, pp. 75, 84-85 tr., I, pp. 96-97, 108-9). This was in keeping with Mongol practice elsewhere, which aimed at exploitation of the productive capacities of the conquered territories. The Mongol khans, like all nomads, were keenly interested in trade. With the large-scale influx of nomads, however, some regions of previously sedentary culture (in Semirech’e) were given over to pastoralism. Although it appears, by and large, that waqf lands were not seriously tampered with (cf. Arends et al., ed. and tr.), much research remains to be done on the nature of Mongol-era landholding. Eqṭāʿ-type land grants seem to have continued under the name soyūrḡāl. The legal status of the peasants is not clear. On the whole, they appear to have remained, much as they had before, retaining certain traditional rights to rent land in their villages. De facto enserfment may have taken place, but there is no direct evidence for its de jure existence. Some artisans, forcibly drawn into state service, became little more than slaves, working in state-owned kār-ḵānas (Arends, p. 11; Gafurov, pp. 464-69).
Central Asia largely fell into the ulus (appanage) of Genghis (Čengīz) Khan’s son Čaḡatay (Jaḡatāy) and his descendants. Under Kebek (709/1309, ca. 718-26/ca. 1318-26), who moved his capital to Transoxania and showed a more than passing interest in its cities, some attempts at administrative, economic, and monetary reforms were made. These proved to be insufficient to stem the chaos to which Chingisid internecine strife and the rivalry between the dynasty and nomadic aristocracy were leading.
Bibliography
- Primary sources. E. Chavannes, Documents sur les Toukiue (Turcs) Occidentaux, St. Petersbourg, 1900; repr. Taipei, 1969.
- Pan Ku (Ban Gu), Han-shu, tr. A. F. P. Hulsewé, China in Central Asia, Sinica Leidensia 14, Leiden, 1979 (a tr. of chaps. 61, 96).
- Ssu-ma Ch’ien (Si-ma Qian), Shih-chi (Shi-ji), tr. B. Watson, Records of the Grand Historian of China Translated from the Shih chi of Ssu-Ma Chien II, New York, 1961.
- Strabo, Geography, ed. A. Meineke, Leipzig, 1898-99.
- Quintus Curtius Rufus, Historiarum Alexandri regis Macedonum libri qui supersunt, ed. and tr. V. S. Sokolov et al., Istoriya Aleksandra Makedonskogo, Moscow, 1963.
- Materialy po istorii turkmen i Turkmenii I: VII-XV vv. Arabskie i persidskie istochniki, ed. S. L. Volin et al., Moscow and Leningrad, 1939.
- A. K. Arends et al., ed. and tr. Bukharskiĭ vakf XIII v., Moscow, 1979.
- Aḥmad b. Fażlān, Resāla, ed. S. Dahār, Damascus, 1379/1960.
- Maḥmūd Kāšḡarī, Dīwān loḡat al-Tork, ed. and tr. R. Dankoff and J. Kelly, Compendium of the Turkic Dialects, 3 vols., Sources of Oriental Languages and Literatures 7, Cambridge, Mass., 1982-85.
- Abū Manṣūr ʿAbd-al-Malek Ṯaʿālebī, Laṭāʾef al-maʿāref, tr. C. E. Bosworth, The Book of Curious and Entertaining Information, Edinburgh, 1968.
- Studies. S. G. Agadzhanov, Sel’dzhukidy i turkmeny v XI-XII vv., Ashkhabad, 1973.
- T. T. Allsen, Mongol Imperialism. The Policies of the Grand Qan Mongke in China, Russia, and the Islamic Lands, Berkeley, 1987.
- K. M. Baĭpakov, Srednevekovaya gorodskaya kul’tura yuzhnogo Kazakhstana i Semirech’ya, Alma-Ata, 1986.
- F. Barth, Nomads of South Persia. The Basseri Tribe of the Khamseh Confederacy, Boston, 1961.
- V. V. Bartol’d, Sochineniya, 9 vols., Moscow, 1963-77.
- Idem, “Khlopkovodstvo v Sredneĭ Azii s istoricheskikh vremën do prikhoda russkikh,” in Sochineniia II/1, 1963, pp. 435-48.
- Idem, “K istorii orosheniya Turkestana,” ibid., III, 1965, pp. 97-231.
- Idem, “Dvenadtsat’ lektsiĭ po istorii turetskikh narodov Sredneĭ Azii,” ibid., V, 1968, pp. 17-192.
- M. A. Dandamaev and V. G. Lukonin, Kul’tura i ekonomika drevnego Irana, Moscow, 1980.
- R. N. Frye, Bukhara. The Medieval Achievement, Norman, Okla., 1965. Idem, The History of Ancient Iran, Munich, 1984.
- B. G. Gafurov, Tadzhiki. Drevneĭshaya, drevnyaya i srednevekovaya istoriya, Moscow, 1972.
- Idem and B. A. Litvinskiĭ, Istoriya tadzhikskogo naroda, 3 vols., Moscow, 1963-65.
- H. A. R. Gibb, The Arab Conquest of Central Asia, New York, 1923, repr. 1970.
- P. B. Golden, “The Urusoba,” in D. Sinor, ed., Aspects of Altaic Civilization III, forthcoming.
- I. G. Guliamov, Istoriya orosheniya Khorezma s drevneĭshikh vremën do nashikh dneĭ, Tashkent, 1957.
- L. F. Holt, Alexander the Great and Bactria, Leiden, 1988.
- A. M. Khazanov, Sotsial’naya istoriya skifov, Moscow, 1975.
- Idem, Nomads and the Outside World, Cambridge, 1984.
- Idem, “Nomads and Oases in Middle Asia,” forthcoming.
- T. Lewicki, “Un peuple iranien peu connu: les *Arsîya ou *Orsîya,” in Gy. Káldy-Nagy, ed., Hungaro-Turcica. Studies in Honor of Julius Németh, Budapest, 1976, pp. 31-33.
- Z. M. Maʿrufov, ed., Özbek tilining izâhli luğati, 2 vols., Moscow, 1981.
- V. M. Masson et al., Ocherki istorii zemledeliya i agrarnykh otnosheniĭ v Turkmenistane, Ashkhabad, 1971.
- I. M. Matley, “The Population and the Land,” in E. Allworth, ed., Central Asia, A Century of Russian Rule, New York, 1967.
- T. Nagrodzka-Majchrzyk, Geneza miast u dawnych ludow tureckich (VII-XII s.), Wroclaw and Warszawa, 1978.
- K. Sh. Shaniyazov, K ètnicheskoĭ istorii uzbekskogo naroda, Tashkent, 1974.
- E. H. Schafer, The Golden Peaches of Samarkand, Berkeley, 1963.
- J. M. Smith, Jr., “Turanian Nomadism and Iranian Politics,” Iranian Studies 11, 1978, pp. 57-81.
- F. Sümer, Oghuzlar, 3rd ed., Istanbul, 1980.
- S. P. Tolstov, Po sledam drevnekhorezmiĭskoĭ tsivilizatsii, Moscow and Leningrad, 1948.
- A. M. Watson, Agricultural Innovation in the Early Islamic World, Cambridge, 1983.
- E. V. Zeĭmal’ (Zeimal), “Politicheskaya istoriya drevneĭ Transoksanii po numizmaticheskim dannym,” in V. G. Lukonin, ed., Kul’tura Vostoka. Drevnost’ i srednevekov’e, Leningrad, 1978, pp. 192-214.
- Idem, “The Political History of Transoxiana,” in Camb. Hist. Iran III/1, pp. 232-60.
CENTRAL ASIA xi. Economy from the Timurids until the 18th Century
The economy of Central Asia after the fall of Central Asia to the descendants of Čengīz Khan and during their rule was centered on agriculture, but with important contributions from pastoralism, especially the breeding and export of horses. The commercial infrastructure of Central Asian cities like Bukhara, Samarqand, Balḵ, and Kāšḡar supported and profited from trade in luxury goods and durable commodities. Exports included textiles, metals, paper, silk, and tobacco, but the main source of income and employment was agricultural production, whether for local, regional, or international markets. It is significant that productive agricultural land or related components such as water rights and water supplies were the principal objects of waqf endowments, which reflect contemporary attitudes as to what constituted wealth in this period (see, e.g., the waqf properties listed in Vyatkin; Chekhovich, 1974; Mukminova, 1966; Chekhovich and Vil’danova, pp. 213-25).
Water supply. The value of agricultural land depended on access to irrigation. Dry farming (lalmīkārī, Pers. deymīkārī) was widely practiced, but yield and land values were substantially less than on irrigated land. Even irrigated land was graded according to where it was situated on its canal (rūd, nahr, jūy, kām, afdaq; see, e.g., sales made in Bukhara in 14 Ḏu’l-qaʿda and 1 Ḏu’l-ḥejja 976/May 1569, where lands along a canal are mentioned as being choice, middling, or poor: ḵīār, wasaṭ, dūn; Bertels’, docs. 384, 385). Besides the canals, which channeled water to fields, irrigation networks included drainage ditches (zehkaš), which carried away runoff when fields were inundated by winter rains or when they were flooded to leach out excessive ground salts. Canals were also tied in to man-made ponds where reed (nay, kūm) was grown. Hence the construction and maintenance of irrigation systems were of prime importance to the economy, and both private individuals and government officials invested in them. The Jūybārī shaikhs are credited with at least six large projects between 964/1556 and 987/1580 to bring water to barren lands (Kašmīrī, fols. 302a-5b). Thanks to their close ties to the political authorities they were able to requisition thousands of workers to fulfill their corvee (ḥašar, mard-kār, bīgār ) obligations on at least one of these projects, a six-year-long excavation in the Vaḵš basin (ibid., fol. 316a-b).
There are numerous records of government investment, especially through its allocation of corvee, in irrigation systems. Some of the more striking instances involved the region along the left bank of the Oxus river in the desert region between the Sorḵāb/Surkhab (Āq Sarāy) and Ḥażrat-e Emām Ṣāḥeb in the east and Ḵolm in the west. Several projects were undertaken to bring water from the Oxus and from the Sorḵāb between 992/1584 and 1046/1635, with only limited success (Ḥāfeẓ-e Tānīš, fol. 369b on ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar’s work; Mīr Sayyed Šarīf Rāqem, fol. 220b, on the work done under the aegis of the Janibegid amir Emāmqolī during 1043/1633-34 and the violence involved; and Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, fol. 215b, for Naḏr-Moḥammad’s contributions, also during the first half of the 11th/17th century).
Irrigation systems also influenced the physical organization of the countryside. A village (qarīa, mawżeʿ) was often defined by the irrigation channels that watered it. For example, in Balḵ the villages of Greater Balḵ, the Haždah Nahr (Eighteen canals) region, are treated in geographical sources as simple dependencies of the trunk canals supplying their water (see Salakhetdinova, pp. 222-28; Mukhtarov, pp. 99-109). In the countryside near Karmīna, between Samarqand and Bukhara, eleven villages were purchased on 22 Rabīʿ I 974/6 November 1566 (Bertel’s, no. 370). The boundaries of these villages frequently appear in the sales records as waterways, either feeders (nahr, jūy, kām) or drainage canals (zehkaš, afdaq), or other settlements defined in terms of water resources.
The supply of water, both for crops and for drinking, also affected the administrative organization and spatial plan of towns and cities. Greater Samarqand traditionally comprised seven districts (tūmānāt; Bartol’d, pp. 193-94), Bukhara some fifteen to twenty districts (Barthold, Turkestan 3, pp. 113-16), and Balḵ eighteen “canals” (anhār; Salakhetdinova, pp. 222-28; Mukhtarov, pp. 99-109), all organized around the trunk canals supplying water and often named after their canals (Rūd-e Šahr, Ḵarqānrūd, Jūy-e Now in Bukhara; Anhār and Anhār-e Jadīd in Samarqand; Nahr-e Šāhī, Nahr-e ʿAbd-Allāh, and Nahr-e Eṣfahān in Balḵ; etc.). These districts expanded or contracted and changed names over time but on the whole showed remarkable continuity through the 4th-13th/10th-19th centuries. The inner cities were divided into smaller units, such as kūy, maḥalla, goḏar, bāzār. These quarters were usually defined by a mosque (masjed) and a communal reservoir (hawż or sar hawż), though the reservoir on occasion served several quarters (Sukhareva, pp. 21-22).
Agriculture. Only scattered information survives on the relative importance of agricultural commodities in this early period. Nevertheless, it is clear that grain made up the bulk of agricultural production and in times of monetary scarcity or uncertainty served as a capital reserve. Waqf deeds of the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries frequently specify income in terms of mans, ḵarvārs, and šotorvārs (units of weight of varying values, see Davidovich, 1970) of wheat (gandom) and barley (jow) of varying qualities (Chekhovich and Vil’danova; Davidovich, 1983, pp. 280-91). The infrastructure of the grain trade included water-driven mills (āsyāb), as well as animal-powered ones (ḵarās), silos (anbār), and bakeries (nānvā). Implicit in the assignment of quantities of grain as salaries to beneficiaries of waqf endowments is a network of grain brokers, who could make the market in grain by storing and transporting as well as buying and selling. The grain was harvested twice a year, in the fall and the spring. Levies on the crops were designated as kabūd-barī (late spring planting) or safīd-barī (winter planting; Abduraimov, pp. 55, 135; Nūr-Moḥammad, p. 69).
Farmers planted varieties of cereal grains on their land. A sale document of 965/1558 for a piece of land mentions that it had twenty-two man of wheat and twelve man of barley planted on it (Bertel’s, no. 195). Mixing crops (cereals, legumes, and fruits) on small parcels also seems to have been quite common. A walled garden (moḥawwaṭa) purchased by Ḵᵛāja Moḥammad-Eslām Jūybārī in Šawwāl 965/July-August 1558 had sixty grape vines, a field of alfalfa (yūruṇčqa-zār), pomegranate (anār) trees, a grove of figs (anjīrestān) and some non-fruit-bearing trees (ibid., no. 248). The land was plowed with oxen. In a purchase of various properties in Naḵšab/Nasaf, Ḵᵛāja Jūybārī (d. 25 Ṣafar 971/14 October 1563) acquired two pairs of draft oxen (do joft gāv-e kārī). Two of the oxen were eight years old and a dark reddish color (sīāh-ālā); another was seven years old and black, and the fourth, of unknown age, is described as qūba-rang in coloring. With the cattle he also acquired two used straight-grained poplar (safīdār-e dorost) yokes and two plows (āmāč) of straight-grained mulberry, both used (Bertel’s, no. 375).
Besides grain Central Asia was famous in the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries for its fruit. Balḵ is known in Mughal sources for its pomegranates, figs, grapes, peaches, and apricots (Habib, map 1 A-B). Bābor recommended the apples and the ṣāḥebī grape of Samarqand, the mīr-tīmūrī melon of Aḵsīkat, and the melons and wine of Bukhara (Bābor, pp. 77, 82-83). In the mid-10th/16th century, Ḵᵛāja Saʿd Jūybārī bought a representative fruit orchard in the suburbs of Bukhara which included groves of pomegranates, figs, apricots, apples, plums, and mulberries in it (Bertel’s, no. 117). When the Toqay-Timurid Naḏr-Moḥammad, appanage holder of Balḵ, celebrated the ʿĪd al-Feṭr of 1048/5 February 1639 in Naḵšab with his brother Emāmqolī, the great khan at Bukhara, of the “1,000 ḵarvārs” of different fruits that he brought to the celebration his chronicler mentions two varieties of pomegranate, the “Qazvīnī pomegranate” and the “milk and sugar (šīr o šekar) pomegranate,” of which ten and eight ḵarvārs, respectively, were brought to the feast (Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, fol. 248b). Fresh melons required careful transport, and, since they did not store well, oversupply could be a problem. In a letter to Ḵᵛāja Saʿd Jūybārī, the Shibanid ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar spoke of the arrival of a shipment of Bābā-šayḵī melons (ḵarboza) in very poor condition and asked him to send some more camel loads, either of the Bābā-šayḵī, karkak, or Ḵᵛāja Pīlmāsī varieties, but to be careful “not to send too many lest they rot” (presumably before they could be sold; Kašmīrī, fol. 311 b).
Grapes were one of the most popular commodities, judging by the frequency with which vineyards are mentioned in the Jūybārī documents. Vineyards purchased by the Jūybārī shaikhs ranged in size from 23 to 225 vines. Six of seventeen vineyards were small, having between 23 and 56 vines; another seven were medium sized, from 67 to 97 vines, and three were relatively large with 130, 135, 190, and 225 vines (Bertel’s, nos. 111, 118, 123, 124, 127, 158, 161, 162(b), 163, 164, 172, 173, 174, 215, 216, 220, 248). Of the many kinds of (motanawweʿa) grapes the Ḵalīlī grape is singled out several times.
Mulberry (tūt or šāh-tūt) was important for its fruit, for its leaves, which were fed to silkworms, and for its wood. There are one or two records of the size of the parcels on which groves of mulberry trees were planted. In one case, a grove of mulberries used about 154 sq gaz (perhaps equivalent to 38 m2) per tree (70 trees on 3 ṭanābs of land; 1 ṭanāb = 3,600 sq gaz). In another, the trees were planted with some 77 sq gaz of land allotted to each one (70 trees on 1.5 ṭanābs) and on a third, we find 80 mulberries and four sorb (senjed) trees on about 85 sq gaz each (2 ṭanābs; Bertel’s, nos, 310, 320, 321).
Other products mentioned in our written sources were pulse (māš), varieties of reed (nay, kūm), sorb, kajam (sour grapes?), almonds, zerek (barberry?), amrūd (bitter orange?), pistachios, and walnuts. Low-grade wheat and barley along with alfalfa are frequently mentioned as livestock feed (ʿalaf-e dawāb; Bertel’s, nos. 162, 159, 240, 362).
The manufacturing and commercial life of the towns. Agricultural production supported a varied and highly specialized economy of commerce and manufacture in the hubs of the oasal or irrigation districts of Balḵ, Bukhara, and Samarqand. Each town was often known for a special product or commodity: Samarqand for its paper, Balḵ for its fruits and horses, and Bukhara for its textiles, especially gold brocade (zarbāft), shagreen (kīmḵᵛāb, kīmoḵt), and satin (aṭlas), but nearly all trades (Mukminova, 1976, identifies some 130 major crafts) were practiced wherever there was a clientele to support them. The main sectors were the service industries (mostly retailers but including government employees as well), food processing, textile production, metalworking, ceramic and glass making, and the construction industry. Out of 73 individuals in the mid-10th/16th century known to have lived or owned property in the Mollā Amīrī Mosque quarter (kūy, bāzār) of Bukhara, which contained at least two streets, the Bāzār-e Būryā (Mat Street) and Bāzār-e Rīsmān (Rope-makers Street), 31 may be identified by occupation: Personnel from service industries included grocers (baqqāl), retailers (sawdāgar), a shoemaker (mūzapardāz), a bath attendant (ḥammāmī), a grain broker (ʿallāf), and a teamster (arābčī). Government officialdom was represented by two policemen (dārūḡas); the food processing industry by a miller (āsīābān); the metalworking trades by two foundrymen (rīḵtagar); construction by two carpenters (dorūdgar, najjār), a stonemason (sangtarāš), and a lime slaker (gačpaz) and by four sawyers’ shops (taḵtaband), a chisel maker’s shop (čīlāngar), and a file maker’s shop (sowhangar); the textile and weaving industry was represented by two felt makers (ālāčabāf), basket and mat weavers (loḵbāf), four carpet weavers (qālīnbāf), a spinner (lawwāf), and a tentmaker (ḵeymadūz); and the ceramics trades by a single potter (kūsatarāš). There were also a bow maker (kamāngar) and an engraver (naqqāš) living in the quarter and shops for harness makers (tūqūmdūz) and saddlers (sarrāj). Some of the trades-people whose names appear as witnesses on the sales records in this quarter were tailors (darzī), weavers (bāfanda), knife makers (kārdgar), and nail makers (mīḵčagar). The Jūybārīs purchased 29 commercial properties in the quarter, for the most part shops, but also two warehouses. Properties adjacent to those purchased included 58 shops with rooms (perhaps for living) attached and 24 residences ranging from single ḵānas to ḥowaylīs, that is, walled compounds made up of several distinct structures (Bertel’s, nos. 12, 15, 18, 19, 26-28, 38, 40, 45, 51, 52, 80, 83, 86, 92, 265).
The names of the town quarters reflect their predominant activity, although this may not always have been the case. Thus, in the Tīm-e Jāmaforūšān wa Ṭāqīadūzān (Hatters and Haberdashers Quarter) of mid-10th/16th century Bukhara, where there were indeed many shops catering to clothing buyers, the largest number of workshops attributed to a single profession were those of the quivermakers (tarkešdūz; 12 shops mentioned in contrast to 6 shops of the clothing trade; Bertel’s, nos. 5, 14, 33-36, 40).
Ownership and exploitation of property. Economic activity in the 10th-11th/16th-17th centuries was very little regulated by government. In general, the state was content to collect its legal share of the net yield of agriculture and to impose miscellaneous taxes (generically labeled eḵrājāt), many of which seem to have been user’s fees—for instance, levies to pay for water management (mīrābāna), night watchmen (mīršabī, kotwālī), and market inspection (moḥtasebāna)—wherever and whenever necessary (see, e.g., Nūr-Moḥammad, p. 69). There is little, if any, evidence that the state tried to enrich itself through taxation. The Chingizid ruling families, the Shibanid and Toqay-Timurid khans and sultans of the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries, lived no better than their amirs and perhaps considerably less well than some of the more prominent representatives of the intelligentsia, especially the heads of Sufi orders, if we use philanthropic donations as an index of wealth. The wealth of the Chingizids derived from crown holdings they succeeded to, from inherited property, from investments in the international “gift” trade (e.g., the commercial-diplomatic missions exchanged by Bukhara, Agra/Delhi, and Qazvīn/Isfahan), and from the one-fifth share (the canonic ḵoms) of booty that their armies seized in wars (Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, fol. 223a). State lands (mamālek-e pādšāhī) may have also been a source of income. Although there is a clear division between privy purse (ḵezāna-ye ḵāleṣa/ḵāṣṣa) and the state treasury (ḵezāna-ye ʿāmera), in practice there was much blurring of the distinction in time of need (e.g., Naḏr-Moḥammad’s reimbursement of funds expended from the state fisc for expenses incurred when his brother Emāmqolī visited Balḵ in Ṣafar 1049/June 1639; Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, fol. 278b).
Documentary evidence outlines the customary division of the yield of agricultural land (see most recently Davidovich, 1979; Egani, 1979a-b). The owner’s share of income was typically thirty to forty percent of the gross yield. The government’s share, depending on the category of ownership into which private holdings fell, was either one-tenth or two-tenths of the gross yield. This is reflected in the terms used to describe the yield status and the tax status of land. In terms of yield, land could be described as čār-to-dah, meaning the owner’s share of the gross yield was forty percent, or se-to-dah, meaning the shark was thirty percent. In terms of the state’s claim on the owner’s share, land is characterized as dah-yak (or ʿošr), one-tenth of the gross yield which in the case of thirty-percent yield land could also be described as se-yak, that is, one-third of surplus, or dah-do (the standard ḵarāj). There were no doubt many variations on these apparent standards, including those in which the share of the owner was fixed not as a percentage but as an absolute amount denominated in either cash, produce, or both (12th-13th/18th-19th century examples are found in the sample rental contracts for waqf properties contained in, e.g., Monšaʾāt-e Amīr Naṣr-Allāh, ms. no. 465, Bukharskaya Oblastnaya Biblioteka).
The remaining sixty to seventy percent of the land’s product paid for labor, water, seed and plantings, and animal power. Although the designations may not be completely distinct, the kāranda (planter) apparently was hired for a set share of the harvest, while the mozāreʿ (lit., farmer) seems to have been the designation for the tenant with full management control (taṣarrof) of the land. The value of corvee levies (bīgār, ḥašar, mard-kār) is difficult to estimate but must have been substantial at certain times and places (see on irrigation projects, above).
In the legal documents—waqf deeds, sales (qabālajāt), court registrations of sales (eqrārāt)—three types of ownership are recognized: private (melk), trust (waqf), and state (mamlaka or mamlaka-ye pādšāhī). Ownership adheres to the individual or entity with the right, conditional or unrestricted, of disposal of property through sale, gift, bequest, inheritance, or trust.
The least restricted form of ownership is melk, in fact, in terms of the right of disposal it is unconditional ownership. From the viewpoint of government, tax claims to a greater or lesser portion of the yield of private property, melk, particularly land, evolved into three distinct categories: melk-e ḥorr-e ḵāleṣ or melk-e moṭlaq, private property exempt from taxation; melk-e ʿošrī or zamīn-e ʿošrī, property on which the owner paid one-third of his income (or one-tenth of the gross yield) as tax; and melk-e ḵarāj in which the owner paid two-thirds of his income or twenty percent of the gross yield. This last was also encompassed in the phrase two-thirds and one-third property (melk-e ṯolṯ wa ṯolṯānī; Davidovich, 1979, pp. 40-41). Owners wanting tax-exempt status could, under certain circumstances, acquire it by surrendering one-third of their property if ʿošr land, or two thirds if ḵarāj, for tax-exempt status on the remainder. The surrendered land became state land. This procedure was in use as early as 963/1556 (Chekhovich, 1955, pp. 223-40).
In 10th/16th- and 11th/17th-century Central Asia, melk appears as the most common and widespread form of ownership. Private property rights were found in another form as well: soknā or soknīyāt. It applied to privately owned rights on real estate held as mamlaka or waqf or even as the melk of a second party. The soknīyāt included buildings, furnishings, trees, vines, and crops that could be bought, sold, given away, inherited, and transferred to waqf, just like melk, and in many cases actually comprised a value comparable to the real estate. For example, in the sales of commercial buildings (shops, warehouses, baths) in Bukhara in the middle of the 10th/16th century, the prices of soknīyāt property tended to be as high as the price of comparable melk. The existence of soknīyāt rights seems not to have affected the market in the underlying property, in the case of melk. There are many instances in the Jūybārī sales documents in which land on which third parties owned soknīyāt in the form of gardens, orchards, or buildings freely changed hands. Generally, though, there was a tendency—if the actions of the Jūybārī shaikhs are typical—to gain possession of both the melk and soknīyāt of a property through separate purchases (see especially sales of shops in the Tīm-e Jāmaforūšān of Bukhara between Jomādā I 966/February 1568 and Jomādā I 976/November 1568; Bertel’s, nos. 5, 7, 14, 20, 29, 31, 33-36, 46, 260, 262-64).
Another important form of property tenure was raqaba, the meaning of which is not yet entirely certain. Like the institution of soknīyāt, raqaba appears most prominently in the records of the Jūybārī family’s property transactions. In Ṣafar 973/August 1565, Ḵᵛāja Saʿd purchased the “entire raqaba” of the village of Moḡīān in the Bukharan tūmān of Kāmāt. The document recording the transaction explicitly excludes from the sale the exceptions stipulated by the religious law (šaṛʿī): cemeteries, public roads, mosques, and soknīyāt (Bertel’s no. 277). At other times it seems to coincide with soknīyāt in describing the developed feature of a given piece of land. In one case a piece of property abutted the raqaba of a defined pond (kūl-e moʿayyan; Bertel’s, no. 370). In another instance, a residence (ḥowaylī) in Bukhara made up of two ḵānas, a reception room (dehlīz), and an entryway (rūy-e ḥowaylī) is said to have a raqaba of ninety gaz, that is, its raqaba covered an area of ninety square gaz (as measured by the “construction gaz of Bukhara”; Bertel’s, no. 71).
In the movement of private property from hand to hand inheritance played a major role. The Jūybārīs purchased a substantial amount of property from heirs to estates. We know this directly from the reference to the property of minors who, according to their attorneys, needed to liquidate the real estate they had inherited in order to pay debts incurred by the deceased or to have money to live on (e.g., Bertel’s, nos. 3, 11) and indirectly from the successive purchases of shares in common (sahm-e mošāʿ, sahm-e šāyeʿ) held by related individuals. The division of the estate of a Muslim follows clear and precise rules laid down in the Koran and in the amplifications of those rules made by lawyers over the centuries. Where it was not desirable to liquidate the property and distribute the proceeds, the heirs acquired shares in common, which they were free (subject only to the rules of pre-emption) to sell, give away, and in turn leave to their heirs. In waqf deeds of the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries (Mukminova, 1966, p. 192; McChesney, chap. 5) there are references to shares in land and water rights. Common shares could also be held in the soknīyāt and the raqaba of properties (Bertel’s, no. 3).
The variety and complexity of private property in Central Asia defies easy generalization. It is found in the hands of all levels of early modern society, from freed slaves to Chingizid sultans. In the Jūybārī records, women make up a large proportion of owners of abutting property as well as heirs and sellers. The real estate market does not seem to have been monopolized in any way, nor are there any signs of obstacles to ownership other than economic ones. The Jūybārī documents, sometimes cited as evidence of the more generalized phenomenon of the accumulation of property in the hands of a few, only provide us evidence of the building of a real estate empire by Ḵᵛāja Moḥammad-Eslām and his son Ḵᵛāja Saʿd and the not very successful struggle by the generations after Ḵᵛāja Saʿd to control this property empire. Although the Jūybārī family remained a prestigious one in Bukhara for generations afterwards, the consolidated properties were quickly broken up by inheritance and by the establishment of waqf foundations (see Moḥammad Ṭāleb, fols. 92b-95b on the waqf -supported institution of Ḵᵛāja Saʿd; fols. 123a-125a on the distribution of his estate after 997/1589; fols. 250b-251a on the distribution of property and waqf at the death of his son Tāj-al-Dīn 21 Ramażān 1056/31 October 1646).
State or mamlaka land figures rather insignificantly in the surviving documents. The practice of permitting the creation of soknīyāt on mamlaka land restricted the ability of the government to control its use, and in many cases it may have become indistinguishable from private property. To some extent mamlaka lands were replenished by the process of acquiring tax exemption on melk (see above).
Only waqf or endowed properties may have expanded during the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries at the expense of private ownership. In the surviving record of land tenure in Central Asia, waqf documents are prominent. Many large waqfs were established in this time: the Ahrarid waqfs (see Chekhovich, 1974), the waqf set up by Ḥabība-Solṭān Begom, daughter of a Timurid amir Jalāl-al-Dīn Sohrāb about 868/1463-64 for the ʿEšrat Khan mausoleum in Samarqand (Viatkin, pp. 111-36); Mīr ʿAlī Šīr Navāʾī’s (d. 906/1501) waqfs (Subtelny); Sultan Ḥosayn Bāyqarā’s 885/1480 waqf for the mazār of ʿAlī b. Abī Ṭāleb near Balḵ (McChesney); the waqf set up by Mehr-Solṭān Khanom, daughter-in-law of the Shibanid Moḥammad Khan for his madrasa in Samarqand about 926/1520 (Mukminova, 1966, p. 7); various waqfs of the Shibanids, their Uzbek amirs, and the urban intelligentsia (Davidovich, 1983, pp. 280-90); the waqfs of the 11th/17th-century Chingizids, the Toqay-Timurids, and their amirid backers in Bukhara and Balḵ (McChesney, chaps. 4-6; Chekhovich and Vil’danova).
But even this trend was reversible. As with mamlaka land, waqf endowments permitted the creation of soknīyāt, which had the effect of removing control of the income-producing properties from control of the waqf managers. Poor management, court litigation, and the de jure transfer of waqf properties through estebdāl exchange (i.e., legal exchange of waqf property for property of comparable value) or the de facto transfer through such instruments as the double-lease (ejāratayn) or repair-and-deduct provisions, in which the actual value of the property gradually passed to the tenant, continually transformed some amount of waqf holdings into melk even as new waqf endowments were being made (see, e.g., G. Baer, “Ḥikr,” in EI 2, Supp., 5-6, pp. 368-70).
International trade. Central Asia remained a hub of overland long-distance trade in the 10th-11th/16th-17th centuries. Despite the existence of sea routes linking east Asia with Persia, the Middle East, and Europe and the increasing exploitation of these routes by new forms of investment (see Steensgaard, pp. 114ff.), overland caravan routes seem to have been little affected. In fact the period shows a resurgence of interest in expanding overland trade. The political leaders of Bukhara, Balḵ, and Ḵīva, as well as wealthy families like the Jūybārīs, sent their agents out in all directions in search of markets and goods (on Central Asian trade envoys to Russia including letters sent to and from these agents, see, e.g., Badr-al-Dīn Kašmīrī, fols. 90a-b, and Materialy po istorii, pp. 303-6); on the frequent exchanges of embassies between Central Asian politicians and the Mughal court many of which had a commercial component, see Riazul Islam, II, pp. 209ff., ʿEnāyat Khan, pp. 94, 148, 154, 244, 257, etc.; on a weapons-buying mission sent to Moscow, which returned to Bukhara in 990/early 1583, see Ḥāfeẓ-e Tānīš, fol. 378b; on the structure of trade between China and the khanates of Central Asia, see Fletcher). The records of international trade characteristically depict the more prominent “gift” trade, that is, the commercial-diplomatic missions that carried examples of the sending regions’ most exportable products. Such missions enjoyed comparative security and often exemption from the customs duties faced by the ordinary merchant, whose presence and activities on the trade routes must usually be inferred as a consequence of these official trade delegations or from the occasional document (e.g., the diary of the late 11th/17th-century Armenian merchant Hovhannes in Steensgaard, pp. 23-28).
A delegation sent by the Shibanid ʿAbd-Allāh b. Eskandar, great khan of Bukhara, to Akbar Shah in Agra in 994/1585 carried a typical range of Central Asian luxury goods as “gifts”: “choice pigeons” along with a noted pigeon player (kabūtarbāz), “choice horses, strong camels, swift mules, animals of the chase, and choice pūstīns (dressing gowns), and other rarities of the country” (Akbar-nāmā III, p. 735) or “hunting birds (bāz, šenqar, sokkan-e tāzī), horses, camels, and other appropriate royal gifts” (Ḥāfeẓ-e Tānīš, fols. 463b-464a). Such combined diplomatic and commercial delegations were the rule in international relations, and their frequency in the 10th-11th/16th-17th centuries, especially during the period 988-1050/1580-1640, is one sign of heightened interest in the economic potential of the overland routes (on the routes themselves see Habib, map 1 A-B; for the southern routes, ibid., notes, pp. 1-5; Carrère d’Encausse; Chuloshnikov, in Materialy po istorii, p. 67).
Bibliography
- M. A. Abduraimov, Ocherki agrarnykh otnosheniĭ v Bukharskom khanstve II, Tashkent, 1970.
- Ẓahīr-al-Dīn Moḥammad Bābor, Bābor-nāma, tr. A. S. Beveridge, Bābur-nāma (Memoirs of Bābur), repr., 2 vols. in one, New Delhi, 1970.
- V. V. Bartol’d, “K istorii orosheniĭ,” in his Sochineniya III, Moscow and Leningrad, 1965, pp. 193-94.
- E. E. Bertel’s, Iz arkhivov Sheĭkhov Dzhuĭbari, Moscow and Leningrad, 1938.
- H. Carrère d’Encausse, “Les routes commerciales de l’Asie centrale et les tentatives de reconquête d’Astrakhan,” Cahiers du monde russe et soviétique 11, 1970, pp. 391-422.
- O. D. Chekhovich, “Bukharskie pozemel’nye akty XVI-XX vv.,” in Problemy istochnikovedeniya IV, Moscow, 1955, pp. 223-40.
- Idem, Samarkandskie Dokumenty, Moscow, 1974.
- Idem and A. B. Vil’danova, “Vakf Subkhan-Kuli-khana Bukharskogo 1693 g.,” in Pis’mennye pamyatniki Vostoka, 1973, Moscow, 1979, pp. 213-25.
- E. A. Davidovich, Materialy po metrologii srednevekovoĭ Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1970.
- Idem, “Feodal’nyĭ zemel’nyĭ milk v Sredneĭ Azii XV-XVIII vv.: sushchnost’ i transformatsiya,” in B. G. Gafurov et al., eds., Formy fodal’noĭ zemel’noĭ sobstvennosti i vladeniya na Blizhnem i Srednem Vostoke, Moscow, 1979, pp. 39-62.
- Idem, Istoriya denezhnogo obrashcheniya srednevekovoĭ Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1983.
- A. Egani, “Znachenie termina "yabis" i instituta "yabisi" v Sredneĭ Azii XV-XIX vv.,” in Formy feodal’noĭ zemel’noĭ sobstvennosti i vladeniya na Blizhnem i Srednem Vostoke, Moscow, 1979a, pp. 63-88.
- Idem, “O dvukh znacheniyakh termina "raĭyati" v Sredneĭ Azii XVI-XIX vv.,” ibid., 1979b, pp. 89-96.
- ʿEnāyat Khan, ed. W. C. Bagley and Z. A. Desai, The Shah Jahan Nama, Oxford, etc., 1990.
- J. Fletcher, “China and Central Asia: 1368-1884,” in J. K. Fairbank, ed., The Chinese World Order, Cambridge, Mass., 1968, pp. 206-24.
- I. Habib, An Atlas of the Mughal Empire, Delhi, 1982.
- Ḥāfeẓ-e Tānīš, Šaraf-nāma-ye šāhī, facs. ed. and tr. M. A. Salakhetdinova, pt. 1, Moscow, 1983 (up to 971/1563-64); ms. India Office Library, London, no. 574 (for the period 971-96/1587).
- Badr-al-Dīn Kašmīrī, Rawżat al-reżwān fī ḥadīqat al-ḡelmān, Tashkent, IVAN, ms. no. 2094.
- Maḥmūd b. Amīr Walī, Baḥr al-asrār fī manāqeb al-aḵyār, India Office Library, ms. no. 575.
- Materialy po istorii Uz., Tadzh., i Turkmenskoĭ SSSR, vyp. III, pt. 1: Torgovlya s Moskovskim gosudarstvom i mezdunarodnoe polozhenie Sredneĭ Azii v XVI-XVII vv., Leningrad, 1932.
- R. D. McChesney, Waqf at Balḵ, Princeton, 1990.
- Moḥammad Ṭāleb b. Ḵᵛāja Tāj-al-Dīn Jūybārī, Maṭlab al-ṭālebīn, ms. Tashkent, IVAN, no. 3757.
- A. M. Mukhtarov, Pozdnesrednevekovyĭ Balḵ, Dushanbe, 1980.
- R. G. Mukminova, K istorii agrarnykh otnosheniĭ v Uzbekistane v XVI v. Po materialam “Vakfname,” Tashkent, 1966.
- Idem, Ocherki po istorii remesla v Samarkande i Bukhare v XVI veke, Tashkent, 1976.
- Ḥ. Nūr-Moḥammad, Tārīḵ-e Mazār-e Šarīf, Kabul, 1325 Š./1946.
- Mīr Sayyed Šarīf Rāqem Samarqandī, Tārīḵ-e rāqemī, Royal Asiatic Society, ms. no. 163, ed. Tashkent, 1332/1913-14 (Storey, I, pp. 377-78).
- Riazul Islam, A Calendar of Documents … II,” Palestinskiĭ sbornik 21, 1970, pp. 222-28.
- M. A. Salakhetdinova, “K istoricheskoĭ toponomike Balkhskoĭ oblasti,” Palestinskiĭ sbornik 21, 1970, pp. 222-28.
- N. Steensgaard, The Asian Trade Revolution of the Seventeenth Century, Chicago, 1973.
- M. Subtelny, “A Timurid Educational and Charitable Foundation: The Ikhlāṣiyya Complex of ʿAlī Shīr Navāʾī in 15th Century Herat and its Endowment,” JAOS 111/1, 1991.
- O. A. Sukhareva, Kvartal’naya obshchina pozdne-feodal’nogo goroda Bukhary, Moscow, 1976.
- V. L. Vyatkin, “Vakufnyĭ dokument Ishratkhany,” in M. E. Masson, Samarkandskiĭ mavzoleĭ izvestnyĭ pod nazvaniem Ishratkhana, Tashkent, 1958.
CENTRAL ASIA xii. Economy in the 19th-20th Centuries
When the Russians arrived in Central Asia in the 1860s they found a predominantly agrarian economy. As in other parts of the dry heart of Asia and the Middle East two forms of agriculture existed: sedentary farming, mainly based on irrigation, and livestock herding. There were several areas of irrigated land, especially in the Farḡāna (Ferghana) Valley, and along the Zarafšān (Zarafshan), Amu Darya, Morḡāb, and Tajen (Tejen) rivers. Oases along the Kopet Dagh were supplied with water from underground tunnels (kārīz). The main grain crops were wheat, barley, and sorghum. Some dry farming of grain occurred in hilly areas. Rice was grown where surplus water was available. Alfalfa was sown in rotation with cotton as a fodder crop. A variety of vegetables and fruit was grown, especially melons, apricots, and grapes. Farming techniques were primitive. The main tools were a hoe (ketman) and a small plow (āmāj). Crop rotation was little practiced.
Sedentary farmers kept livestock for plowing, transportation, and working irrigation wheels, but the largest numbers were herded by the desert nomads, such as the Turkmen, Karakalpaks, Kipchak Uzbeks, and Kazakhs, and by the Kirgiz and Tajik mountain herders. Cattle, including oxen, were kept both by farmers and nomads, but sheep were mainly herded by nomads. Goats, donkeys, horses, and camels were also found.
The Russians saw Central Asia as a potential producer of their requirements for cotton. Under their control the area under irrigation was expanded, especially towards the end of the century when work on the Mirzachol Sahra (Golodnaya Step’) and the Murghab Imperial Domain schemes was virtually completed. In the Farḡāna valley cotton acreage also increased. In the 1880s American-type cotton was introduced which improved both quality and production (Semenov et al., p. 458).
The substitution of cotton for food crops in Central Asia created no major problem until the Revolution. In 1918 the region became completely cut off from grain supplies from Russia. Although the situation improved in the following year, local farmers began to sow grain instead of cotton. Unrest in the region due to the activities of anti-Communist partisans (bāsmačī) caused the destruction of irrigation systems and a drop in food production. Between 1919 and 1923 there were severe famines and over one million people died (Park, pp. 330-31).
Between 1922 and 1928 the Soviet authorities restored the irrigation systems and reverted to the pre-Revolutionary policy of exclusively growing cotton on irrigated land. In 1930 collectivization began in Central Asia, resulting in a decline in cotton production. By this time the Soviet Union had become virtually self-sufficient in cotton and such a drop was unwelcome (Korzhenevskiĭ, p. 225, Dzhamalov, I, p. 252). Further expansion of the area under cotton was achieved by the construction of new canals and irrigation projects. The most notable developments were the Great Farghana Canal, completed in 1939, the expansion of the Mirzachol Sahra scheme, and the extension of the main Turkmen Canal to Ashkhabad in Turkmenistan by 1962 (Carne, pp. 197-209).
At mid-19th century industry in the modern sense did not exist. The nomads produced only carpets, rugs, and felt, but even the urbanized Uzbeks and Tajiks had only a handicraft of small workshop industry. The main branch of industry was the processing of cotton, wool, and silk and the production of a small quantity of textiles. Most of the processed cotton went to Russia (Schuyler, I, p. 296).
After the Russian occupation of Central Asia in 1865 attempts were made to develop industry and a search for raw materials began. Some poor quality coal was mined in several locations and oil was extracted in the Farghana Valley and in Turkmenistan. Some copper and iron ore was mined. However, before 1917 little industry was developed and the independent amirate of Bukhara had not even been explored for mineral deposits. The processing of cotton, leather tanning, wool washing, and silk spinning were still the major activities (Park, pp. 269-74).
The Trans-Caspian Railroad (to Samarkand by 1888 and the Farghana Valley by 1899) and the Orenburg-Tashkent Railroad (completed in 1906) were the main transportation routes. Most industry was located close to these lines. The Turkistan-Siberia Railroad was completed in 1930 with the idea of delivering more grain to Central Asia and releasing more land for cotton growing.
Between 1928 and the outbreak of World War II industrial development accelerated. Thermal and hydro-electric power stations were built to support industrialization. A large textile plant was built in Tashkent. An agricultural machinery plant, fertilizer plants, and mechanized cotton gins all served the cotton industry. In 1946 a small steel plant was put into operation at Bekabad (Begovat) in Uzbekistan using scrap metal, iron ore from the Urals and coal from the Kuznets basin and Karaganda. During the period between 1945 and the present there has been further development of industry serving the cotton grower, including the manufacture of fertilizers, irrigation equipment, and cotton machinery. Large dams on the Vaḵš (Vakhsh), Naryn, and Chirchiq Rivers have increased electric power production. A new energy resource was first tapped in the 1950s when large deposits of natural gas were found at Gazli near Bukhara and at Jarkak and Murabek in the southeast of Uzbekistan. Pipelines run to Tashkent, Samarkand, and the Farḡāna Valley, but much gas leaves the region by pipeline to the Urals. Mining of metallic minerals includes copper and molybdenum at Almaliq, near Tashkent, lead at Chimkent, and lead, zinc, mercury, and antimony in Tajikistan. Uranium is found in the Farḡāna Valley and Kirgizistan. The chemicals industry is supplied with sulphur from central Turkmenistan and sodium sulphate from the shores of the Kara Bogaz Kol on the Caspian Sea. Phosphorite for chemical fertilizer plants comes from southern Kazakhstan. A large chemical plant at Dushanbe in Tajikistan uses local sodium chloride and power from the large Nurek dam. This dam also supplies power to an aluminum plant using alumina from the Urals (Matley, 1967, pp. 332-37, idem, 1981, pp. 420-25).
In spite of the development of Central Asian industry the economy is still based on the growing of cotton. Industry is designed to serve that activity, and the region is virtually self-sufficient in the production of equipment and supplies for the cotton industry. Other branches of agriculture and industry are poorly developed. In other words, Central Asia shows a high degree of regional specialization. Apart from cotton, natural gas is the only major export of the region. Unless Central Asia frees itself from a planned economy designed mainly to serve the interests of the Soviet Union and diversifies its agriculture, its future seems to be tied to cotton production. The rapid growth of population in the last few decades has created a demand for further employment in industry or emigration outside the region. In the past there has been little movement of people to other parts of the Soviet Union, but with the future possibility of freer emigration abroad it is possible that Central Asians may seek work in countries of the Middle East or South Asia.
A factor that may limit regional development is the large-scale pollution, which has contaminated the soils and waters, especially of Uzbekistan, because of the uncontrolled use of fertilizers and pesticides in the growing of cotton. The problem is compounded by the shrinking in area of the Aral Sea, caused by the excessive use of the rivers that drain into it for the purposes of irrigation. Large areas of salts have formed on the edge of the shrinking sea, and these salts have been spread by the wind over the surrounding countryside creating conditions harmful to most plants. These problems present a major threat not only to the future development of agriculture but also to the quality of life of the population, but it is difficult to see how they can be easily solved.
Bibliography
- A. M. Aminov, Ekonomicheskoe razvitie Sredneĭ Azii (kolonial’nyĭ period), Tashkent, 1959.
- M. Asimov, ed., Tadzhikskaya S.S.R., Dushanbe, 1984.
- E. Bacon, Central Asia Under Russian Rule, Ithaca, 1966.
- O. Caroe, Soviet Empire, London, 1967.
- G. Curzon, Russia in Central Asia in 1889, London, 1967.
- O. B. Dzhamalov, ed., Istoriya narodnogo khozyaĭstva Uzbekistana I, Tashkent, 1962.
- D. Kaushik, Central Asia in Modern Times, Moscow, 1970.
- N. L. Korzhenevskiĭ, ed., Uzbekskaya S.S.R., Moscow, 1956.
- I. Matley, “Central Asia and Kazakhstan,” in S. Koropeckyj and G. Schroeder, eds., Economics of Soviet Regions, New York, 1981, pp. 417-53.
- Idem, “The Population and the Land,” “Agricultural Development,” and “Industrialization,” in E. Allworth, ed., Central Asia. A Century of Russian Rule, New York, 1967, pp. 92-130, 266-348.
- I. M. Muminova, ed., Istoriya Uzbekskoĭ S.S.R. s drevneĭshikh vremën do nashikh dneĭ, Tashkent, 1974.
- A. Nove, The Soviet Middle East, London, 1967.
- A. Park, Bolshevism in Turkestan, 1917-1927, New York, 1957.
- R. Pierce, Russian Central Asia. 1867-1917, Berkeley, 1960.
- E. Schuyler, Turkistan I-II, New York, 1877.
- V. P. Semenov-Tian-Shanskiĭ, ed., Rossiya, polnoe geograficheskoe opisanie nashego otechestva XIX: Turkestanskiĭ kraĭ, St. Petersburg, 1913.
- V. Suvorov, Istoriko-èkonomicheskiĭ ocherk razvitiya Turkestana, Tashkent, 1962.
- G. Wheeler, The Modern History of Soviet Central Asia, New York, 1964.
CENTRAL ASIA xiii. Iranian Languages
Central Asia was the ancient homeland of the Iranians and therefore also of the Iranian languages. There is no clear and indisputable evidence of the languages spoken on the plains and in the mountains of Central Asia before the 1st millennium b.c., when the entire area was probably already inhabited by Iranians. Nevertheless, some scholars have supposed that in certain Iranian languages there are recognizable traces of a substratum of pre-Iranian Central Asian languages that are typologically similar either to those of the Burushaski or Himalayan type or to Dravidian (e.g., Edel’man, 1980, 1983). This view would imply that, before the appearance of the Aryans (i.e., the common ancestors of the Indo-Aryans and Iranians) or Iranians in Central Asia, non-Indo-European languages were spoken there. On the other hand, it should be noted that there is a complete absence of any placenames that can be demonstrated to be of non-Iranian origin, even in the remotest mountain valleys like Wāḵān, which is immediately adjacent to Burushaski-speaking regions. Indeed, most names with clear etymologies seem to have originated in Old Iranian times, including the native form of Wāḵān itself: Wux, which is undoubtedly from Old Iranian *Wahwī- “good, beneficent,” an ancient river name (cf. Av. Vaŋᵛhī Dāitiiā, the name of a river in Airiianəm Vaējah, the mythical homeland of the Iranian tribes; differently Morgenstierne, 1938, pp. 433, 465, < *Waxšu).
Historical development. The so-called Eastern Iranian languages were and still are spoken over a wide area, from the Caucasus, where modern Ossetic is spoken, to Chinese Turkestan, where in medieval times descendants of the “Saka” languages were spoken in Khotan and other places and the modern Pamir language Sarikoli is still spoken (for overviews see, e.g., Edel’man, 1986, pp. 3-6; Oranskiĭ, in Osnovy I, pp. 17-26; R. Schmitt in Compendium, pp. 25-31; N. Sims-Williams, ibid, pp. 165-72; P. O. Skjærvø, ibid., p. 370), and may have been even more widespread before the Achaemenid period, embracing southern Russia and all those areas of Central Asia where mainly Turkic languages are now spoken (see, e.g., Schmitt, op. cit., pp. 92-93). To the west and the north of this area Iranians had contact with the Slavs and Finno-Ugrians, and a considerable number of loanwords from Old or Middle Iranian have been identified in both the Eastern Slavonic (mostly Russian) and Finno-Ugrian languages (see, e.g., R. Bielmeier, in Schmitt, ed., pp. 236-45); so far there is no evidence of reciprocal borrowing in Iranian. On the other hand, contacts between Northeast Iranian and Indo-Aryan have been continuous throughout history, with borrowing in both directions. In the modern languages it is often impossible to distinguish between ancient loanwords and more recent ones (Morgenstierne, 1974; 1975). A typical instance of Indo-Aryan influence is the common occurrence of retroflex (“cerebral”) consonants in most Iranian languages spoken in the region of closest contact (see, e.g., R. E. Emmerick in Schmitt, ed., p. 209).
At the time of the Achaemenids all Iranians spoke “approximately the same language, with but slight variations” (Eratosthenes apud Strabo, 15.2.8), that is, the dialects were probably still mutually comprehensible. It is commonly believed that the language, or languages, of the Avesta belonged to eastern Iran and that the oldest parts of the work were composed somewhere in Central Asia or Afghanistan/Sīstān (see avesta; avestan geography). In contrast to the Rigveda, which was largely compiled on the Indian subcontinent and contains words that are not Indo-Aryan, non-Iranian words are absent from the Avesta. This fact has led some scholars to suggest further that Iranians moved through Central Asia on the heels of the Indo-Aryans, as a second wave of Aryan migration (Burrow, p. 140; Morgenstierne, 1975, p. 433).
The following (Middle) Iranian languages are attested from a.d. the 1st millennium in Central Asia: Scythian and Sarmatian (only in proper names), Sogdian, Bactrian, Choresmian (q.v.), Parthian, Bukharan (Henning, 1958, pp. 84-86), and perhaps Ferghanan (the latter two known only from coins; see, e.g., Sims-Williams, in Schmitt, ed., pp. 165-72).
Scythian and related languages were spoken over an enormous territory, from the Black Sea to China (see, e.g., V. I. Abaev, in Osnovy I, pp. 272-364; Bielmeier, op. cit.). The names of two Central Asian Saka tribes are mentioned in ancient sources, including the Achaemenian inscriptions: Saka tigraxauda (Sakas with pointed caps) and Saka haumavarga (Sakas who eat hauma?). No texts in these ancient languages have been discovered from Central Asia proper, but the related Khotanese and Tumshuqese languages spoken in Chinese Turkestan are known from texts from about the 7th to the 10th centuries. Among modern Iranian languages those spoken in the Pamirs belong to the same group as the ancient languages of the Saka, and some are perhaps directly descended from the dialects of antiquity (see below). For example, Wāḵī shares some important phonological features with Khotanese (see, e.g., Skjærvø, op. cit., pp. 375).
Sogdian was spoken in Sogdiana proper, in and around the Zeravshan (Zarafšān) valley, but was also the lingua franca of merchants (many of them Sogdians) along the Silk Road (see, e.g., I. M. Steblin-Kamenskiĭ, in Osnovy II, pp. 347-50; Sims-Williams, in Compendium, pp. 173-75). Most Sogdian texts have been excavated from the sites of colonies established in Chinese Turkestan and date from a.d. the 4th century. Some shorter inscriptions, as well as a substantial collection of documents from the 8th century discovered at Mount Mug on the upper course of the Zeravshan river and coins with Sogdian legends from the 2nd-8th centuries, have been excavated in Sogdiana itself. The language must have survived the Arab conquest and even has a modern descendant, Yaḡnōbī, also called “modern Sogdian” or New Sogdian (see, e.g., Skjærvø, ibid., with refs.).
Bactrian was the language of Bactria in the Kushan period (ca. a.d. 46-225); it is known from inscriptions from Bactria itself, as well as from coins and some short and damaged inscriptions excavated in southern Uzbekistan and Tadjikistan (see also Sims-Williams, in Compendium, pp. 230-35; Steblin-Kamenskiĭ, in Osnovy II, pp. 314-46).
Choresmian (q.v.) was the language of the Iranians who settled in ancient Choresmia (Ḵᵛārazm) on the lower course of the Amu Darya. An inscription in Aramaic script, consisting of the single word asp(a)bārak “rider,” was found at Koĭ-Krylgan-kala and may date from the 4th-2nd centuries b.c. It is the oldest written monument known from Central Asia. With the exception of coins, most of the relevant archeological finds from Choresmia remain unpublished. The major sources for the language remain glosses in Arabic in manuscripts of Moqaddamat al-adab by Maḥmūd Zamaḵšarī (d. 538/1143), Ketāb Qonyat al-monya by Moḵtār Zāhedī Ḡazmīnī (d. 658/1260), and others (see also H. Humbach, in Compendium, pp. 193-203). Several Choresmian loanwords have been identified in such modern Turkic languages as Uzbek and Karakalpak (Livshits, p. 140).
Parthian was spoken in ancient Parthia, to the southeast of the Caspian Sea (southern Turkmenistan and Khorasan). It is known from ostraca of the 1st century b.c. found in the ruins of the Arsacid capital Nisa (near Ashkhabad), which are probably written in early Parthian, possibly with an admixture of Aramaic; from bilingual Sasanian royal inscriptions of a.d. the 3rd century, written in both Parthian and Middle Persian; and Manichean texts from Chinese Turkestan (probably of a.d. the 3rd/4th-8th centuries; see, e.g., V. S. Rastorgueva and E. K. Molchanova, in Osnovy II, pp. 147-232; W. Sundermann, in Compendium, pp. 114-37). The language of ancient Margiana (medieval Marv) was also closely related to Parthian (Livshits, pp. 144-45).
Persian was originally the language of the province of Fārs; through contacts with northwestern vernaculars, Middle Persian acquired many new features and was transformed into a sort of koine, with both southwestern and northwestern components (see, e.g., Lentz). Its expansion into Central Asia began perhaps in Sasanian times, but it was greatly intensified after the Arab invasion, when many settlers and refugees migrated from the west. Middle Persian was also one of the Iranian languages used by Manichean and Christian communities in Central Asia and Chinese Turkestan (see, e.g., Rastorgueva and E. K. Molchanova, in Osnovy II, pp. 6-146; Sundermann, in Compendium, pp. 138-64). Manichean Middle Persian texts are known from the 3rd to the 9th centuries; the earliest Christian Manichean text is a fragmentary Psalter that must have been written between the 6th and 7th centuries but may contain earlier material (see Skjærvø, in Studia Iranica 12/2, 1983, p. 178). Few details of the diffusion of Persian are known, but it formed the basis both for a new literary language, modern Persian (Farsi, Dari), and for the modern Perso-Tajik dialects. Many loanwords from Eastern Iranian languages have entered both literary Persian and modern Tajik, especially local dialects.
The modern period. The modern linguistic map of Central Asia is characterized by a very complex pattern of interaction between two genetically different language groups, Turkic and Iranian. On the whole, Turkic languages have been supplanting Iranian ones, and vast territories have become bilingual. Russian has recently become very influential as well and is forcing out indigenous languages, especially in the official sphere.
The following Eastern Iranian languages are currently spoken in Central Asia (cf., e.g., Morgenstierne, 1958; Skjærvø, op. cit., p. 371; Lazard, ibid., pp. 289-90, refs. p. 293).
1. Yaḡnōbī, a descendant of Sogdian (see above), is spoken on the upper course of the Zeravshan river. The Yaḡnōbīs were forced to migrate to the steppe in the winter of 1970, but are now gradually returning home (see, e.g., A. L. Khromov, in Osnovy III/2, pp. 644-701, on the migration p. 644; Bielmeier, in Compendium, pp. 480-88, on the migration, p. 480, n. 2 with refs.).
2. The Pamir languages spoken in the mountain valleys of the western Pamirs (see, e.g., J. Payne, in Schmitt, ed., pp. 417-44). They include several representatives of the so-called Šuḡnī-Rošanī subgroup (D. I. Edel’man, in Osnovy III/2, pp. 236-347): Šuḡnī, with the dialects of Ḡund, Šahdara, and Bajū; Rošanī, with the dialect of Ḵuf; Bartangī; and Rošorvī (formerly called Orošorī). Yazḡulāmī (ibid, pp. 348-407) and Sariqōlī in the eastern Pamirs, the latter spoken by relatively few individuals, probably immigrants from the Sarikol valley in Chinese Turkestan. Both are closely related to the Šuḡnī-Rošanī subgroup. Some local Tajik and Turkic dialects have only recently supplanted Eastern Iranian vernaculars of the Pamir type, as is clear from place names and other words in local dialects in the valleys of Darwāz and Karategin (Rosenfeld). A few words of a western Pamir language were recorded about a century ago among elderly people in the valley of Wanj, where the Tajik dialect spoken today contains many words and grammatical peculiarities found in the neighboring Pamir languages. Many speakers of the latter are bilingual and also know the local form of Perso-Tajik.
3. In the Wāḵān valley Wāḵī is spoken. It shares some isoglosses with Khotanese, but is also more archaic than this Middle-Iranian dialect, and shows strong influence from Indo-Aryan from ancient times (see above; Skjærvø, op. cit., p. 375; Morgenstierne, 1974, 1975).
4. The two closely related dialects Iškašmī and Sanglīčī are spoken to the west of the Wāḵān valley and south of the Yazḡulāmī-Šuḡnī-speaking area.
None of these languages is used in writing, though scholarly collections of texts in transcription and dictionaries have been published. The principal phonetic characteristics of indigenous Iranian languages are those common to the entire eastern branch of the Iranian language family: the development of Old Iranian b, d, and g into fricatives β, ’, and y; the voicing of Old Iranian ft and xt as βd and yd; the disappearance of h (a tendency also in modern Tajik dialects, probably influenced by the Eastern Iranian languages); and so on (see, e.g., Sims-Williams, in Compendium, pp. 167-69). The morphology is characterized by more complete retention of older inflections than in Western Iranian languages, conservation of gender distinction, absence of eżāfa constructions, and placement of attributes before nouns (see, e.g., Skjærvø, op. cit., pp. 371-74).
5. Baluchi is spoken in the vicinity of Marv (in the district of Yolatan) among immigrants from Sīstān who settled in Turkmenistan at the beginning of the 13th/20th century.
6. The Tajik form of New Persian is represented by many local dialects, or subdialects, which are commonly categorized as northern (spoken around Bukhara and Samarqand and in Ferghana), central, and southern, or southwestern and southeastern, spoken in Tajikistan. The local dialects have been especially strongly influenced by Turkic. In the verbal system the extensive use of modal verbs is reminiscent of similar constructions in Turkic languages (cf. Efimov et al., in Osnovy III/1, pp. 193-94; see also xiv, below).
7. Small groups of recent immigrants along the Persian and Afghan borders include speakers of different Persian dialects from Sīstān, Herat province, and Badaḵšān. Kurds living near Firuza, to the south of Ashkhabad, came to Turkmenistan from Khorasan, where they had been settled in the 11th/17th century (Livshits, p. 158).
All speakers of modern Iranian languages in Central Asia are Muslims (see ii, above), and all the languages contain large numbers of Arabic loan words, mainly acquired through New Persian.
See also on individual languages.
Bibliography
- H. W. Bailey, “Languages of the Saka,” in HO I, IV/1, 1958, pp. 131-54.
- T. Burrow, “The Proto-Indoaryans,” JRAS, 1973, pp. 123-40.
- I. M. D’yakonov, “Vostochnyĭ Iran do Kira” (Eastern Iran before Cyrus), in Istoriya iranskogo gosudarstva i kultury (History of the Iranian empire and culture), Moscow, 1971, pp. 122-54.
- D. I. Edel’man, “K substratnomu naslediyu tsentralnoaziatskogo yazykovogo soyuza” (On the substratum heritage of the Central Asian languages), in Voprosy yazykoznaniya 5, 1980, pp. 21-32.
- Idem, “Nekotorye osobennosti glagola v vostochnoiranskom areale (k rekonstruckii tipologii substrata)” (Some special features of verbs in the Eastern Iranian area [On the reconstruction of substratum typology]), in Geneticheskie, arealnye i tipologicheskie svyazi yazykov Azii (Genetic, regional, and typological relations of Asian languages), Moscow, 1983, pp. 131-38.
- Idem, “History of the Consonant Systems of North-Pamir Languages,” IIJ 22, 1980, pp. 287-310.
- Idem, Sravnitel’naya grammatika vostochnoiranskikh yazykov. Fonologiya (Comparative grammar of the Eastern Iranian languages. Phonology), Moscow, 1986.
- A. L. Grjunberg and I. I. Steblin-Kamenskiĭ, “Etnolingvisticheskaya kharakteristika Vostochnogo Gindukusha” (Ethnolinguistic characteristics of the eastern Hindu Kush), in Problemy kartografirovaniya v yazykoznanii i ètnografii (Problems of cartography in linguistics and ethnography), Leningrad, 1974, pp. 276-83.
- J. Harmatta, “Studies in the Language of the Iranian Tribes in South Russia,” Acta Orientalia Hungarica 1, 1950-52, pp. 261-314.
- Henning, “Mitteliranisch.” V. A. Livshits, “Iranskiye yazyki narodov Sredneĭ Azii” (Iranian languages of the peoples of Central Asia), in Narody Sredneĭ Azii i Kazakhstana I, Moscow, 1962, pp. 131-58.
- G. Morgenstierne, Indo-Iranian Frontier Languages II: Iranian Pamir Languages (Yidgha-Munji, Sanglechi-ishkashmi and Wakhi), Oslo, 1938.
- Idem, “Neu-iranische Sprachen,” in HO I, IV/1, 1958, pp. 155-78.
- Idem, “Early Iranic Influence upon Indo-Aryan,” in Commemoration Cyrus I, Acta Iranica 1, Tehran and Liège, 1974, pp. 271-79.
- Idem, “Ancient Contacts between N. E. Iranian and Indo-Aryan?” in Mélanges linguistiques offerts à Émile Benveniste, Paris, 1975, pp. 431-34.
- I. M. Oranskiĭ, Die neuiranischen Sprachen der Sovjetunion, 2 vols., Janua Linguarum, Series Critica 12, The Hague and Paris, 1975.
- Idem, Iranskie yazyki v istoricheskom osveshchenii (Iranian languages in historical interpretation), Moscow, 1979.
- Idem, Vvedeniye v iranskayu filologiyu (Introduction to Iranian philology), 2nd ed., Moscow, 1988. Osnovy iranskogo yazykoznaniya, 4 vols., Moscow, 1979-87.
- V. S. Rastorgueva, “Different Types of Bilingualism among Iranian Peoples of the USSR,” in VII International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, Moscow, 1964.
- A. Z. Rozenfeld, “K voprosu o pamirsko-tadzhikskikh yazykovykh otnosheniyakh” (Problems of Pamiri-Tajik linguistic relations), in Trudy instituta yazykoznaniya VI, 1956, pp. 273-80.
- R. Schmitt, ed., Compendium Linguarum Iranicarum, Wiesbaden, 1989.
- I. M. Steblin-Kamenskii, “"Knees" and "Elbows" of the Pamir Substratum,” Peredneaziatskiĭ sbornik 3, Moscow, 1979, pp. 212-14.
- For bibliographies on individual languages see articles on these languages. See also afghanistan v.
CENTRAL ASIA xiv. Turkish-Iranian Language Contacts
I. Turkish peoples and languages in Central Asia.
Three Turkish languages came together in Central Asia, the territory covered by the modern Turkmen, Uzbek, Kazakh, Kirghiz, and Tajik SSRs, excluding Chinese Turkestan: 1. the Uighur or Eastern Turks (e.g., Chaghatay, later Uzbek), 2. the Oghuz, speaking Khorasani Turkish, 3. and the Kipchaks (Qipcaq/Qepčāq, e.g., Kazakh). The Turks first appeared in the 6th century under the Old Turkish empire. After the decline of the empire strong Turkish elements still remained north of the Aral lake (Oghuz and Kipchak), waging continuous wars against the caliphate and the Iranian dynasties. The Eastern Turks began entering Central Asia in the 3rd/9th century, but this was a gradual process (cf. Spuler, 1966).
In the 4th/10th century Sälčük was converted to Islam, separated his tribes from the empire of the Oghuz Yabghu, and started the migration to the south. His successors conquered Nīšāpūr in 429/1038, and after the battle of Malāzgerd (463/1071) the Oghuz were able to penetrate vast parts of Anatolia.
Three Oghuz nations were formed gradually: 1. The Turkmen were the descendants of those Oghuz who, for some centuries, remained in the old Oghuz territories north of the Aral lake. 2. The Khorasani Turks were the descendants of those Oghuz who had remained in Khorasan (in the broad sense: from northeastern Persia to the Amu Darya basin); during the 10th-12th/16th-18th centuries the area inhabited by speakers of Khorasani Turkish was bisected by a wedge of Turkmen-speaking nomads migrating east, so that Khorasani Turkish is now spoken in the northeastern part of Persia and along the Amu Darya. 3. The western Oghuz (the differentiation into Osmanli Turks and Azerbaijanis only began in the Safavid period; cf. Doerfer, 1977, pp. 191-93).
The Kipchak tribes were held back in the north by the Oghuz and eastern Turkish dynasties for a long time, but in 807-8/1405 the Uzbeks (named after Özbeg, an outstanding ruler of the Golden horde, who at this time still spoke Kipchak, pushed forward to Ḵᵛārazm, Bukhara, and Astarābād and finally conquered the territory of modern Uzbekistan.
The Kazakh, however, revolting against the Uzbek khans, remained a free people in the 9th/15th century, although their political organization was chaotic (cf. Doerfer, III, pp. 461-68).
Modern Kipchak-Uzbek is the genuine descendant of the language of the Uzbek conquerors, whereas the language of the bulk of the modern Uzbek population is descended from an old Uighur dialect but contains a small admixture of Kipchak elements.
Western Uighur developed in three stages: 1. Ḵᵛārazm Turkish or Early Chaghatay (7th-8th/13th-14th cents.), 2. Classical and Late Chaghatay (9th-13th/15th-19th cents., a very late stage of Chaghatay, Sartish, was spoken in the 13th/19th and at the beginning of the 14th/20th cent.), and 3. Uzbek (after the Soviet takeover).
These three groups converged in the Amu Darya basin and have intermingled for centuries. Thus, the Uighur elements in many Khorasani Turkish dialects, for example, are as numerous as those of French in English, and Chaghatay poets could freely use Oghuz forms for metrical and other reasons. But in general the influence of Chaghatay was the strongest, and Chaghatay remained the only written language in the area until the 11th/17th century, being regarded as the most noble and original of Turkish languages (see, e.g., Ebn Mohannā, p. 73). However, despite its prestige it was not able to absorb the other Turkish languages.
Thus we may distinguish the following groups: 1. those of Uighur descent: Uzbek and modern Uighur in eastern Central Asia; 2. those of Oghuz descent: Turkmen and Khorasani Turkish (with Oghuz-Uzbek); and 3. those of Kipchak descent: Kazakh (with Karakalpak), Kipchak-Uzbek, Kirgiz, and (secondarily) Crimean Tatar.
Modern times. The Turkish languages in modern Central Asia clearly reflect the cultural and linguistic influence of Persia; although the amount of influence differs markedly in the individual Turkish languages (for a linguistic survey of the Central Asian Soviet republics see Tolstova, I, maps pp. 8-9, 164-65, 528-29; II, pp. 8-9, 160-61 and conclusion; cf. also the map in Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta I). Following is a brief survey of the Turkish peoples of modern Central Asia and their languages. (It may be pointed out here that, generally speaking, the percentage of indigenous populations in the Central Asian republics is now increasing, while that of the Russians is diminishing.)
Turkmen and Khorasani Turks. In 1979, according to the census of that year, 1,892,000 Turkmen were settled in the Turkmen SSR, 92,000 in the Uzbek SSR, and 14,000 in the Tajik SSR (the figure 2,028,000 is given for the whole of the Soviet Union). In these figures is included an indeterminable number of Khorasani Turks (perhaps ca. 400,000; Doerfer, 1977) settled close to the border of Persia and along the Amu Darya (cf. Doerfer, 1987a, p. 429, and map in Doerfer, 1977, end); the majority of Khorasani Turks (ca. 1.5 mill.), however, live in northeastern Persia, some also in Afghanistan. Both Turkmen and Khorasani Turkish (a separate Turkish language [cf. Ivanow, 1926, p. 154], structurally situated between Azerbaijani and Turkmen, but closer to Azerbaijani [Doerfer, 1977]) belong to the Oghuz group of Turkish languages.
Oghuz-Uzbeks. These live somewhat to the northwest of Uzbekistan, along the Amu Darya (see map in Abdullaev, 1967). They may number several hundred thousands, though in the Soviet censuses they are included with the Uzbeks. Their language is closely related to Khorasani Turkish, belonging basically to the Oghuz group, with some admixture of Uzbek elements.
Kipchak-Uzbeks. Most of the Kipchak-Uzbeks live in approximately the same area as the Oghuz-Uzbeks (see map in Abdullaev, 1967); others are scattered throughout the republic (cf. the map in Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta I). These are also classified as Uzbek in the censuses, but their number is presumably lower than that of the “Oghuz-Uzbeks.” The language of the Kipchak-Uzbeks is closely related to Kazakh. It is descended from the old Kipchak language of the 10th/16th-century Uzbek conquerors.
Uzbeks. The Uzbeks constitute the most numerous Turkish nation of Central Asia. Numbering a total of 12,456,000 in the entire Soviet Union according to the censuses (though some 100,000 of these are Oghuz- and Kipchak-Uzbeks), they are distributed throughout the Uzbek SSR (10,569,000), the Kazakh SSR (263,000), the Tajik SSR (837,000), the Kirghiz SSR (426,000), and the Turkmen SSR (243,000; this number probably includes some Oghuz-Uzbeks). The actual total today, however, is most probably about 17 million, as their average increase of population is enormous (according to Itogi, in 1970 they were only 9,195,000). The language of the Uzbeks is Uighur, with an admixture of Kipchak).
Karakalpaks. The Karakalpaks live south of the Aral Sea, in the Amu Darya delta and its surroundings. They number 298,000. Though they speak a Kazakh, or Kipchak, dialect, their culture and traditions differ considerably from those of the Kazakh nomads. Accordingly they have been regarded as a separate nation from early times.
Kazakhs. The Kazakhs are a relatively numerous Turkish nation. Of a total of 6,556,000 in the Soviet Union, 5,289,000 live in the Kazakh SSR, 620,000 in the Uzbek SSR, 27,000 in the Kirghiz SSR, and 80,000 in the Turkmen SSR. For a long time, however, there have been more Russians (40.8%) living in the Kazakh SSR than Kazakh (36%). The language is Kipchak.
Kirghiz. The Kirghiz population in the Soviet Union totals 1,906,000, with 1,687,000 in the Kirghiz SSR; 142,000 in the Uzbek SSR, and 48,000 in the Tajik SSR. Their language is Kipchak, representing a certain transition to Altay Turkish and, consequently, to the Turkish languages of southern Siberia.
Modern Uighur (formerly Taraṇči). 211,000 Uighurs are estimated to live in the Soviet union, with 148,000 in the Kazakh SSR and 30,000 in the Kirghiz SSR. There are also some in Afghanistan. The modern Uighur speak a language close to Uzbek.
Tatars. Finally mention should be made of the Crimean Tatars in Central Asia. In Soviet statistics they appear in the general category of “Tatary” together with the Kazan Tatars. However, the languages of these two groups are very different. The Crimean Tatars are immigrants to Central Asia who were expelled from the Crimean peninsula after World War II when they were accused of collaboration with the German army. There are 649,000 in the Uzbek SSR, 313,000 in the Kazakh SSR, 72,000 in the Kirghiz SSR, 80,000 in the Tajik SSR, and 40,000 in the Turkmen SSR, with a total of 1,154,000 (the figure of Kazan Tatars to be subtracted is unknown, but it appears to be small). Very little is known about their language today.
Before the October Revolution the Turkmen, Kipchak-Uzbeks, Kazakhs, and Kirghiz lived primarily as nomads, while the others were settled and had developed rural and urban cultures.
II. Language contacts.
Medieval times. The mutual influences between Iranian and Turkish languages in Central Asia began in Ḵᵛārazm rather early (see above). Ḵᵛārazm then became increasingly Turkicized, particularly after 436/1044, when it came under the Saljuqs (Tolstow, pp. 290-92). At the same time, however, Persian language was asserting itself in the same area (Spuler, 1966, p. 171), although the indigenous (Middle) Iranian languages Sogdian (q.v.) and Choresmian (q.v.) were also still spoken (Henning, “Mitteliranisch,” pp. 56-58, 84; see also chinese turkestan).
It is difficult to judge the influence of Central Asian Turkish in Choresmian, as the material at our disposal is very limited and hardly contains any Turkish elements. We cannot exclude the possibility, however, that the Choresmian translators deliberately did not employ any of the Turkish words that may have been in common use, in the same way that Kāšḡarī ignored the numerous Iranian loanwords found in other Turkish works of his time (5th/11th century; cf. Mansuroğlu, p. 108). The Choresmian interlinear glosses in Zamaḵšarī’s Moqaddemat al-adab (6th/12th cent.; ed. Togan) include a few Turkish words, for example, kyš = kēš “quiver” (Benzing, p. 37; Togan, p. 43), a word also attested in a Turkish-Khotanese word list (Bailey, p. 291), in the form kyeśä (i.e., kēš, not käš), but the Qonyat al-monya of Moktar Zāhedī Ḡazmīnī (d. 1257) contains only the Turkish phrase är oγlum “my son” in a Choresmian sentence (MacKenzie, p. 58, no. 123). A few terms relating to irrigation (arna “large canal” and yab “small canal”), which survived only at Ḵīva and among the Turkmen were supposed by Barthold (1956, p. 15) to be of Choresmian origin.
With the gradual disappearance of these Middle Iranian languages and the increasing spread of Persian and Turkish, with neither of them gaining the upper hand, an exchange of linguistic elements took place. In the Persian-Turkish symbiosis the Persians were at first the giving part and the Turks the receiving one. This process is strikingly illustrated by the special transformation of the ʿarūż metrical system as it went from the Arabs via the Persians to the Turks. Soon, however, the Turkish languages began to assert themselves, and, parallel to the Old Ottoman literature in the west (from the 7th/13th cent.) and the Kipchak literature of the Golden Horde (from the 8th/14th cent.), a remarkable literature in a language based on Uighur began to unfold in Central Asia (see chaghatay): under the Qarakhanids (5th-6th/11th-12th cents.), in Early Chaghatay (“Choresmian Turkish,” 8th/14th cent.), and in Classical Chaghatay (9th-13th/15th-19th cents.). Literary documents in the other Turkish languages spoken in Central Asia did not appear until much later (Turkmen, 12th/18th cent.: Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta II, p. 725; Kazakh, late 12th/18th cent.: ibid., p. 743; Kirghiz, beg. of 14th/20th century, ibid., p. 760). The correspondence of the Qazaq (Kazakh) khans was also written in Chaghatay, and the languages of the older Turkmen poets was really a mixture of Turkmen, Khorasani Turkish, and Late Chaghatay.
Chaghatay and especially Uzbek (Özbäg) were mixed languages with an Uighur core and Kipchak elements (e.g., the Kipchak suffixes -li “provided with” and the ablative ending -dan). From the 10th/16th century onward we find both Uighur yaγï “enemy” (Pers. yāḡī “rebel”) and Kipchak ǰaw used in Chaghatay beside the older or hybrid form yaw (cf. Doerfer, IV, pp. 99-102). Chaghatay poetry also contains some Western Turkish/Oghuz elements (presumably Khorasani Turkish), used mainly for metrical reasons (e.g., Navāʾī, 9th/15th century, uses Oghuz yïγmïšam “I gathered” = long-short-long, instead of Chaghatay yïγmïš men = long-long-long, cf. Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta II, p. 334); Gadāʾī, however, employs Oghuz expressions at will, not only for metrical reasons (cf. Gadāʾī, p. 5).
On the other hand, Persian poetry contains very few Turkish elements, aside from a few words that may be considered fads, although Persian historiography (e.g., Moʿīn-al-Dīn Naṭanzī) is replete with Turkish words (see below). However, the early Turkish elements in Persian usually disappeared again, and Persian grammar was not influenced at all. The comprehensive discussion of the Turkish elements in Persian and Persian/Tajiki in Doerfer (see IV, pp. 496-519, index) shows that the Turkish loanwords mainly belong to the spheres of administration and warfare.
Some Turkish loanwords had been adopted into literary Persian in the Saljuq period, some of which, for instance, qorbān “bow-case” (Oghuz, Kipchak, cf. Kāšḡarī qurmān), even found their way into Ferdowsī’s Šāh-nāma (e.g., Moscow, III, p. 88 v. 1358), and some more were borrowed in the Safavid period. These Safavid loanwords (of Azerbaijani origin) appear only in standard Persian, not in Tajiki Persian. In Central Asia, however, Chaghatay was the source of Turkish loanwords in Persian. At the same time it also served as the transmitter of Mongolian loanwords into Persian, for instance words such as qošiγun “vanguard,” later “brigade,” attested in Persian from Tārīḵ-e Waṣṣāf (comp. 728/1328) as qōšūn, qošūn and in Chaghatay from Qoṭb, the Turkish translation of Neẓāmī’s Ḵosrow o Šīrīn (comp. 743/1342; see Doerfer, I, pp. 406-10). A small number of loanwords antedating the Mongol invasion (ibid., I, pp. 39-41) are also mainly from the spheres of state administration and warfare.
The increase in the number of Persian loanwords in Chaghatay from the 5th/11th century was dramatic: Qarakhanid texts of the 5th/11th century contain only about 2% Persian loanwords, Early Chaghatay already has 22%, and more than half (57-63%) of the vocabulary of Classical Chaghatay was Persian (including Arabo-Persian). These Persian words were gradually completely assimilated and are still part of the Turkish languages of Central Asia. For instance, all the words in Navāʾī’s verse farqi-dīn tā qadäm füsūn u firīb “from top to toe enchantment and deceit” are used today in Uzbek. Chaghatay also borrowed grammatical elements from Persian, for instance, prepositions, conjunctions, eżāfa, yā-ye ešārat, and yā-ye waḥdat, elements quite alien to Turkish grammatical structure. This led to a certain revolution in the structure of these languages, which did not originally use prepositions; an expression such as tā qiyāmät küni “until the day of resurrection” is quite un-Turkish (cf. modern Turkish kıyamet gününe değin/kadar) but still used in Uzbek.
Modern times. The most obvious intermingling of peoples and languages in Central Asia is that seen in the Uzbek SSR between the Uzbeks and the Tajiks, and it is the interaction between Uzbek and some other Turkish languages in this area and Tajiki Persian that has had the strongest impact on the linguistic history of Central Asia. On the whole, however, the influence by Tajiki Persian is strongest in Uzbek, less strong in Oghuz-Uzbek, and only very slight in Kazakh and Kirghiz. Generally speaking, the Persian loanwords in Uzbek are typically Tajiki, while those in the Turkmen and Khorasani Turkish show standard Persian characteristics (presumably of the Khorasani variety). The loanwords also come from different semantic spheres (cf. Saparov, passim, for Turkmen and Uzbek-Oghuz). The Tajiki literary language has been strongly influenced by Uzbek, though not as strongly as Uzbek by Tajiki. Only in certain Tajiki dialects is the Uzbek influence stronger even than the Tajiki influence in Uzbek. Yaghnobi and the Pamir languages contain both Tajiki and Uzbek elements, but there the Uzbek elements have probably been transmitted via Tajiki rather than borrowed directly.
Persian (Tajiki) influence on Turkish languages. The phonology of modern Uzbek is identical with that of Tajiki Persian (which differs from that of standard Persian). The original Turkish vowel phonemes /ä, ö, ü, ï/ in first syllables have become /e, o, u, i/; in other than first syllables we find /a/ instead of /e/; the development of Turkish *a (in first syllables) is twofold (cf. Nauta): partly > [å] (written o), a very low back rounded vowel, partly > [æ] (very low front unrounded); Turkish *o, which was most probably pronounced low back rounded, has become low-mid back rounded, written ŭ, as in Tajiki. Only the Uzbek dialects to the north of Tashkent (roughly those in the Kazakh SSR) have retained the original Turkish vocalism (Fazylov and Chichulina, pp. 65-78), and variations are also found elsewhere. Tajiki has preserved q- (originally foreign to Iranian languages, but found in Arabic and Turkish) under the influence of Uzbek.
Tajiki Persian prepositions (e.g., to “until”) and conjunctions (e.g., čunki “because”) are commonly used. In word formation a number of prefixes and suffixes (cf. Borovkov, pp. 716-27; Fazylov and Chichulina, pp. 131-33) have become productive (e.g., kam- “little,” no- “non-,” -jon “dear”); examples: kam-suv “insufficiently irrigated” (cf. Taj. kam-ob, Pers. kam-āb), no-tŭγri “incorrect” (cf. Pers. nā-dorost; this word was borrowed in Karakalpak as natuwrï; and back in Tajiki as notŭḡrī), otajon “father dear” (cf. Pers. bābā jān).
The ratio of Tajiki Persian words in Uzbek was about 2:3 in the 19th century. However, according to a study by Fazylov and Chichulina (p. 147), in the language of the Uzbek press the Tajik vocabulary has gradually diminished from 45% to 25%, while the Russian vocabulary has increased, from 2% to 15% over a 13-year period from 1927 to 1940. The percentage of Persian (and Arabic) words in Uzbek has always been greater than in Kazakh, and, according to a statistic taken in 1982 (Rüstemov, p. 21), the ratio of Turkish, Persian, and Russian words in an Uzbek text translated from Russian was 56:31:13, whereas in the Kazakh translation it was 72:15:13.
To evaluate the number of non-Turkish words in Turkish languages one may employ a “p-/f-test.” This is a test based on the fact that in Central Asian Turkish languages f- is not found initially in words of Turkish origin and p- only in a few words where it has resulted from assimilation (e.g., Turkman pïčaq “knife” < bïčaq). Aside from words of Russian origin, words with initial f- are therefore always of Persian (or Arabo-Persian) origin, and words with p- are almost always of Tajiki Persian origin (some rare and colloquial words have secondary p- < f-, e.g., palakat “bad luck” < Pers. falākat, Taj. falokat; palon “N.N.” < Pers. folān, Taj. falon). Examples: padar “father,” padarkuš “patricide,” pazanda “chef de cuisine, master cook”; favvora “fountain” (Pers. fawwāra), favquloda “extraordinary” (Pers. fawq-al-ʿāda), faje “tragic” (Pers. fajīʿ, Taj. fajēʾ).
Applying this test to words in alphabetical order from pa- to pal- and from fa- to fal- (including words in po- and fo- < pā- and fā-, but omitting words containing Turkish suffixes, e.g., Uzbek foydalan- “to use” < foida “use,” Pers. fāʾeda, Taj. foida) we find in Borovkov’s Uzbek dictionary (which contains a total of 40,000 words) 116 words (82 words with p-, 34 with f-), that is 0.29% of the entire dictionary.
In the other Turkish languages of Central Asia the number of p-/f- words is much smaller. In Turkmen, where f- has become p- (e.g., pāl “divination” < Pers. fāl) we find in Baskakov et al. (1968; 40,000 words) 46 words (35 with original p-, 10 with original f-) with pa- and pä- (= Uzbek pa-, cf. Turkm. päydā = Uzb. foida) that is 0.11%. The results for Uzbek-Oghuz (cf. Saparov) are similar.
For Karakalpak, which also has f- < p-, we find in Baskakov’s dictionary (30,000 words) 26 words (18 with original p-, 8 with original f-), that is 0.09%.
For Kazakh, with f- > p- (cf. payda “advantage”), only 10 words (5 each with original p- and f-), that is 0.06%, are found in Shnitnikov’s dictionary (about 17,000 words).
For Kirghiz, where f- and p- have become b- (except in some southern dialects; e.g., bal “divination,” bada “stable”), we find in Yudakhin’s dictionary (40,000 words) 25 words (20 with original p-, 5 with original f-), that is, 0.06%. Several of them are, however, attested only in the southern dialects, spoken in areas close to Uzbek and Tajik (e.g., payvant “graft”).
For Uighur we find in Kibirov and Tsunvazo’s dictionary (16,000 words) 13 words with p- (9 with original p-, 4 with original f-), that is, 0.08%. In the Xinjiang (Sinkiang) dialect the number of words beginning with f- and p- is substantially higher, indicating a stronger Tajiki influence. Jarring’s dictionary (about 8,000 words) contains 16 words with p-, 5 with f-, a total of 21 words = 0.26%.
These statistics are paralleled by a similar distribution of phonetic developments. Iranian words with consonants in the initial position that in the Turkish languages are confined to the internal position (e.g., z) are borrowed in the original Iranian form, for instance, Kirghiz, Kazakh, Karakalpak, Uighur zor, Uzbek zur, Turkman zōr “power.” On the other hand, Tajiki contains consonants, both initial and other, that are either not found in Turkish at all or disappeared early in the history of Turkish languages. Thus Persian h- (including Ar. ḥ-) has remained h- in some languages, probably where the original Turkish h- has also been preserved, at least in some instances (cf. Doerfer, 1981-82; e.g., ḥokm “decision, order” > Karak. hükim, Uzb. hukm, Uigh. höküm), and in Turkmen it hardened into x- (xöküm). But in Kazakh and Kirghiz, sometimes also in Karakalpak, it was lost (e.g., Karak. yesap, “count” < ḥesāb, Kaz. ükim, Kirgh. öküm). Internally h remains in Karakalpak, Uighur, and Uzbek (e.g., baha or baho “price” < Pers. bahā, Taj. baho), becomes Turkmen x (baxa), Kazakh -γ- (baγa), and is lost in Kirghiz (baa, pronounced bā). Persian ḵ and ḡ mostly remain but occasionally become q (e.g., Kirgh. qabar “information” < Pers. ḵabar; Uigh. miq, Kaz., Kirgh. mïq, Karak. mïyïq “nail” < Pers. mīḵ; Kaz. baq or baw, Kirgh. baq “garden” < Pers. bāḡ). Internal -v- remains in Uzbek (devor < Taj. devor, quvvat “strength” < Pers. qowwat), Uighur (quvvät), and Turkmen (dīvār, quvvat); becomes Karakalpak -w- (diywal, quwat), Kirghiz -b- (dubal, qubat); and is lost in Kazakh (dual, quat). Internal ʿayn is normally lost (e.g., Kirgh., Karak. saat, pronounced sāt, Uzb. soat, Uigh. saät “hour” < Pers. sāʿat, Taj. soat) but becomes -γ- in Kazakh (saγat) and Turkmen (sāγat).
The situation in modern Uighur is similar to that in Uzbek. It too has assimilated certain prepositions and conjunctions (e.g., ta “until,” čünki “because”), and forms such as natoḡra “incorrect”; however, it has preserved the “umlauted” vowel phonemes (only exception ï > i). The remaining Turkish dialects, although containing a certain amount of Persian/Tajiki vocabulary, have resisted the Iranian influence more successfully: p-, found in internal and final position in Turkish, has been widely substituted for initial f-, and in Kirghiz (in the central and northern dialects) normal Turkish b- has been substituted for p-. In the easternmost reaches of the Turkish language area, in south Siberia, Persian loanwords are found only quite sporadically, such as sabïn “soap” (Pers. ṣābūn), mal “cattle” (Pers. māl), ḵuday “God” (Pers. ḵodā(y); see Baskakov and Inkizhekova-Grekul).
In Kirghiz we find mainly loanwords designating religious and abstract concepts: ayïp “sin” (Pers. ʿayb), payda “profit” (Pers. fāʾeda); economic terms (commerce, agriculture): baa “price” (Pers. bahā), bul/pul “money” (Pers. pūl), baq “garden” (Pers. bāḡ), piyaz “onion” (Pers. pīāz), dan “grain” (Pers. dān), paxta “cotton” (Pers. paḵta); material culture: dubal “wall” (Pers. dīvāl); most of these are terms unknown to nomadic pastoral life. In a very few instances, however, Persian words have—for unclear reasons—replaced Turkish ones, for instance, Turkish soγan “onion” was replaced by pïyaz from Persian.
Some phonological phenomena show that the Iranian loanwords entered many of the Central Asian Turkish languages rather late, at various times, and sometimes perhaps also not directly. To see this we may examine words beginning with g- and š-. Initial g- is rarely preserved in the Central Asian Turkish languages, for example, gül “rose” (Uzb. gul). In most cases the development is twofold, for example, “grave” (Taj. gŭr, Pers. gūr, older gōr) is gūr in Uzbek, gör in Turkman (where, however, initial g- is usual), Karakalpak and Uighur, but kör in Kazakh (only some dialects close to Uzbekistan have gör, Kenesbaev, p. 49) and in Kirghiz (only southern Kirghiz, close to Tajikistan, has gör). In Uzbek, Uighur, and Karakalpak the initial g- has been preserved because of the strong influence of Tajiki (in Karakalpak presumably via Uzbek, as in the case of gör in Kazakh dialects). The development in Kazakh and Kirghiz, however, is the most genuine, as initial g- was not originally found in Turkish, and so it was changed to k-.
Another interesting phenomenon is the development of Persian (Tajiki) š-, which is retained in Uzbek, Turkmen, and New Uighur, as well as in Kirghiz (sorpo “broth” vs. šorpo, šorpa is an exception and perhaps a loanword from Kaz. sorpa). In Kazakh and, to a lesser degree, Karakalpak the situation is different, however. In original Turkish words these languages have š- > s-, for example, sol “that one” (< šo-ol). But Turkish š- did not become s- until the 12th/18th century (Doerfer, 1971, p. 330), and the development is not yet completed in Iranian loanwords, in which š- is still commonly found in southeastern Kazakh dialects (also for Turkish words) and in Karakalpak (both close to Uzbekistan), while northwestern Kazakh dialects mostly have s- (Qaliev and Sarïbaev, pp. 46-48, 123-28, 131-32). In Mongolian loanwords in the Kazakh and Karakalpak written languages š- became s-, as also in genuine Turkish words (sïltaw “cause,” sïba- “to smear”; these words entered Kazakh and Karakalpak during the Yuan/Elḵan period or only shortly afterwards, but not later than the 9th/15th century; Kirghiz still has šïltō, šïba-). Russian loanwords, on the other hand, always have š- (e.g., šar “globe”; the oldest of Russian loanwords entered Kazakh in the 13th/19th century, mostly in the Soviet time). Following are some examples of Tajiki Persian loanwords with original š-. There are three categories: (a) š- is retained, (b) vacillation between š- and s-, and (c) development of š- to s-:
(a) Šalbar “trousers” (Pers. šalvār), šam or šem “candle” (Pers. šamʿ), šaptalï “apricot” (Pers. šaftālū), šarap “wine” (Pers. šarāb), šat “glad” (Pers. šād), šen “rank” (Pers. šaʾn), šeker “sugar” (Pers. šakar), šek, šäk “doubt” (Pers. šakk), šäkirt “disciple” (Pers. šāgerd), šäher “town” (Pers. šahr). (Karakalpak always has forms in š-; for Kazakh Radloff has šalbar, šam, šat; Katarinskiĭ has šalbar, šam, šeker, šek; Bukin has šalbar, šam, šaptali, šakirt, šaxar, but seker “sugar”).
(b) Šaytan or saytan “devil” (Pers. šayṭān), šalï or salı “unhusked rice” (Pers. šālī), šart or sert “condition” (Pers. šarṭ), šembi or sembi, senbi “Saturday” (Pers. šanba). (Karakalpak has š- in all cases; for Kazakh Radloff gives šaytan or saytan, sert, sembi; Katarinskiĭ saytan, sembe; Bukin sert.)
(c) Samal “breeze” (Taj. šamol “wind,” Pers. šamāl “north [wind]”), semser “sword” (Pers. šamšēr), serik “companion” (Pers. šarīk), sorpa “broth” or šōrbā, sor “salt marsh” (Pers. šōr “salty”). (Karakalpak has šamal, in dialects also samal, semser, šerik, sorpa, sor; on the whole, Karakalpak has a preponderance of forms with š- and in this respect resembles the southeastern Kazakh dialects; for Kazakh Radloff has samal, simsär, serik, sorpa, sor; see also Menges, 1947, pp. 81-94.)
In conclusion, in Persian loanwords that entered Kazakh and Karakalpak before the 12th/18th century š- became s- as in genuine Turkish and Mongolian words. In Persian words that were borrowed at a later time, for example, from the 12th/18th century onwards (when Russian words also began to be borrowed), after the original sound change had taken place, an initial š- was either retained or changed to the more common s-.
Geographically this shows that most Central Asian Turkish languages got their loanwords, not from standard (western) Persian, but from Central Asian Persian (Tajiki), some also from Khorasani Persian. Thus, Khorasani Turkish šämāl “wind,” Turkmen šämāl “wind, breeze,” Uzbek šamol “wind,” Uighur and Karakalpak šamal “wind,” Kazakh samal “breeze,” Kirgiz šamal “strong wind” are not from standard Persian šemāl, šamāl “north, north wind” (Azerbaijani šimal, idem), but from Tajiki šamol “wind” (in general; cf. also Khorasani Pers. šumol “cool breeze,” Ivanow, 1928, p. 287). But Central Asian and Khorasani Persian have old geographic contacts with the Turkmen, Uzbek, and Uighur, while their contact with Kirghiz may be younger (the Kirghiz presumably entered their modern area no earlier than the 10th/16th century). Kazakh and Karakalpak, which do not have direct contact with Central Asian Persian, probably received the Persian loanwords via Uzbek, but this question still needs to be investigated.
Turkish influence on the Iranian languages of Central Asia. The most important influence of a Turkish on an Iranian language in Central Asia is that of Uzbek on Tajiki Persian, which has been only insignificantly influenced by other Turkish languages (Khasanov, pp. 194-96, mentions some Kazakhisms in a Tajik border dialect). The influence of Uzbek on Tajiki was acknowledged as early as 1861 by Grigor’ev, later also by Kuznetsov and others (Oranskiy, pp. 19-21, 24-25, 35-38, 43, 48-50, 54-63). In order to describe this influence we have to distinguish three principal varieties of Tajiki: the literary language, the northern dialects, and the southeastern dialects.
Literary Tajiki. The Uzbek loanwords in literary Tajiki (originally a language developed by the Soviets on the basis of dialects that differed most strongly from standard Persian, written in Arabic script until 1930, in Latin script from 1930-40, since then in Cyrillic) were described by Doerfer (based on Bertel’s; see, in particular, the index in Doerfer, IV, pp. 554-72). We must distinguish two layers of Turkish loanwords in literary Tajiki: On one hand there are loanwords that are also attested in literary standard Persian and therefore quite old, for instance, āzūq, āzūqa, Tajiki ozuqa “provisions,” or Persian yāl, Tajiki yol “horse’s mane” (both attested since the 5th/11th century, see Doerfer, II, pp. 56-57, and IV, pp. 105-6). Such words represent a common standard Persian and Tajiki Persian stock of loanwords. On the other hand, many Uzbek loanwords are only found in Tajiki Persian, for instance, ang “intelligence” (Bertel’s, p. 26; Doerfer, II, p. 130).
The number of Uzbek loanwords in literary Tajiki is quite high, exceeding by far the number of Turkish loanwords in standard Persian, and are common in the colloquial language, as well. It should also be remembered that of the some 2,000 Turkish words listed in Doerfer’s dictionary some were not integrated loanwords but only Turkish words used in particular contexts. Sometimes the Turkish words represented fads that were used for a short period only and then went out of common use. Certain authors, for instance Moʿīn-al-Dīn Naṭanzī (author of Montaḵab al-tawārīḵ-e moʿīnī, comp. 817/1414, ed. J. Aubin, Tehran, 1336 Š./1957), are also particularly fond of showing off their knowledge of Turkish or Mongolian. The total number of integrated Uzbek loanwords in literary Tajiki is therefore more likely to be only about a third of the 2,000 listed by Doerfer.
It is interesting to note that the Uzbek loanwords in Darī, or Afghan Persian, often show different forms from those in Tajiki and more often coincide with the standard Persian forms (cf. Kiseleva and Mikolaĭchik). Thus to Tajiki qapidan “to catch” corresponds Darī and literary Persian qāpīdan. The Uzbek loanwords in literary Persian, literary Tajiki, and literary Darī still need to be investigated; however, it appears that Darī contains fewer Turkish loanwords than Tajiki.
A comparison between the Turkish loanwords in standard Persian and Tajiki Persian further reveals that Persian contains a fairly large number of loanwords from the sphere of state and government, whereas Tajiki Persian has a larger number of loanwords from a lower social level, including words such as yarma “groats.” This would seem to indicate that Persian received the Turkish loanwords via the higher classes, rulers and officers, reigning nobility and officers, but Tajiki through its contact with the Uzbek common people.
The influence of Uzbek may also have contributed to the preservation of the initial voiceless velar plosive q- in Tajiki Persian, attested since the 10th/16th century, which has become a voiced velar plosive in standard Persian (written ḡ, which in Arabic, however, is a fricative), possibly under Azeri influence (cf. Oranskiy, pp. 59-60, 62-63, quoting Lazard).
Finally, it must be pointed out that the form of the Uzbek loanwords in Tajiki are much closer to Old Turkish than those of modern Uzbek. Thus, for instance, modern Uzbek botir “hero,” but Tajiki botur, Old Turkish bātur. Similarly both Persian qošūn, qūšūn “army” and Tajiki qŭšun are closer to Mongolian qošiγun than Uzbek qŭšin “army.”
Northern Tajiki dialects. The northern Tajiki dialects, that is, the dialects spoken in Ašt, Brič-Mulla, Kanibadam, (Kand-a Bādām), Kassansay, Rištan (Reštān), Čust, and Šaydan, and others, have been very strongly influenced by Uzbek and have even been characterized as Turkish languages in statu nascendi (thus Doerfer, 1967, p. 57; cf. Rastorgueva, 1963, 1964). Only the mountain Tajiks may have escaped this influence to some degree (Oranskiy, p. 83). Among the Turkish features in northern Tajiki some are common Turkish, others are typically Uzbek (cf. Doerfer, 1967, pp. 52-56). One of the most striking Uzbek constructions in northern Tajiki is the possessive construction muallim-a pisar-aš (lit., “teacher-genitive [< -rā] son-his”), which has replaced common Tajiki pisar-i muallim (Pers. pesar-e moʿallem) and which is identical with Uzbek muallim-ni ŭḡl-i, the common Turkish syntactic construction (cf. Oranskiy, p. 84). Identity between the genitive and accusative is found in both northern Tajiki and many Uzbek dialects (north. Taj. -a < *-rā, Uzb. -ni), compare northern Tajiki in kitob-a ḵondagiman “I have read this book,” Uzbek bu kotob-ni ŭqiyan-man (Rastorgueva, 1974, pp. 138-39). Many suffixes, even inflectional, have been borrowed, for instance, the ablative suffix -dan (yakŭm klasdan “from the first class,” literary and southern Taj. az klas-i yakŭm, Pers. az kelās-e yakom).
Northern Tajiki has borrowed a number of Turkish verbs not found in literary Tajiki and the southern dialects (e.g., ič-i-dan “to drink”; Doerfer, 1967, p. 19). The construction -miš + kardan (also found in the west, in Ṭāleši, Kurdish, Zāzā, Tāti, as well as several non-Iranian languages, see Doerfer, I, p. 33) is quite common, for example, bŭl-miš kardan “to divide” (Uzb. bŭl-; cf. Doerfer, 1967, pp. 67-70); sometimes the -miš form is replaced by the simple verbal root, for instance, tula kardan beside tula-miš kardan “to pay” (Uzb. tŭla-). The construction is an extension of the common method of forming “compound” verbs from Persian verbal nouns or Arabic nouns, for instance, pardāxt kardan “to pay,” fatḥ kardan “to conquer.” It must be kept in mind, however, that the suffix -miš, unlike in modern Azeri Turkish, is no longer common in modern Uzbek, where it is used only sporadically and in a few dialects. It must therefore have been adopted in northern Tajiki at the time of the old Eastern Turkish Chaghatay (Kononov, p. 272), where it was common as a verbal noun only in the 5th-8th/11th-14th centuries, but as a finite verb also in the 7th-8th/13th-15th centuries, though more often found in poetry than in prose (Eckmann, pp. 141, 167-69), for instance, bular ketmïš “they have gone.” The suffix -miš, it should be pointed out, is not, however, directly connected with the suffix -mīšī found in Persian between the 7th/13th and the outset of the 9th/15th centuries (cf. Doerfer, I, pp. 32-33).
Whereas northern Tajiki has borrowed even case endings (even -ga dative, -da locative, -dak equative, -gača terminal, cf. Doerfer, 1967, pp. 54, 62), the influence of the Uzbek verbal system is seen both in northern Tajiki and in the literary language (Doerfer, 1967, pp. 52-55; Bertel’s, pp. 560-63 ). One might say that, although the Tajiks speak Tajiki, they feel Uzbek, as it were.
There are numerous verbal constructions borrowed from Uzbek, of which the following from literary Tajik may serve as examples: navišta dodan < Uzb. yozib bermoq “to write for another’s profit,” literally “to give writing”; navišta giriftan < Uzb. yozib olmoq “to write for one’s own profit,” lit. “to take writing”; xŭrda didam < Uzb. yeb kŭrdim “I tried to eat, I tasted the meal,” lit. “I looked eating”; kanda karda firistod < Uzb. kulib yubordi “he burst out laughing (suddenly and surprisingly),” lit. “he sent laughing”; kitobro ḵonda šudam < Uzb. kitobni ŭqib bŭldim “I read the book through (completion of an action),” lit. “I became reading the book.” The syntactical use of participles, infinitives, and gerunds is just as in Uzbek (both in literary and northern Tajiki): kitobi man ḵondagi, kitobi ḵondagiam, kitobi ḵondagii man < Uzb. yozgan kitobim (also mening yozgan kitobim, men yozgan kitob “the book I’ve read,” literally “my-book reading, the book of my reading.” A kind of referative aspect is formed by the participle in -dagi/-tagi, for example, raftagi-am < Uzb. ketgan-dir-man “(one may suppose that) I have gone,” lit. “I am gone.” As in Uzbek the infinitive is used frequently, for example, (northern Tajik) kalkos-va daromadan bat < Uzb. kolḵozga kirmiš blan “after (with) having come to the kolkhoz,” lit. “to-the kolkhoz to come after (with).” The use of the perfect participle in -da/-ta as a gerund, also found in standard Persian, is common in long sentences, where Uzbek would use participles in -ib, for instance, piramard ba piyola reḵtani čoi nimsard šudai čoynikro lozim nadonista, onro bardošta az nŭlaš tamom nŭsid “the old man, not thinking it necessary to pour the tea, which had cooled down in the teapot, into the cup, raising (the teapot) drank (it) up from the spout.”
Southern Tajiki dialects. These dialects are spoken in the southernmost areas where Tajiki is spoken, along the Afghan border (cf. Rozenfel’d, p. 4: Karategin, Kulyab, Vaḵio, Darvāz, Vanj, Badaḵšān; Oranskiy, pp. 62-64, 65-71). Here the Uzbek influence is minimal and does not affect the grammar. Rozenfel’d lists only 21 Uzbek loanwords with initial q- in southern Tajiki of a total of 198 (= 10.6%), compared to 96 listed by Rastorgueva (1963) for northern Tajiki of a total of 134 (= 71.6%), and 52 by Bertel’s for the literary language of a total of 348 (= 14.9%). Among the Uzbek loanwords in the southern dialects are some not found in the literary language or the northern dialects (though perhaps only coincidentally), for instance, tul “propagation of cattle” (Uzb. tŭl) axsum “stubborn horse” (Uzb. axsum, aqsum), yalama “rice pap with meat” (Uzb. idem). It is also clear that in many cases the Uzbek dialect forms found in southern Tajiki differ from those found in the literary language and northern Tajiki, for instance, southern Tajiki qap “sack” (north. Taj. qop = liter. Uzb.). Very few southern Tajiki verbs contain Uzbek elements; one rare example is qapidan “to catch” (from Uzbek qap-; see also above).
Yaghnobi. Yaghnobi contains a fairly large number of Uzbek loanwords. Most of these, however, it shares with Tajiki (literary and/or dialects). Of the 139 loanwords found in the dictionary of Andreev and Peshchereva 123 also occur in literary Tajiki (e.g., boy “rich” = Uzbek); seven words occur in some dialect (e.g., tul, see above); and only nine are not attested in the Tajiki glossaries of Bertel’s, Rastorgueva, and Rozenfel’d (e.g., qušqoñ “bridle” < Uzb. quyušqon), which, together with the fact that the Yaghnobis are surrounded, not by Uzbek, but by Tajiks, renders it likely that the “Uzbek” loanwords of Yaghnobi have come via (southern) Tajiki dialects (cf. Oranskiy, p. 114).
Pamir languages. The Uzbek influence in the Pamir languages is also principally of lexical nature and has come via Southern Tajiki dialects. Most loanwords with initial y- and q- are from Uzbek but are found in all or most Tajiki, Yaghnobi, and Pamir dialects, for instance, yol “horse’s mane,” yoš “jung,” qoq “dry,” qoz “goose,” and others (cf. e.g., Sköld, pp. 132-68 nos. 52, 87, 112, 255a, 346-47, 354a, 355, 364, 380, 381, 383, 412, 417b, 425).
Central Asian Persians. There is no detailed description of the small group of Persians (about 30,000) living in the Turkmen SSR, above all around Marv (Mary), Bukhara, and Samarqand (cf. Oranskiy, pp. 124-25). According to oral information they understand standard Persian and Uzbek, but not Tajiki.
Baluch. About 7,800 Baluch live around Marv (cf. Sokolova, 1953, I, p. 77; Oranskiy, pp. 121-24; see also baluchistan iii, in EIr. III/6, esp. pp. 634-35). They are late immigrants who came from Persia and Afghanistan about 1900. In 1920-40 their second language was still Persian, which today, especially among the younger generation, has been replaced by Turkmen. Elfenbein’s word list contains just a few Turkish loanwords, not, however, of Turkmen origin, as might be expected, but from Persian or Darī Persian, for instance, dulma “forcemeat” (Pers. dolma < Azeri dolma, cf. Doerfer, III, pp. 203-4; eraγ “attire” < yarāq; γarāwūl “watchman” < qarāvul, see Doerfer, s.vv.; čol “desert” < Darī čol; γamčune “whiplash” < Darī qamčina). The only apparently Turkmen loanword is γum “sand” (Turkm. gum).
Kurdish. The Kurds of Afghanistan, numbering about 20,000 and settled around Ashkhabad, are Kurmanjī and immigrants from Khorasan (Bakaev, p. 6; cf. Oranskiy, pp. 153, 160; Sokolova, 1953, I, pp. 78-103). They also speak Turkmen. The Turkish loanwords registered by Bakaev proves that the Kurds of the Turkmen SSR must originally have come from Azerbaijan (or a region close to Azerbaijan). Thus we find (Bakaev p. 226) k’oti or k’uti “bad” (Ivanow, 1927, p. 229: kuti) from Azeri Turkish kötü (Khorasani Turkish uses pis and gändä—both from Persian—and yaman “bad,” the last also in Turkman); also forms as yoḵ “not existing,” batlaḡ “swamp” (Pers. bātlāq) are typically Azerbaijani. Like western Kurdish this dialect also contains mixed verbal constructions with -miš (e.g., bašlä-mis kïrïn “to begin”).
Arabs of Central Asia. The Arabic spoken by the Arabs of Central Asia, above all Bukhara, has been influenced by both Persian/Tajiki and Uzbek (Fischer; Vinnikov; Doerfer, 1969, with further bibliography). Particularly noteworthy are features such as the omission of the article and the position of the verb at the end of the sentence, as well as other features common to Tajiki and Uzbek. Persian features include the expression of the durative aspect with mi-, ki used as relative particle, eżāfa, etc. Uzbek features include the interrogative particle -mi, the position of adjectives before the substantives. In the numerals we find both the Uzbek construction ʿašer ḵams “15” (Uzbek ŭn beš) and the Persian construction ʿašrīn-u arbaʿ “24” (Tajiki bist u čor).
Summary. Central Asia, and particularly the territory inhabited by Uzbeks and Tajiks, is an area of extensive language mixture. The long symbiosis of these two nations has caused, not only in cultural but also in linguistic respect, what Bausani has called “an identical Muslim cultural world” (Pagliaro and Bausani, p. 752). Turkmen and Khorasani Turkish all contain a strong admixture of standard Persian elements borrowed from Khorasani Persian, while all the other, smaller, languages have been influenced by Uzbek and/or Tajiki Persian.
Bibliography
- General: Barthold, Turkestan. Idem, Four Studies on the History of Central Asia I, tr. V. and T. Minorsky, Leiden, 1956.
- G. Doerfer, Turkische and mongolische Elemente im Neupersischen, 4 vols., Wiesbaden, 1963-75.
- Ebn Mohannā, Ḥelyat al-ensān wa ḥalbat al-lesān, ed. K. Refʿat, n.p. [Istanbul?], 1338-40/1919-22.
- A. Herrmann, Atlas of China, Cambridge, Mass., 1935.
- Handbuch der Orientalistik, ed. B. Spuler, Leiden and Cologne: I/IV: Iranistik 1, Linguistik, 1958; 4, Literatur, 1968; I/V: Altaistik 1, Turkologie, 1963; 5, Geschichte Mittelasiens, 1966.
- Itogi vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1970 goda IV: Natsional’nyĭ sostav naseleniya SSR, soyuznykh i avtonomykh respublik, kraev, oblasteĭ i natsional’nykh okrugov, Moscow, 1973.
- L. Krader, Peoples of Central Asia, Uralic and Altaic Series 26, Bloomington, Ind., 1963.
- K. Menges, “Altaic,” in EIr. I, pp. 909-12.
- Naselenie SSR po dannym vsesoyuznoĭ perepisi naseleniya 1979 goda, Moscow, 1980.
- B. Spuler, “Geschichte Mittelasiens seit dem Auftreten der Türken,” in HO, 1966, pp. 123-310.
- S. P. Tolstova et al., Narody Sredneĭ Azii i Kazakhstana, 2 vols., Moscow, 1962, 1963.
- S. P. Tolstow, Auf den Spuren der altchoresmischen Kultur, Berlin, 1953.
- Turkish language studies. General and Old Turkish: C. Brockelmann, Osttürkische Grammatik der islamischen Literatursprachen Mittelasiens, Leiden, 1954.
- S. Čağatay and S. Tezcan, “Köktürk tarihinin čok önemli bir belgesi: Soguṭča Bugut yazıtı,” TDAY-Belleten, 1975-76, pp. 245-52.
- G. Clauson, An Etymological Dictionary of Pre-Thirteenth-Century Turkish, Oxford, 1972.
- G. Doerfer, “Die özbekischen Lehnwörter in der Sprache der Araber von Buchara,” Central Asiatic Journal 12, 1969, pp. 296-308.
- Idem, “Bemerkungen zur Methodik der türkischen Lautlehre,” Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 66/7-8, 1971, pp. 325-44.
- Idem, “Das Chorasan-türkische,” TDAY-Belleten, 1977, pp. 127-204.
- Idem, “Materialien zu türk. h-,” Ural-altaische Jahrbücher, N.S. 1, 1981, pp. 93-141; 2, 1982, pp. 138-68.
- Idem, Lexik and Sprachgeographie des Chaladsch, Wiesbaden, 1987a.
- Idem, “Maḥmūd al-Kāšγarī, Aṛγu, Chaladsch,” Ural-altaische Jahrbücher, N.S. 7, 1987b, pp. 105-14.
- Idem, “Chaghatay,” in EIr. (forthcoming).
- J. Eckmann, Chagatay Manual, Bloomington, 1966.
- A. von Gabain, “Iranische Elemente im zentral- and ostasiatischen Volksglauben,” Studia Orientalia 47, 1977, pp. 57-70.
- Idem, “Irano-Turkish Relations in the Late Sasanian Period,” in Camb. Hist. Iran III/1, 1983, pp. 613-24.
- Gadāʾī, The Dīvān of Gadāʾī, ed. J. Eckmann, Bloomington, 1971.
- G. Jarring, An Eastern Turki-English Dictionary, Lund, 1964.
- Maḥmūd Kāšḡarī, Compendium of the Turkic Dialects, ed. R. Dankoff and J. Kelly, 3 vols., Harvard, 1982-85.
- B. Khasanov, Yazyki narodov Kazakhstana i ikh vzaimodeĭstvie, Alma-Ata, 1936.
- Moḥammad Mahdī Khan, Sanglax. A Persian Guide to the Turkish Language by Muhammad Mahdī Xān. Facsimile Text with an Introduction and Indices by Sir Gerard Clauson, London, 1960.
- M. Mansuroglu, “Das Karachanidische,” in Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta I, pp. 87-112.
- K. H. Menges, The Turkic Language and Peoples, Wiesbaden, 1968.
- Faḵr-al-Dīn Moḥammad Manṣūr (Faḵr-e Modabber Mobārakšāh), ed. E. Denison Ross, Ta’ríkh-i Fakhru’d Dín Mubáraksháh. Being the Introduction to the Book of Geneologies of Fakhru’d-Dín Mubáraksháh Marvar-rúḍí Completed in A.D. 1206, London, 1927.
- Orkun Namık, Eski Türk yazıtları, Ankara, repr. 1987.
- Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta, 2 vols., Aquis Mattiacis [Wiesbaden], 1959, 1964.
- W. Radlotf, Versuch eines Wörterbuches der Türk-Dialecte, 4 vols., repr. The Hague, 1960.
- A. Saparov, Vzaimootnosheniya tyurkskikh yazykov khorezmskogo oazisa, Tashkent, 1988.
- Karakalpak: N. A. Baskakov, Karakalpakskiĭ yazyk, 2 vols., Moscow, 1952 (with valuable notes on dialects).
- Idem, Karakalpaksko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1958 (best dictionary).
- K. H. Menges, Qaraqalpaq Grammar I, New York, 1947.
- D. S. Nasyrov et al., Bibliograficheskiĭ ukazatel’ po karakalpakskomu yazykoznaniyu (1925-1976 gg.), Nökis, 1978.
- Kazakh: M. B. Balaqaev and T. R. Qordabaev, Grammatika kazakhskogo yazyka, 2 vols., Alma-Ata, 1967 (best grammar).
- I. Bukin, Russko-kirgizskiĭ i kirgizsko-russkiĭ slovar’, Tashkent, 1883.
- A. Ïsqaqov et al., Qazaq tiliniŋ qïsqaša ètimologiyalïq sözdigi, Alma-Ata, 1966.
- V. Katarinskiĭ, Russko-kirgizskiĭ slovar’, Orenburg, 1890.
- S. K. Kenesbaev, ed., Mestnye osobennosti v kazakhskom yazyke, Alma-Ata, 1973.
- J. R. Krueger, Introduction to Kazakh, Bloomington, 1980.
- Kh. Makhmudov and G. Musabaev, Kazakhsko-russkiĭ slovar’, Alma-Ata, 1954 (best dictionary).
- G. G. Musabaev, Sovremennyĭ kazakhskiĭ yazyk I: Leksika, Alma-Ata, 1959.
- Idem, ed., Qazaq tiliniŋ dialektologiyalïq sözdigi, Alma-Ata, 1969.
- Ḡ. Qaliev and Š. Sarïbaev, Qazaq dialektologiyasy, Alma-Ata, 1967.
- L. Z. Rustemov, Qazirgi qazaq tilindegi arab-pansy kirme sözderi, Alma-Ata, 1982.
- Sh. Sh. Sarybaev, Bibliograficheskiĭ ukazatel’ literatury po kazakhskomu yazykoznoniyu I, Alma-Ata, 1965.
- B. N. Shnitnikov, Kazakh-English Dictionary, London, The Hague and Paris, 1966.
- Khorasani Turkish: A grammar and a dictionary by Hesche and Doerfer are in preparation; much material is found in Arazkuliev et al. and Berd’ev et al. (see Turkmen, below), and cf. Ivanow (below, under Khorasani Persian. For now see Doerfer, 1977.
- Kipchak-Uzbek: See Oghuz-Uzbek, below.
- Kirghiz: R. J. Hebert and N. Poppe, Kirghiz Manual, Bloomington, Ind., 1963.
- G. Imart, Le Kirghiz turk d’Asie centrale soviétique, 2 vols., Aix-en-Provence, 1981.
- Zh. Mukambaev, Dialektologicheskiĭ slovar’ kirgizskogo yazyka I, Frunze, 1976.
- A. Tursunov et al., Ocherki grammatiki i leksiki kirgizskogo yazyka, Frunze, 1965.
- K. K. Yudakhin, Kirgizsko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1965 (excellent dictionary).
- B. M. Yunusalev, Kirgizskaya leksikologiya I, Frunze, 1959.
- Oghuz-Uzbek: There is no complete grammar or dictionary of this language, but Abdullaev, 1961, 1967 (with a map of the distribution of dialects), Šoabdurrahmonov, and Dobos (see Uzbek, below) may be consulted.
- Tatar: A. M. Memetov, Istochniki formirovaniya leksiki krymsko-tatarskogo yazyka, Tashkent, 1988.
- Turkmen: S. Arazkuliev et al., Kratkiĭ dialektologicheskiĭ slovar’ turkmenskogo yazyka, Ashkhabad, 1977.
- P. Azimov and Kh. Baĭliev, Türkmen diliniŋ grammatikasï, Ashkhabad, 1963.
- N. A. Baskakov et al., Turkmensko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1968 (best dictionary).
- N. A. Baskakov et al., Grammatika turkmenskogo yazyka, Ashkhabad, 1970.
- R. Berdyev et al., Ocherk dialektov turkmenskogo yazyka, Ashkhabad, 1970.
- B. Char’yarov and G. Sarev, Grammatika turkmenskogo yazyka, Ashkhabad, 1977.
- O. Hanser, Turkmen Manual, Vienna, 1977.
- Uighur (modern): A. Baskakov and V. M. Nasylov, Uĭgursko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1939.
- Sh. Kibirov and Yu. Tsunvazo, Uĭgursko-russkiĭ slovar’, Alma-Ata, 1961.
- E. N. Nadzhip, Modern Uigur, Moscow, 1971.
- Uzbek: F. A. Abdullaev, Khorezmskie govory uzbekskogo yazyka, Tashkent, 1961.
- Idem, Fonetika khorezmskikh govorov, Tashkent, 1967.
- A. K. Borovkov, ed., Uzbeksko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1959.
- Zh. Buronov et al., English Uzbek Dictionary, Tashkent, 1977.
- É. Dobos, “An Oghuz Dialect of Uzbek Spoken in Urgench,” Acta Orientalia Hungarica 28, 1974, pp. 75-97.
- E. I. Fazylov, Starouzbekskiĭ yazyk. Khorezmiĭskie pamyatniki XIV veka, 2 vols., Tashkent, 1966, 1971.
- Idem and L. G. Chichulina, Russkie tyurkologi i uzbekskoe yazykoznanie, Tashkent, 1979.
- A. von Gabain, Özbekische Grammatik, Leipzig and Vienna, 1945.
- A. N. Kononov, Grammatika sovremennogo uzbekskogo literaturnogo yazyka, Moscow and Leningrad, 1960 (best grammar).
- M. Mirzaev, “Bukhoro ŭzbek va tojik ševalarining uzaro munosabati tŭḡrisida,” in Materialy po uzbekskoĭ dialektologii II, ed. V. V. Reshetov, Tashkent, 1961.
- V. P. Nalivkin and M. V. Nalivkina, Russko-sartovskiĭ sartovsko-russkiĭ slovar’, Kazan, 1884 (still useful).
- A. H. Nauta, “Der Lautwandel von a > o and von a > ä in der özbekischen Schriftsprache,” Central Asiatic Journal 16, 1972, pp. 104-18.
- A. Raun, Basic course in Uzbek, Bloomington, 1969.
- A. M. Shcherbak, Grammatika starouzbekskogo yazyka, Moscow and Leningrad, 1962.
- A. Sh. Shukurov and D. Bazarova, Uzbekskoe sovetskoe yazykoznanie. Bibliograficheskie ocherki (po 1982 g.), Tashkent, 1986.
- F. Sjoberg, Uzbek Structural Grammar, Bloomington, Ind., 1963.
- Š. Š. Šoabdurahmonov, Ǔzbek ḵalq ševalari luḡati, Tashkent, 1971.
- N. Waterson, Uzbek-English Dictionary, Oxford and New York, 1980.
- S. Wurm, Der özbekische Dialekt von Andidschan, Brno, etc., 1945.
- Other languages: N. A. Baskakov and A. I. Inkizhekova-Grekul, Khakassko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1953.
- For additional bibliographies see, for Uzbek: Kenesbaev, pp. 41-57, Mirzaev, Qaliev and Sarïbaev, p. 81, Shukurov and Bazarova, pp. 18-19, 220; for Karakalpak: Nasyrov et al., pp. 27-28, 51-53; for Kazakh: Ïsqaqov, Musabaev, 1959, pp. 55-57, 107-25, Rüstemov, Sarybaev, pp. 147, 154, Qaliev and Sarïbaev, pp. 80-81 (Iranian loanwords); for Kirghiz: Yunusaliev, pp. 219-30; for Turkmen and Uzbek/Oghuz: Saparov.
- Iranian languages (see also xiii, above): H. W. Bailey, “A Turkish-Khotanese Vocabulary,” BSOAS 11, 1943-46, pp. 290-96.
- Ch. Kh. Bakaev, Govor kurdov Turkmenii, Moscow, 1962.
- J. Benzing, Das chwaresmische Sprachmaterial einer Handschrift der “Muqaddimat al-Adab” von Zamaxšarī I: Text, Wiesbaden, 1968.
- E. E. Bertel’s, editor-in-chief, Tadzhiksko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1954 (the best dictionary).
- G. Doerfer, Türkische Lehnwörter im Tadschikischen, Wiesbaden, 1967.
- D. I. Edel’man, Yazgulamsko-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1971.
- A. A. Freĭman, Khorezmiĭskiĭ yazyk. Materialy i issledovaniya 1, Moscow and Leningrad, 1951.
- W. B. Henning, “Mitteliranisch,” 1958. Idem, A Fragment of a Khwarezmian Dictionary, ed. D. N. MacKenzie, London, 1971.
- W. Ivanow, “Notes on the Ethnology of Khorasan,” Geographic Journal 67, London, 1926, pp. 143-58.
- Idem, “Notes on Khorasani Kurdish,” Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, N.S. 23, 1927, no. 1, pp. 167-235.
- Idem, “Persian as Spoken in Birjand,” JASB, N.S. 24, 1928, pp. 235-351.
- L. N. Kiseleva and V. I. Mikolaĭchik, Dari-russkiĭ slovar’, Moscow, 1978.
- D. N. MacKenzie. The Khwarezmian Element in the Qunyat al-munya, London, 1990.
- I. M. Oranskiy, Die neuiranischen Sprachen der Sowjetunion, 2 vols., The Hague and Paris, 1975.
- A. Pagliaro and A. Bausani, Storia della letteratura persiana, Milano, 1960.
- P. Pelliot, “Les influences iraniennes en Asie Centrale et en Extrême-Orient,” Revue d’histoire et de littérature religieuses N.S. 3/2, March-April 1912, pp. 97-119.
- V. S. Rastorgueva, Tadzhiksko-russkiĭ dialektnyĭ slovar’, Ocherki po tadzhikskoĭ dialektologii 5, Moscow, 1963.
- Idem, Opyt sravnitel’nogo izucheniya tadzhikskikh govorov, Moscow, 1964.
- A. Z. Rozenfel’d, Tadzhiksko-russkiĭ dialektnyĭ slovar’ (Yugo-vostochnyĭ Tadzhikistan), Leningrad, 1982.
- G. Sköld, Materialien zu den iranischen Pamirsprachen, Lund, 1936.
- V. S. Sokolova, Ocherki po fonetike iranskikh yazykov, 2 vols., Moscow, 1953.
- Z. V. Togan, Documents on Khorezmian Culture, pt. I: Muqaddimat al-Adab with the Transation [sic] in Khorezmian, Istanbul, 1951.
- Arabic: W. Fischer, “Die Sprache der arabischen Sprachinsel in Uzbekistan,” Der Islam 36, 1961, pp. 232-63.
- I. N. Vinnikov, “Slovar’ dialekta bukharskikh arabov,” Palestinskiĭ sbornik 10 (73), Moscow and Leningrad, 1962.
CENTRAL ASIA xv. Modern Literature
Central Asian literatures in the twentieth century have developed under diverse influences. Beside classical and modern Persian literature and the poetic traditions and folklore of the Central Asian peoples themselves, Russian thought and letters have been predominant. Since the 1920s Soviet economic and social policies have offered Central Asian writers new subjects and encouraged new modes of expression, but they have also imposed ideological principles at times so strictly enforced as to discourage true creativity (see below). Yet, centuries-old literary traditions survived the vicissitudes of political activism and in recent decades have strengthened the resurgent sense of national identity. The present article is based upon Kazakh, Kirghiz, Tajik, and Uzbek literatures.
Before the Revolution. At the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth Central Asian writers were still beholden to their Persian and Islamic heritage. Traditional forms and meters predominated, and the literary languages, often filled with Persian, Arabic, and archaic Turkic words and constructions, had been little affected by the vernaculars. Poetry was the favored medium of expression, while prose was reserved for short tales of amusement, history, and, occasionally, social commentary. Literary tradition was reinforced by a conservative political and social system, which was sustained by native rulers and the Russian bureaucracy. The Muslim clergy wielded a heavy hand in literary matters. As the protectors of the holy tradition they exercised a decisive influence over societies that were largely illiterate. Not surprisingly, the literature which they and the secular authorities patronized consisted mainly of poems in praise of sitting rulers, mystical pieces, and commentaries on sacred writings.
Nonetheless, at least two significant currents of change had already manifested themselves. The older may be described as “enlightenment,” for its advocates favored the application of rational thought and modern knowledge to overcome the social and economic backwardness of their peoples. They looked chiefly to Europe (or, rather, European Russia) as the source of reforms and hoped that Russia could serve as an intermediary. In Bukhara, a major center for Central Asian intellectuals, the outstanding “enlightener” was the Tajik Ahmad Doniš (Aḥmad Dāneš, 1827-97). Cosmopolitan in his interests, he was better acquainted with the West than perhaps any other Bukharan of the day. But he was also devoted to his homeland and was best known for his prose commentaries on the great issues of contemporary Central Asian society, such as Nawāder al-waqāyeʿ (Rare events, composed in 1295/1875 and 1300/1883). Representative of the same current was Abai Qunanbaev (Kunanbaev; 1845-1904), the leader of the Kazakh intellectuals oriented toward European Russia. Educated in the Oriental classics, he was thoroughly grounded in Persian, Arabic, Chaghatay poetry and Islamic religious doctrine, but he also admired Russian literature and through Russian translations became acquainted with Western literature and social thought. Throughout his career he sought bridges between Central Asia and the West but maintained a critical attitude toward both. In his poetry he turned from abstract, metaphorical language to a more direct diction and sought themes in contemporary social problems. But he never ceased to acknowledge his debt to the Kazakh epic tradition and folklore.
In the two decades preceding the Russian Revolution of 1917 a second current of change, characterized by a growing consciousness of cultural and religious identity and an impatience with social and economic stagnation, spread among younger Central Asian intellectuals. Known as Jadidism, this ferment expressed itself in strong Pan-Turkic and Pan-Islamic sentiments and led to sustained efforts at educational reform and the founding of a native press. This generation was more nationalist than Doniš and Qunanbaev.
Poetry. This was the favored means of expression among the Jadids. They had all had a classical education and were steeped in the works of Central Asian and Persian writers, and they demonstrated a mastery of classical meters. Some of them continued to write love poetry and to use the traditional literary languages, but increasingly they became preoccupied with social questions and tried to fashion a language appropriate to the new subject matter and accessible to the broader public. The Tajik Sadriddin Aini (Ṣadr-al-Dīn ʿAynī, 1878-1954), an admirer of Doniš who wrote in both Central Asian Persian and Chaghatay (Uzbek; see chaghatay language and literature), took as his main themes education and culture (Ḥasrat “Grief,” 1913) and meditated on the religious strife between Muslims (Fājeʿa-ye šīʿa wa sonnī “The tragedy of Shiites and Sunnites,” 1910). Ahmad Baitursunov (1873-1937), the leading Kazakh writer of the time, went further, treating poetry as a tool for social change. He was eager to mold the Kazakh language into a proper vehicle for a modern culture, but in advocating social reform, he urged a reliance upon the native tradition. Omar Qarašev (Karashev; 1876-1921) interwove social concerns with forms adapted from the work of the traditional Kazakh epic poets (aqïns). Modest innovations were also taking place in prose. The Bukharan Abdurauf Fitrat (ʿAbd-al-Raʿūf Feṭrat; 1886-1938), a major influence on the literary life of the period, composed a number of influential works in Persian that were meant to entertain as well as instruct, notably Monāẓara (“The dispute,” 1909), the account of a discussion between a reformer and a traditionalist, and Bayānāt-e ṣayyāḥ-e hendī (“Tales of a Hindu traveler,” 1912), in which a Bukharan describes to his foreign guest the decadence into which his beloved city has fallen. The Kazakh poet Sultan-Mahmud Toruaigyrov (Sultan-Maxmüt Torayḡïrov, Russ. Sultan-Makhmud Toraĭgyrov; 1893-1920) experimented with the novel. In Qamar sulu (“Qamar the beautiful,” 1914), a lyric piece about a young woman in traditional Kazakh society, he had recourse to verse to express the deep emotions of his main characters. To the Uzbek editor and critic Mahmud Behbudiy (Maḥmūd Behbūdī, 1874-1919) belongs the distinction of having introduced modern drama into Central Asian literature with Padarkuš (“The patricide,” 1911, in Chaghatay), which posits the formation of a national intelligentsia as a prerequisite for the liberation of the Muslim peoples.
The Soviet regime installed in the wake of the 1917 Revolution set Central Asian literatures on a new course. By recognizing distinct ethnic nations, it provided a political framework within which “national talents” could develop. New literary languages, drawing upon the grammatical patterns and vocabulary of the vernaculars and increasingly influenced by Russian, were gradually created. The five-year plans of industrialization and agricultural collectivization and the eradication of “obsolete” customs and mentalities offered writers new themes, but required them to assume new social responsibilities and to use Soviet Russian literature as their model in both form and content.
The efforts of Communist activists in the 1920s to mobilize Central Asian writers for the building of a “new society” were hindered by clashes between “nationalists” and the supporters of the new order. Many adherents of Jadidism opposed the new cultural norms and continued to pursue Pan-Turkic or Pan-Islamic ideals. Ranged against them were the promoters of the so-called proletarian culture, who demanded that literature serve the immediate needs of society and belittled the importance of artistic inspiration and form. The 1920s, therefore, were a period of lively intellectual give-and-take, but such “disorder” was incompatible with the goals of the Communist Party. In the early 1930s it moved decisively to impose literary uniformity by establishing writers’ unions in each of the recently created Central Asian republics and by linking them to the Union of Soviet Writers in Moscow. Henceforth, these organizations were responsible for enforcing the new ideological and esthetic principles, which came to be known as socialist realism and were crucial in determining an author’s choice of theme and his handling of plot and character. They impressed upon him the need to remain close to the working masses, to be guided by partiĭnost’, that is, party directives concerning creative activity, and to remember that his function was not simply to reflect reality, but to change it.
For Central Asian poetry the 1920s were a period of transition. Older poets, such as the Tajik Muhammad Zufarḵon Javhari (Zufar Khan Jawharī, Russ. Mukhammad Zufarkhon Dzhavkhari; 1860-1945), who remained faithful to a lyricism based upon classical form and meter and devoid of social content, could not adjust to the new literary order and faded into obscurity. But younger poets were more successful in bridging the gap between old and new creative theories. The Tajik lyric poet Pairav Sulaimoni (Peyrow Solaymānī, 1899-1933) turned to socially relevant themes, as in Šokūfa-ye ʿerfān yā ḵᵛod-āzādī-e zanān-e šarq (“The blossom of knowledge or the self-liberation of the women of the east,” 1926), and though he respected the canons of the ʿarūż , he experimented boldly with the free verse of Mayakovsky and introduced ordinary speech into his work. Abdulhamid Čülpan (1898-1938), the finest Uzbek lyric poet of the time, combined traditional and modern techniques and drew inspiration from folk poetry in volumes of verse such as Buloqlar (“Springs,” 1924) and Tong sirläri (“The secrets of dawn,” 1926).
Of the many poets who embraced the new social themes, none did so more enthusiastically than Abu’l-Qāsem Lāhūtī (1887-1957), the first major Soviet Tajik poet. A Persian revolutionary, who emigrated to the Soviet Union in 1922, he became the poet of the radical transformation of Tajik society, adapting traditional genres and meters to the rules of socialist realism. His technique is evident in the story Tāj wa bayrāq (“The crown and the banner,” 1935), an epic poem about socialist construction in agriculture which depicts work brigades on a kolkhoz competing with one another in the manner of the monumental battles in the Šāh-nāma.
Younger poets, whose intellectual and esthetic values had been formed after 1917 and who came to the fore in the 1930s, adhered faithfully to the canons of civic poetry. They sought themes in the fulfillment of economic plans and Soviet foreign policy, contrasting the backward and oppressive past with the bright future held out to the peoples of the East by Soviet Communism, and they wrote in a language accessible to a wide audience. Among Uzbek poets, Ḡafur Ḡulom (1903-66) in such works as Dinamu (“Dynamo,” 1931) and Mirtamir Tursunov (1910-78) in Zafar (“Victory,” 1929), extolled the accomplishments of the builders of the new Communist society. Säbit Müqanov (Sabit Mukanov; 1900-73) was the first important Kazakh poet to embrace the new style and subject matter and to abandon the adornments and abstractions of classical verse in poems about daily life on the kolkhoz and May Day. These men were the vanguard of the so-called proletarian writers who replaced the lyric poets of the preceding decade. Yet, there were also poets whose work combined social consciousness with a deep attachment to traditional form and meter. The Tajik Mirzā Tursūnzāda (1911-77) admired the music of classical Persian verse and the concision and directness of folk poetry, but chose contemporary problems as his themes. In his first major work, Ḵāzan wa bahār (“Autumn and spring,” 1937), he praised the kolkhoz as assuring a bright future for the peasantry. The Kazakh Tuĭïr Žarokov (1908-65) also sang of five-year plans, but at the same time he composed delicate love poetry much influenced by classical Persian poetry and Pushkin and remained indebted to the Kazakh oral tradition in his songs about the legendary hero (batïr) and the Kazakh uprisings against Russian colonizers.
World War II constituted a short literary interregnum. To be sure, poets fulfilled their patriotic duty of arousing support for the war effort. Tursunzoda’s maṯnawī on the theme of the brotherhood of Soviet peoples joined together in a common effort against the invader, Pesar-e waṭan (“Son of the fatherland,” 1942), was typical. But a kind of lyrical and national reawakening also occurred. Mirsaδid Miršakar (b. 1912), drawing upon folklore and the lives of ordinary men and women from his native Pamir region, composed an extraordinarily moving portrait of the Tajik miner in the story, Ādamān az bām-e jahān (“Men from the roof of the world,” 1943). But with the end of the war and during the following decade literary activity came again under the close scrutiny of party ideologists. Prudent writers conformed to the directives of Andrei Zhdanov, the chief cultural theoretician of the Soviet Communist Party, who elaborated an extreme version of socialist realism.
Literature was again fully subordinated to the resumed drive for industrialization and increased agricultural production. Party activists renewed their vigilance against “nationalism,” by which they meant stylistic and thematic influences from Persian, Turkic, and Arabic literatures, and local writers’ unions discouraged the use of classical meters and symbols as unsuited for a socialist society. What might be called “production poetry” was thus very much in vogue. Yet, utilitarian themes could also serve as a framework for good poetry. Tursūnzāda’s Hasan-i arobakaš (Ḥasan-e ʿarrābakaš “Hasan the cart-driver,” 1954), which portrays the transformation of Tajikistan in the 1920s and 1930s, focuses on an ordinary man and his sweetheart as they cope with rapidly changing social and economic conditions. In composition Tursūnzāda adhered closely to the ʿarūż meter and the quatrain form and succeeded in establishing the story (doston/dāstān, Russ. poèma, or “verse novel,” roman v stikhakh) as a significant genre in Soviet Tajik poetry.
Prose. Between the 1920s and 1950s prose followed a path similar to that of poetry. Most striking perhaps was the transition from the classical art of storytelling to the realistic, at times stark, depiction of character and plot. From the 1930s on under the watchful eye of party stalwarts authors concerned themselves almost exclusively with immediate economic and social questions and sought to fashion a prose language that would unambiguously convey the desired message to the mass public. Short fiction generally predominated until the end of World War II. The traditional ḥekāya retained its influence, even in longer fiction, despite constant admonitions to follow Soviet Russian models. As with poetry, the war offered writers an opportunity to explore their people’s history in a positive light and to stir national feeling by recounting the deeds of legendary and real heroes. But when the war ended and the urgency of mobilizing non-Russians in defense of the Soviet homeland had passed, ideological conformity was reimposed more rigidly than before 1941.
Two masters of fiction published their first novels in the 1920s. Abdullah Qadiriy (ʿAbd-Allāh Qāderī, 1894-1940), who combined a classical education in Persian, Chaghatay, and Arabic with the enlightened teachings of the Jadids, was the founder of the Uzbek novel. His Ötgan kunlar (“Days gone by,” 1926), a somber tale of an arranged marriage, and Mehrobdan čayon (“The scorpion from the pulpit,” 1929), the story of an orphan who rises to high office, are balanced and subtle studies of character which exerted great influence on his fellow Uzbek novelist, Aybek, and the Kazakh polymath, Mukhtar Auezov (Müqtar Äuezov). The works of Sadriddin Aini also offer insight into the evolution of prose before the war. The three novels he published between 1924 and 1934 document the stages of development of socialist realism and establish him as the founder of Soviet Tajik realist prose. The short novel Ādīna yā sargoḏašt-e yak tājīk-e kambaḡal. Az ḵāṭera-ye goḏašta (“Adina, or the adventures of a poor Tajik; from the memory of the past,” 1924), which describes the changes brought about in the traditional way of life of mountain peasants, reveals a transition from old prose techniques of loose plot construction and ample poetic interventions to a down-to-earth style. In Doḵunda (“Dakhunda,” 1928), the first full-length Tajik novel, the new hero of the Soviet era made his appearance in the person of Yādgār, a poor peasant who evolves from a passive observer of events to a self-conscious revolutionary determined to lead his community to a better life. Ḡolāmān (the slaves, 1934), a sweeping chronicle of Tajik peasant life from the nineteenth century to the era of collectivization and the major work of Tajik fiction before 1945, suggests Aini’s accommodation to socialist realism in subject matter, but reveals no artistic compromises in the portrayal of character. In all these works the essence of the Tajik village and the didactic tradition of Eastern prose maintain their hold on the author.
In the hands of other writers early experiments with the novel were less successful. Rambling plots and stereotyped characters abounded, and in depicting workers and peasants building the new society, authors were satisfied with externals and neglected inner feelings and motivations. Characteristic were the works of Säbit Müqanov, the first important Kazakh prose writer. In Žumbaq žalau (“The mysterious banner,” 1938, later published as Botagoz), for example, he chronicled the great social and political changes taking place in Kazakh society against the background of revolution and civil war. He was also eager to create the new Kazakh hero, one quite different from the batyr of the epics, who would be patterned after the Communist party leader omnipresent in Soviet Russian literature and would lead the struggle against the old order of the kulaks (bays). A similar approach to plot the character informs the first Kirghiz novel, Keŋ-Suu (“Keng-Suu,” 1935), by Tugelbai Sydykbekov (b. 1912), a work which laid the foundations of Kirghiz literary socialist realism. The author attempted to create the “new man” in the person of the head of a kolkhoz, but his hero lacked individuality and emotional complexity. A notable exception to this monotonous fare was Abai (“Abai,” 1st part, 1942, 2nd part, 1947), Mukhtar Auezov’s (1897-1961) novel about Abai Qunanbaev, which won him the Stalin prize and international renown. Against the rich panorama of nineteenth-century Kazakh social life Auezov recreated the ideals and sensibilities of his illustrious predecessor, whose work he prized as the zenith of idealism and creativity of the Kazakh people.
The novel. This came into its own as a leading literary genre after World War II, but until the latter 1950s theme and character were subordinated to civic purposes. Novels focused on the heroic defense of the Soviet fatherland by all its peoples and the continued building of socialism, and they were peopled by stilted heroes and villains, who represented abstract concepts of good and evil rather than flesh-and-blood individuals. The hero, the “new man” of Soviet society, was typically a product of Soviet institutions or the party apparatus and, irrepressively optimistic, he was a model of self-discipline and commitment to the cause. The villains were portrayed in no less absolute terms and were drawn from all those elements of the population judged to be evil by Soviet authorities. Besides landowners and “nationalists,” the Muslim clergy came under relentless attack. Beginning in the 1920s as the general Soviet anti-religious campaign spread to Central Asia, Islamic themes disappeared or were ridiculed, and the clergy was subjected to crude caricatures. Writers were admonished also to avoid “cosmopolitanism,” a grave breach of socialist patriotism consisting of admiration for Persian, Turkish, or Arabic culture. Communist cultural managers insisted that the Muslim peoples of the Soviet Union were distinct from other Muslims and had a social and cultural life of their own within the extended Soviet family of peoples.
The artistic consequences of these ideological constraints were almost always unfortunate. Production novels abounded. The Tajik Sotim Uluḡzoda (Sātem Oloḡzāda, b. 1911) covered all the familiar themes of life on the kolkhoz, including the omnipresent struggle between old and new mentalities and the inspired leadership of party activists, in Navobod (Now ābād “The new land,” 1953). His colleague, Jalol Ikromi (Jalāl Ekrāmī, b. 1909), in Šodiy (Šādī “Shadi,” 1957) produced a one-dimensional portrait of the Communist head of a kolkhoz, whose sole passion, production, molds his personality. Kazakh, Kirghiz, and Uzbek novelists followed a similar path. They were the ones who received official honors, but others, who strayed from the prescribed formulas, were subjected to harsh criticism. Oybek (Āybak; 1905-68), the talented successor of Qadiriy, was awarded the Stalin prize for Navoiy (1944), his novel about the great fifteenth-century Chaghatay poet, Alisher Navoiy (ʿAlīšīr Navāʾī), but was taken to task by the Tajik scholar ʿAbd-al-Ḡanī Mīrzāev for his idealization of the Uzbek cultural past and for his use of “obsolete” phrases and Persian and Arabic words. Auezov felt obliged to alter the tone and portrayal of character in the second volume of his novel about Abai Qunanbaev, Abai joly (“The road of Abai”; two parts, 1952 and 1956), in order to appease Russian sensibilities and satisfy party ideological concerns. In such an atmosphere it is not surprising that Aini turned away from fiction to write his memoirs about pre-revolutionary Bukhara, Yāddāšthā (4 vols., 1949-54).
Drama. The development of drama in Central Asia before the Russian Revolution was uneven. Behbudiy’s Padarkuš marked the beginnings of modern Uzbek drama, but among the Tajiks “plays” until the latter 1920s were simply performances by folk poets and dance ensembles who followed the oral tradition. In the 1920s Soviet authorities raised the status of drama by using it to promote their social and economic programs among a population that was still largely illiterate. Subject matter and character were those found in the poetry and fiction of the time. Typical were the plays of Hamza Hakimzoda Niyoziy (Hamza Ḥakīmzāda Nīāzī, 1889-1929), an erstwhile Jadid who enthusiastically embraced the new order. In Maisaraning iši (“Maisary’s deeds,” 1926) he depicted the struggle of progressive forces, led by the new woman, against the remnants of the old order, represented by the bays.
Between the latter 1920s and the 1950s these themes and characters were adapted to fit the needs of new political struggles and economic five-year plans. The products of Tajik drama, which rapidly matured after the establishment of a Tajik national theater in 1929, were characteristic. Mirzo Tursunzoda (Mīrzā Tursūnzāda) attacked the lingering “nationalism” of certain intellectuals in Hukm (Ḥokm “The verdict,” 1933); Jalāl Ekrāmi wrote the first Tajik play about factory life, Dušman (Došman “The enemy,” 1933); and Sotim Uluḡzoda retold the perennial conflict between good and evil on the kolkhoz in Šodmon (Šādmān “Shodmon,” 1939). The leading Uzbek dramatist of the period, Komil Yašin (Kamil Yashen; b. 1909), found inspiration in similar subject matter: struggles against “bourgeois nationalists,” in Ikki Kommunist (“Two Communists,” 1928) and the emancipation of women and the triumph of socialist consciousness over the old mentality on the kolkhoz in Nomus va muhabbat (Nāmūs wa moḥabbat “Honor and love,” 1935). A depiction of Kazakhstan during the civil war in Amankeldi (“Amankeldi,” 1935), by the Kazakh playwright, Khabit Müsrepov (Ḡabit Müsirepov, Russ. Gabit Musrepov; 1902-85), brought lavish praise from official critics, who judged it a perfect example of socialist realism. For a decade after World War II its rules kept drama within the same narrow creative bounds as poetry and fiction. Nazir Safarov’s (1905-85) Šarq tangi (“Dawn of the East,” 1948), which chronicled the growth of class consciousness among Uzbek workers under the guidance of the Russian proletariat, was typical fare.
Recent developments. Since the latter 1950s Central Asian writers have taken advantage of loosened ideological constraints to approach the problems of society and probe the human condition more deeply and from a more personal vantage point than had been possible since the 1920s. Many looked inward for literary themes and spoke directly to their readers. Sisad-o šast-o šiš puhlu (“366 degrees,” 1963-64), by the Tajik Ḡafor Mirzo (Ḡaffār Mīrzā, b. 1929), suggested what was happening in poetry. He experimented boldly with form in this frank conversation with the reader about the past year’s events, allowing his hero, who is both observer and participant, to hold together the loosely connected parts of the poem. The Kirghiz poet Süyünbai Eraliev (b. 1921) carried on similar experiments, using blank verse in Jïldïzdarga sayakat (“Journey to the stars,” 1966; first published in Ala-Tou, 1964, no. 4), which official critics found too innovative in form and too cosmopolitan in content. Still others such as the Kazakh Erkesh Ibrahim (b. 1930) in Tamirtan tolḡauy (“Tamirtan melodies,” 1978) and Samḡau (“Fusion,” 1985) explored the sources of national identity. Many poets in the 1970s and 1980s turned from great civic issues to their own thoughts and feelings. Women poets, notably the Uzbek Gulchehra Nurullaeva (b. 1938) in Paḵta hidi (“The smell of cotton,” 1981) have written of beauty, love, and family in deeply personal lyrics. Poets of her generation and of the one following have shown a greater concern for the philosophical and social essence of things than with their external manifestations.
Dramatists have continued to focus their attention on prevailing social problems, but they have abandoned the old formulas of production and class struggle. They have made their heroes and villains more human as they penetrated more deeply into the motivations of individual behavior. In Hurriat (named after the heroine, 1959) Uighun (b. 1905) examines the enhanced role of the Uzbek woman in society, but he shows how her public and private lives were interwoven and how personal emotions and experiences molded behavior; in the sequence, Parvoz (“Flight,” 1968), Hurriyat becomes the secretary of the local committee of the communist party. The new approach is also evident in Sotim Uluḡzoda’s comedy, Gawhar-e šabčaroḡ (“The marvelous jewel,” 1962), which treats human foibles in a light-hearted manner unthinkable during the Stalin era.
Similar innovations were manifest in prose. Dar on dunyo (Dar ān donyā “In that world,” 1966), by the Tajik Fazliddin Muhammadiev (1928-86), suggests how far the novel in Central Asia had traveled since the 1930s. The plot has to do with a pilgrimage to Mecca by a group of Central Asians as seen through the eyes of a doctor, an atheist, who accompanies them. The superstition and commercialism the pilgrims encounter on their journey present the author with frequent opportunities for satire and sarcasm, but he is restrained in his treatment of this sensitive issue (see also Ro’i). In any case, it is clear that these matters form merely the outer shell of the novel. They are the occasion for the author to reflect upon eternal themes: the meaning of human existence and the nature of happiness. Many novelists turned to topics that had long been taboo. In Diyonat (Dīānat “integrity,” 1978) the Uzbek Odil Yoqubov (Adil Yakubov; b. 1926) dealt with the purge of the old political leaders and Jadid intellectuals in the 1930s and their replacement by men of lesser ability who accepted the new Soviet regime simply to get ahead. The Kirghiz novelist Činḡiz Aitmatov (b. 1928) made a similar sweeping condemnation of the bureaucracy for its practice of crushing all who tried to live in accordance with high ethical standards in Proshchaĭ, Gyul’sary (“Farewell, Gulsari,” 1966, in Russ.). Striking, too, is the more balanced handling of character. No longer did the heroes (and the villains) conform to timeworn formulas, but stood out as distinct personalities, as authors, such as the Tajik novelist Muhiddin Khojaev (b. 1938) in Ob-rūšnoī (Āb-rowšanāʾī “Water-light,” 2 vols., 1973-75), probed their emotional and spiritual development.
Since the 1970s and 1980s Central Asian writers have turned increasingly for inspiration to their native cultural and intellectual heritage. They had, in fact, never abandoned it, despite the homogenizing effects of ideological controls applied from Moscow, but now they could draw more freely upon classical Persian and Turkic literatures and a rich history and folklore and could interpret the contemporary life of their respective peoples more in accordance with national traditions and sensibilities. The signs of change are everywhere. In Odil Yoqubov’s novel, Uluḡbek ḵazinasi (“The treasure of Ulugbeg,” 1974), “archaic” Turkic, Persian, and Arabic words and expressions have returned in abundance, and the hero of his Diyonat, the man of integrity, is well acquainted with the Uzbek people’s Islamic past and observes many of their traditions, even though he is not religious, and knows Persian and Arabic. These trends are likely to continue, for increasingly authors have defended the integrity of the creative process against official critics. Činḡiz Aitmatov’s response to those who demanded changes in his novel, Ak keme (“The white steamship,” 1970, in Russ. Belyĭ parokhod), is typical: he refused to violate the artistic conception of his work.
Bibliography
- Ch. Aitmatov, Povesti i rasskazy, Moscow, 1970.
- E. Allworth, Uzbek Literary Politics, The Hague, 1964.
- J. Bečka, “Tajik Literature from the 16th Century to the Present,” in Rypka, Hist. Iran. Lit., pp. 520-605.
- Idem, “The Tajik Soviet Doston and Mirzo Tursunzoda,” Archív orientální 44, 1976, pp. 213-39.
- A. Bennigsen and C. Lemercier-Quelquejay, La presse et le mouvement national chez les musulmans de Russie avant 1920, The Hague, 1964.
- R. Berdibaev, Qazaq tariḵi romany, Alma-Ata, 1979.
- M. Bogdanova, ed., Istoriya literatur narodov Sredneĭ Azii i Kazakhstana, Moscow, 1960.
- H. Carrère d’Encausse, Reforme et revolution chez les musulmans de l’Empire russe, 2nd ed., Paris, 1981.
- M. Düisenov, Qazaq dramaturgiia synyng. janr. stil’ meselesi, Alma Ata, 1977.
- W. Fierman, “Uzbek Feelings of Ethnicity,” Cahiers du monde russe et soviétique 22/2-3, 1981, pp. 187-229.
- K. Hitchins, “Modern Tajik Literature,” in E. Yarshater, ed., Persian Literature, New York, 1988, pp. 454-75.
- Istoriya kazakhskoĭ literatury II: Dorevolyutsionnaya kazakhskaya literatura, Alma Ata, 1979; III: Kazakhskaya sovetskaya literatura, Alma Ata, 1971.
- Istoriya kirgizskoĭ sovetskoĭ literatury, Moscow, 1970. Istoriya uzbekskoĭ sovetskoĭ literatury, Moscow, 1967.
- E. Lizunova, Sovremennyĭ kazakhskiĭ roman, Alma Ata, 1964.
- B. Nikitine, “La littérature des musulmans en U.R.S.S.,” Revue des études islamiques, 1934, no. 3, pp. 307-81.
- Ocherk istorii tadzhikskoĭ sovetskoĭ literatury, Moscow, 1961.
- Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta, ed. L. Bazin et al., Wiesbaden, 1964, vol. II, pp. 700-61: “Die Nichtschaghataische Literatur.” A. Rašidov, Ǔzbek qissalarida mehnat tasviri, Tashkent, 1980.
- Y. Ro’i, “The Role of Islam and the Soviet Muslims in Soviet Arab Policy,” Asian and African Studies 10, 1975, pp. 265-66.
- A. Sobirov, Ǔzbek realistik prozasi va fol’klor, Tashkent, 1979.
- Sotsialisticheskiĭ realizm v kirgizskoĭ sovetskoĭ literature, Frunze, 1979.
- N. Nurdzhanov and L. N. Demidchik, Voprosy istorii tadzhikskoĭ sovetskoĭ dramaturgii i teatra, Stalinabad, 1957.
- Ta’riḵi adabiyoti sovetii tojik II: L. N. Demidchik, Nasri solhoi 30, Dushanbe, 1978; IV: M. Sokurov, Nasri solhoi 1954-1974, Dushanbe, 1980.
- T. Tursunov, Formirovanie sotsialisticheskogo realizma v uzbekskoĭ dramaturgii, Tashkent, 1963.
- T. Winner, The Oral Art and Literature of the Kazakhs of Russian Central Asia, Durham, N.C., 1958.
CENTRAL ASIA xvi. Music
In modern times Central Asia as a musicological unit can be defined as the area extending from Afghanistan north of the Hindu Kush, including the Badaḵšān mountain range on both sides of the Afghan-Soviet border, all of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan in the west, Kirgizia and Chinese Turkestan in the east, and Kazakhstan in the north. The northern part of this area for over a millennium and a half has been inhabited mainly by Turkic peoples, so that musical interaction with Iranians has been restricted to the southern regions. Therefore, for present purposes only this southern area will be considered.
Tajik folk music. The broad term Tajik is often used to cover all Iranians of Central Asia. Musically the term “Tajik” can be broken into two major divisions: mountain Tajik and lowland Tajik tradition. The mountain Tajik tradition includes that of the Tajiks of Badaḵšān in Afghanistan and the adjacent Hisar (Ḥeṣār) and Karategin (Qarategīn) regions of Soviet Tajikistan. The natives of the Wakhan valley in Afghanistan seem to preserve an archaic version of this musical culture, while the position of the Soviet Pamir peoples is not entirely clear. The folk music of the lowland Tajiks is best known from Afghan “Turkestan.” The situation within Uzbekistan is less studied. The Persian music of eastern Khorasan (Mašhad, Torbat-e Jām, etc.) shares some characteristics with this branch of Tajik music but is best considered part of the folk music of Persia proper. In the city of Herat the dominant musical forms had been rather similar to those of neighboring Khorasan until the 1310s Š./1930s, when the Indianized music of Kabul began to transform the scales and melodies of Herati music (Baily, 1976, pp. 49-55).
The musical characteristics of the mountain Tajik tradition are: narrow melodic range, minor and augmented seconds, frequent use of parallel fourths on lutes and fiddle, frequent use of seven beat meters, strong influence of quantitative verse on musical meter. The dominant melodic genre is termed falak, which can be performed in free or fixed rhythm, vocally or instrumentally (Sakata, pp. 152-68). Major instruments are the two-stringed unfretted lute dambora (danbara), bowed ḡīčak (ḡāyčak), tūlak (fipple flute) and dāyera (Taj. doira; frame-drum). Pamir peoples also play the plucked rabāb (Taj. rabob). Musical characteristics of the lowland Tajik tradition are: somewhat wider melodic range, but with concentration on one tonal center; few minor and augmented seconds; seven-beat meters are uncommon; musical influence of poetic meter are less common than in mountain Tajik tradition (Slobin, p. 210). Major instruments are the Turkestan dambora (larger than the Badaḵšān type), the fretted Turkestan tambur, having six metal strings and sympathetic strings (played in Badaḵšān as the setār), the dotār (with varying numbers of frets and strings in different regions), the ḡīčak, the dāyera and the zīrbaḡalī (goblet-drum). The music of the latter has been deeply influenced by the Uzbeks, as seen for example by the use of syllabic verse in teahouse songs, which are also sung in Uzbek, and by the absence of augmented second scales (Slobin, pp. 161-77).
Uzbek folk music. Uzbekistan can be divided into four major musical zones (Karomatov, pp. 49-52): southern (Qäshqä Darya-Surkhan Darya), central (Bukhara-Samarqand), northwestern (Khwarezmian), and northeastern (Farḡāna valley-Tashkent). The Uzbeks of northern Afghanistan largely share a musical culture with the lowland Tajiks. The southern Uzbek area is home to nomadic Uzbek tribes who show little influence of the urban maqām tradition, which is, however, very much in evidence in the central region. The maqām influence is also seen in Farḡāna, particularly in the a capella genre kättä äšulä (lit. great song) performed by two male singers. However, the northeastern region also contains recently settled tribal groups, whose music shows connections with Kazakh music, and to long-settled pre-Uzbek Turkic subgroups, whose musical affinities have yet to be determined. Ḵᵛārazm, musically dominated by the city of Ḵīva, shows heavy influence of the local maqām. Uzbek rural genres include the olän, sung antiphonally by a man and woman, the wedding song yar yar, the qošuq, the läpär, and the dance-song yällä. Regions under urban influence also have the äšulä. Oral epic (dāstān) is sung with dombirä accompaniment by the specialist termed baḵšī. The two-stringed, fretless dombirä is today found most commonly in the southern region; elsewhere the dominant instrument is the dotār. Both instruments have extensive repertoires independent of vocal genres or of dance music.
Turkmen folk music. The western part of southern Central Asia is inhabited by the Turkmen, relatively recent immigrants into their present territory, whose musical culture is drastically different both from the Uzbek-Tajik and from the Kazakh-Kirgiz culture. The best-known element in the Turkmen musical culture is the sophisticated art of the master singer-instrumentalists termed baḵšī s. Earlier scholarly attempts to connect Turkmen music with Persian music were based on insufficient data about the latter (Uspenskiĭ and Beliaev, chap. 6), although it is probable that the use of augmented-second like scales in Turkmen music is ultimately of Persian origin. There is a gap of several centuries separating the period when Marv flourished as an urban center and the settlement of this region by Turkmen tribes, so that a continuity of a medieval urban tradition is unlikely. The development of the baḵšī performing art is probably to be connected with the flourishing of Turkmen poetry in the 12th/18th century, the latter forming much of the baḵšī repertoire. Turkmen music exhibits great independence in scalar construction and modulation, intonation, vocal technique, and rhythm. The baḵšī ensemble is fixed, with a singer accompanying himself on the dotār, and a ḡīčak player; the Turkmen instrument is the spike-fiddle used also in the maqām music of Central Asia and Azerbaijan (Beliaev, tr. Slobin, p. 172). Melodies have several sections, sometimes employing different scales for each one. The vocal style is largely declamatory and prefers a high tessitura. The dotār has an independent repertoire of composed items that demand considerable virtuosity (e.g., Dövletler gïrḵ, Garrï gïrḵ, Gïrmïzï; Ibid: 173).
Urban art music. The urban art music (maqām) of Central Asia is the heritage of both the Uzbek- and Tajik-speaking peoples. The art music of modern Central Asia demonstrates certain broad similarities with the music of the Middle East in general but not very much with the music of Persia in particular, for instance, specific vocal techniques, a tendency to rhythmic fluidity or to complex syncopation, certain instruments as well as a broad concept of arranging composed items in a cyclical format. Nevertheless, despite these links with the Middle East basic differences also exist; for instance, most of the particular scales of Persian and Arabo-Ottoman music do not exist in modern Central Asia, and melodic structures are very different.
While it is true that in the early Middle Ages the cities of southern Central Asia shared in the musical life and thought of other urban centers of Islamic civilization, the progressive Turkicization of the area certainly affected the direction of urban music. It is not unlikely that aspects of the old urban musical traditions of the Uighur cities of the Tarim Basin (East Turkestan) persisted even in Transoxania outside of or even within the courtly environment.
The career of the musicologist Abū Naṣr Fārābī (d. 950) demonstrates the integration of the Turkic elite into the music of the Middle East, and in the ensuing centuries it would appear that at least on this elite level cities such as Herat, Bukhara, and Samarkand at times patronized professional music that was much the same as that performed in Persia proper and Baghdad (Wright, pp. 1-19). Manuscript evidence indicates that this music was still dominant in urban Transoxania until the earlier 12th/18th centuries (Rajabov, pp. 115-16). During the 10th/16th and 11th/17th centuries the dominant compositional forms of this music were the kār, naqš, and pīšrow (prelude). The major instruments were the lute (ʿūd), the harp ( čang ), and the reed-flute (ney). From the 9th/15th to the 11th/17th centuries musicological treatises were written in Transoxania in the Persian language, the most important being those of Zayn-al-ʿĀbedīn Ḥosaynī (9th/15th cent.), Najm-al-Dīn Kawkabī Boḵārī (d. 984/1576), and Darvīš ʿAlī Čangī b. Mīrzā ʿAlī (11th/17th cent.).
By the early 12th/18th century several important changes had occurred in the art music of Transoxania. A new series of concert suites were being created, grouped in six major cycles (the maqāms Buzruk, Rāst, Navā, Dogāh, Segāh, and ʿErāq) and hence named the Šašmaqām. In each cycle similar melodic material was developed in different rhythmic structures (ibid., pp. 123-37). In contrast to the concert suites of the Arab-Ottoman area the poetic meter of the texts determined much of the rhythmic structure. While the instrumental sections seem to show some continuity with the medieval pīšrow, the instrumentation has changed considerably. The ʿūd and čang have been replaced by the long-necked lute, tanbūr, accompanied by the dotār, and the ney was replaced by a transverse flute. The major constant element of the ensemble is the bowed ḡīčak (medieval kamān).
In the 13th/19th century the maqām repertoires were developed separately in the three Khanates—Bukhara, Ḵīva, and Qoqand (Ḵoqand). In addition the East Turkestan cities of Kāšḡar, Khotan, Hami (Qomūl), and Turfan had developed distinct concert cycles termed the “twelve maqāms” (Uighur on ikki muqam). While the scalar basis of the three Transoxanian maqām repertoires was essentially unified, the East Turkestani repertoires were internally divergent even with regard to scalar structure (Khashimov, pp. 149-60). Compositional forms in East and West Turkestan were distinct as well. After the creation of the Uzbek and Tajik Republics, the Bukharan Šašmaqām was moved to Tashkent and Dushanbe, with Chaghatay texts in the former and Persian texts in the latter. While parts of the Farḡāna maqām (and new compositions in this style) remain popular in Tashkent and in the Farḡāna valley, the Khivan maqām is less vital today.
For a music sample, see Čol Iroq.
For a music sample, see Falak-e Matam.
For a music sample, see Qāri Navā’i.
Bibliography
- T. Alibakieva, On ikki muqam, Alma-Ata, 1988.
- J. Baily, “Recent Changes in the Dutar of Herat,” Asian Music 8/1, 1976, pp. 29-64.
- Idem, Music of Afghanistan, Cambridge, 1989.
- V. Beliaev, Shashmaqam (Šašmaqām), 4 vols., Moscow, 1950-58.
- Idem, Ocherki po istorii muzyki narodov SSSR I, Moscow, 1962; tr. M. Slobin, Central Asian Music, Middletown, Conn., 1975.
- Sh. Guliev, Iskusstvo tyurkmenskikh bakhshi, Ashkhabad, 1985.
- Zayn-al-ʿĀbedīn Ḥosaynī, Qānūn-e ʿelmī o ʿamalī-e mūsīqī, ed. A. Rajabov and K. S. Aini: Zainulabidin M. Husayni, Qanun-i ilmi va amali-i musiqi, Dushanbe, 1987.
- M. Iusupov, Khoräzm mäqamläri, 3 vols., Tashkent, 1980-87.
- A. Jung, Quellen der klassischen Musiktradition Mittelasiens. Die usbekisch-tadshikischen maqom-Zyklen und ihre Beziehung zu anderen regionalen maqam-Traditionen im Vorderen and Mittleren Orient, Ph.D. dissertation, Berlin, 1983.
- F. Karomatov, Uzbekskaya dombrovaya muzyka, Tashkent, 1962.
- Idem, Shäshmäqam, 3 vols., Tashkent, 1966-70.
- Idem, Uzbekskaya instrumental’naya muzyka, Tashkent, 1972.
- Idem, “On the Regional Styles of Uzbek Music,” Asian Music 4/1, 1972, pp. 48-58.
- Idem and N. Nurdzhanov, Muzykal’noe iskusstvo Pamira, 2 vols., Moscow, 1982-86.
- A. Khashimov, “Lokal’nye raznovidnosti "dvenadtsati uigurskikh muqamov",” Muzyka narndov Azii i Afriki IV, Moscow, 1984, pp. 149-60.
- Najm-al-Dīn Kawkabī, Resāla-ye mūsīqī, ed. A. Rajabov and K. S. Aini: Najmuddin Kaukabi, Risale-i musiqi, Dushanbe, 1985.
- T. Levin, The Music and Tradition of the Bukharan Shashmaqam in Soviet Uzbekistan, Ph.D. dissertation, Princeton, 1984.
- N. N. Mironov, Muzyka Tadzhikov, Stalinabad, 1932.
- I. Rajabov, Mäqamlär mäsäläsigä dair, Tashkent, 1963.
- H. L. Sakata, Music in the Mind. The Concepts of Music and Musician in Afghanistan, Kent, 1983.
- M. Slobin, Music in the Culture of Northern Afghanistan, Tucson, 1974.
- V. S. Uspenskiĭ and V. Beliaev, Tyurkmenskaya muzyka, Moscow, 1928.
- T. S. Vyzgo, Muzykal’nye instrumenty Sredneĭ Azii, Moscow, 1980.
- O. Wright, The Modal System of Arab and Persian Music, 1250-1300, Oxford, 1978.
- Author’s unpublished field notes.